GERMAN 
 
 ■8«iit 
 
 BERNHARDT 
 
fi£M ; I 
 
 Jj J. HENRY SENGER. [{ 
 
Professor J. Henry Senger 
 
 
A COURSE 
 
 IN 
 
 German Composition, Conyeesation 
 
 AND 
 
 Gkammae Review 
 
 FOR U«E IN SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES 
 
 WILHELM BERNHARDT, Ph.D. 
 
 if 
 
 R OF German in th 
 Washikgton City 
 
 Boston, U.S.A. 
 PUBLISHED BY GINN & COMPANY 
 
 1898 
 

 COPYKIGHT, 1898, BY 
 WILHELM BERNHARDT 
 
 AUi BIGHTS BESERYED 
 
 IN MEMORIAM 
 
TO 
 
 2)r. Xambcrt Sauveur 
 
 THE DISTINGUISHED PEDAGOGUE AND PRESIDENT OF THE SCHOOL OF 
 
 LANGUAGES, WITH WHOM, FOK SIXTEEN SUMMEKS, THE AUTHOR 
 
 HAS BEEN ASSOCIATED IN THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGES 
 
 AT BURLINGTON, VT., OSWEGO, N.Y., ROCKFORD, ILL., 
 
 AND AMHERST, MASS., 
 
 THIS BOOK IS INSCRIBED 
 
 AS AN EXPRESSION OF THE AUTHOR'S HIGH ESTEEM. 
 
 922691 
 
Digitized by the Internet Arciiive 
 
 in 2007 with funding from 
 
 IVIicrosoft Corporation 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/courseingermancoOObernrich 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Ever since, in 1882, German was added as a course of 
 study to the high school curriculum of this city, the so- 
 called Natural Method has been and is still used, with 
 (since 1885) Bernhardt-Boisen's „2)eutfc^e§ ©prad)= unb 
 Sefebud^" as text-book. In that book only the essential 
 and most puzzling features of German grammar are intro- 
 duced, and that, too, without being arranged according to 
 the traditional principles of scientific grammar, but with 
 sole reference to the immediate needs of the average 
 beginner. They consist in inferences or conclusions 
 arrived at by observing and comparing the expressions in 
 the object lessons which form the nucleus of the whole 
 system and the center of all instruction. 
 
 In the Washington high schools this plan has proved a 
 decided success, and, judging from the fact that the <Bij)xa^' 
 unb Sefebud^ within these twelve years has reached its 
 thirty-fifth edition, it would seem that elsewhere, too, this 
 honest attempt to found linguistic study upon the laws of 
 mind has met with the approval of both teachers and 
 students of German. 
 
 Already, at an early date, these gratifying results led the 
 author of the present volume to conceive the idea of found- 
 ing a preparatory course in German composition upon a 
 similar rational method. An opportunity, however, for 
 
yi INTRODUCTION. 
 
 experimenting in this line was not offered before 1888, 
 when special academic classes were organized, which, in the 
 last two years of their quadrennial course, had to study- 
 German with the view of being fitted for colleges or scien- 
 tific schools. 
 
 The author, when assuming charge of two of these classes 
 in the central school, examined half a dozen or more courses 
 in German composition ; but, not being able to find in the 
 market a book corresponding to his ideas of a guidebook 
 for his classes, he was compelled to arrange for himself 
 such a manual as he deemed best fitted for his particular 
 wants. Thus, after the ©pracl^= unb £efebu(^ had been used 
 exclusively for about six months, one of the five weekly 
 recitations allotted to German was set aside for composition 
 work. Once a week a short narrative, conspicuous for 
 interesting contents as well as for beauty and clearness of 
 language, was dictated to the pupils, who were given a 
 whole week to make themselves thoroughly familiar with 
 its contents, vocabulary, and phraseology. The next recita- 
 tion would then be devoted partly to the deduction of 
 grammatical principles from the narrative, and partly to 
 the application of these observations to composition and 
 conversation ; in other words, to a written and oral test of 
 the thoroughness with which the students had made the 
 matter their own. Each lesson was terminated by a drill 
 on the words contained in the narrative, and an entry, 
 into the notebook of each student, of the proper rules given 
 by the teacher in the phraseology of Joynes-Meissner's 
 grammar. 
 
 In spite of all the drudgery to which, for want of a text- 
 book, teacher and pupils were subjected, the plan as a 
 whole worked so well and the results were so encouraging 
 
INTRODUCTION. yii 
 
 , that year after year it was taken up anew with only slight 
 innovations and improvements. At last, in 1896, before 
 retiring from active teaching, after a twenty-six years' 
 experience in German and American schools, the author, 
 being convinced that his course in German had been suffi- 
 ciently tested in the class-room as to its practicability and 
 usefulness, made up his mind to give it book form in order 
 to make it accessible to teachers who, laboring under such 
 difficulties as he himself had once encountered, might per- 
 haps welcome a work of such scope and purpose. This 
 is, in its main features, the history of the present volume, 
 which is herewith offered to teachers and students of 
 German and to the public at large. 
 
 Of the reading matter at the disposal of the author, 
 thirty-two pieces have been selected for this volume as the 
 groundwork for just as many lessons, which the author 
 thinks can be thoroughly studied in one school year of 
 thirty-six weeks, allowing one recitation at the end of each 
 quarter for reviewing, sight reading, or extempore writing. 
 
 The German selections include narrative, epistolary, 
 descriptive, and easy essay styles, and, being carefully 
 graded, they rise from the light and pleasing mystery of 
 the nursery tale to the sober disquisition of the scientific 
 theorem. For this reason, and since no two of these selec- 
 tions have come from the pen of the same writer, they 
 naturally differ greatly in regard to diction and phrase- 
 ology, a feature not to be underrated in a book purporting 
 to serve as an introduction to composition work. 
 
 As to the arrangement of the grammatical material, a 
 method has been devised consistent with the author's experi- 
 ence and the latest state of educational science. We know 
 now that grammar in the abstract does not appeal to the 
 
viii INTRODUCTION. 
 
 mind of the pupil; it is uninteresting, unintelligible, and is 
 not long remembered ; it makes the study of language dry 
 even to pupils with strong linguistic tendencies. It must be 
 put into concrete form if we are to give it any vitality. 
 This can be done only in connection with reading. If, for 
 example, in the Thirteenth Lessox of this book, the 
 student comes across the sentence, „(Sine§ ^iage^ na^men 
 roir unfer 5Rittag§ma^I im ©arten ..." and, failing to find a 
 satisfactory meaning for the first two words, has to be told 
 that ^' indefinite time when is expressed in German by the 
 genitive case," then he will feel the need of grammatical 
 rules and will eagerly welcome any assistance that grammar 
 can give. 
 
 Upon these facts the grammar drill or grammar review 
 is based. Six or more concrete instances have been taken 
 from each narrative, illustrative of just as many idioms, 
 and presenting in all some two hundred of the most strik- 
 ing features of German grammar. Substantially, they 
 cover the range of about one hundred examination papers 
 issued by leading colleges and scientific schools, all of 
 recent date. For this reason these queries and answers — 
 the latter to be found under Grammatical Notes in the 
 Appendix — are considered sufficient to serve as a brief 
 grammar in schools where the systematic study of a com- 
 plete grammar is not on the program ; on the other hand, 
 where the cart is put before the horse, — that is, where the 
 study of language is introduced by grammar work instead 
 of by practice, — these questions and answers may be wel- 
 comed as an excellent opportunity for reviewing the 
 essential features of German grammar with the least 
 amount of dryness and drudgery. The rules are, as already 
 stated, taken verbatim from Joynes-Meissner^s German 
 
INTRODUCTION. ix 
 
 Grammar for Schools and Colleges, a book of the merits of 
 which, the author could only speak hyperbolically, if he 
 were called upon to express an opinion. 
 
 In arranging the material for composition work, which 
 forms the third stage of each lesson, instead of dragging 
 the learner through endless labyrinthic turnings and wind- 
 ings of disconnected sentences, often void of thought and 
 interest, the author has taken the ground that here, too, 
 reading must be the center of instruction and the only source 
 of the matter to which the various grammatical principles 
 must be applied. He further holds that as, above all, the 
 minds of the young delight in discoveries of their own, the 
 student should, even at an early stage of his work in compo- 
 sition, be encouraged to express his thoughts independently 
 in any one or more of the various forms offered by the lan- 
 guage he is trying to learn, rather than be compelled to 
 move on, grumbling and indifferent, in a fixed manner, any 
 longer than is absolutely necessary. In consistency with 
 this view, after the Twenty-first Lesson the exercises 
 for translating into German cease, and henceforth the 
 student is given an opportunity for testing his skill in 
 original composition work, aided solely by suggestions of a 
 broad and general character. 
 
 Conversation, taken as oral composition, is of vital im- 
 portance in a course of study like this ; for if, according 
 to Lord Bacon's dictum, " conference maketh a ready man 
 and writing an exact man," why should not, then, an earnest 
 effort in both disciplines, composition and conversation 
 combined, be crowned with still more satisfactory results ? 
 But it must not be overlooked that, just as reading at sight 
 would never precede reading by the aid of a dictionary, so, 
 logically, conversation, being nothing less than extempore 
 
X INTRODUCTION. 
 
 composition, should invariably come after composition, 
 never vice versa; it should not be practiced before the field 
 of discourse is thoroughly explored and made clear by pre- 
 vious exercises. Besides, since conversing in a foreign 
 tongue makes a twofold demand upon the beginner's mental 
 activity, control of the topic of conversation and readiness 
 to overcome, on shortest notice, the linguistic difficulties, it 
 is but fair that the former of these two difficulties should 
 be reduced to a minimum by keeping the subject-matter 
 strictly within the learner's sphere of personal interest and 
 immediate observation. — It seems hardly necessary to add 
 that in the conversational exercises a faulty answer must 
 never be permitted to pass without correction, nor must 
 the student be allowed to answer a question by simply 
 repeating the identical vocabulary in the form of an 
 affirmative sentence ; for in this way the value and dig- 
 nity of these exercises would degenerate to mere parrot 
 babbling, not worth while the time they occupy. The least 
 effort on the part of the student that can reasonably be 
 expected, is to substitute in his answer the proper forms of 
 the personal pronoun for the nouns contained in the ques- 
 tion, so far as this can be done without impairing the sense. 
 Most emphatically the author wishes to call attention 
 to the great importance of a thorough ivord drill, to the 
 lack of which he attributes one of the chief obstacles 
 that teachers of Grerman in our higher secondary schools 
 have to battle with; viz., the lack of a ready vocabulary on 
 the part of the students. In American schools there seems 
 to be an inherent aversion to the drudgery of a written 
 preparation of the lessons, which is elsewhere so scrupu- 
 lously adhered to that, for example, in the high schools of 
 Germany, it is considered one of the principal requirements 
 
INTRODUCTION. xi 
 
 for language study. What should, then, be adopted as the 
 fittest substitute ? After various kinds of experiments in 
 this line, the author has found the best working scheme to 
 be a word drill such as is outlined at the end of each 
 lesson. The more common vocables of the German reading 
 matter, arranged according to word classes, are given in 
 the vernacular, and the student is required to deduce the 
 German equivalents direct from the Reader ; since, for the 
 very best of pedagogical reasons, they are not given in 
 the English-German vocabulary at the end of the book, 
 though they are, of course, all represented in the German- 
 English part. 
 
 The two vocabularies appended to the book are com- 
 plete and cover all points, so that they will give not only 
 the philological but also the encyclopaedic information 
 needed by the pupil for any one of the various exercises. 
 
 These directions must suffice. The author would not 
 say everything, even if he could ; the best, the most valu- 
 able, must always come from the teacher's own soul. In 
 conclusion, the author expresses his firm belief that, 
 although- he makes no pretension whatever to offering in 
 this new course a " royal road to learning " or a magic 
 method which will filter into the heads of students in one 
 short school year a language so rich and vast as the Ger- 
 man, on the other hand, its earnest followers may rest 
 assured that on completing the book they will have gained 
 for themselves what briefly might be expressed in the 
 German compounds, ©prad^oerftdnbniS — a certain degree of 
 6prac^fertigtett and ©prad^be^anblung — and the creation of 
 6prad)9efii^l. 
 
xu 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 The author desires to express his thanks for the revision 
 of the English parts of the book to Prof. James H. Dillard, 
 of Tulane University, New Orleans, La., and to Prof. 
 Edward S. Joynes, of South Carolina University, for his 
 valuable suggestions during the progress of the work. 
 
 WILHELM BERNHARDT. 
 
 Washington City, Christmas, 1897. 
 
A COURSE I'N GERMAK 
 
 FIRST LESSON. 
 
 ^ie brei 8d)mettetUnge. 
 
 1. 
 
 (g§ toaren einmal brei ©d^mettcrlinge, etn roeifeer, ein rotcr 
 unb ein gelber. ©ie fpielten im roarmen ©onnenfd^ein unb 
 flogen t)on einer 35Iume ^ur anbern. ®ie§ gefiel i^nen fo gut, 
 ba§ fie gar nic^t miibe rourben. ^a aber !am auf einmal ber 
 Sftegen unb mac^te fie nafe. '^nn flogen fie fc^neU m6) ^avi\t, 5 
 aber bie §au§t^iir roar gugefc^loffen, unb fie fonnten ben 6c^liiffel 
 nid^t finben. ©0 mufeten fie vox bem §aufe bleiben unb rourben 
 naffer unb naffer. ®a flogen fie in i^rer 3lngft gu ber gelb= unb 
 rotgeftreiften Xuipe unb fagten : „Xiilpd^en, mad^ ung ein roenig 
 beine Slume auf, bafe voxx ^ineinfd^liipfen fbnnen unb nic^t gang 10 
 na^ roerben." ^ie Stuipe aber antroortete : „®er ©elbe unb 
 ber 9lote mogen ^ereinfommen, aber ben SSei^en mU x6) nic^t." 
 ^arauf antroorteten bie beiben, ber ©elbe unb ber 9^ote : „5^ein, 
 roenn bu unfern 33ruber, ben SSei^en, nid^t l^aben roiUft, fo raoHen 
 roir aud^ nid^t ju bir fommen." 15 
 
2' '•* ' ' ' A 'COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. (a)- Add the definite article to the following nouns 
 
 — ©c^metterling — ©onne — ©c^Iujfel 
 
 — 9legen — 2lngft — Slume 
 
 — Xulpe — 2;iilp(^en — »au^ 
 
 — ^au^t^iit — Sruber — 33ruberc^en 
 
 (h) Add to the above nouns the proper forms of the 
 pronouns rocld^er ? welc^e ? roeld^eS ? and biefer, biefe, bicfcS. 
 
 2. State the general rules as to the gender of 
 
 nouns ending in — ling, e.gr., ©d^metterltng ; (^rUJ^ling ; ©perling.^ 
 
 nouns ending in — e, e.gr., Slumc ; ^ulpe ; 9Jafe.2 
 
 nouns ending in — c^en, e.gr., ^iilpc^en ; Sliimc^en ; ^id^c^en.^ 
 
 3. Supply the endings of the following root-forms* 
 
 bief— roei^— ©c^metterltng ber wei^ — ©c^metterling, roeld^ 
 
 btef— f(^on — 2;ulpe bie fc^roarj — 2BoIte, roelc^— 
 
 jen — rot — 33Iiimc^en bag flein — ^au^, roelc^ — 
 
 roelc^— flein— ^au^ ? jen— fc^on— Slume 
 
 bcrfelb— gut — Sruber jeb— gut— 33ruber 
 
 4. Give genitive sing, and nominative plu., both with 
 the article, of 
 
 ©c^mettcrling 
 
 — ©c^riiflcl 
 
 — Slumc 
 
 Xuipe 
 
 — Sruber 
 
 — £iaug 
 
 ^aust^iir 
 
 — Xiilpc^en 
 
 — ^du^c^cn 
 
 5. (a) State the rules regarding the comparison of ad- 
 jectives.* 
 
 {b) Compare warm ; fd^ncH ; nafe. 
 
 6. How is the definite numeral einmal, once, one time, 
 distinguished from the indefinite einmal, once upon a timer? ^ 
 
FIRST LESSON. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 The butterfly. A butterfly. Which butterfly? This 
 butterfly. That butterfly. Each (every) butterfly. — The 
 red butterfly. A red butterfly. The yellow butterfly. A 
 yellow butterfly. — This butterfly is white, but that butter- 
 fly is red. — How many butterflies ? Three butterflies. 
 Three beautiful butterflies. The three beautiful butter- 
 flies. Which three butterflies ? These three beautiful 
 butterflies. Those three beautiful butterflies. The three 
 butterflies, which ... I play. He plays. They play. — 
 I played. He played. They played. The three butter- 
 flies played. They played in the warm sunlight. — I say. 
 He says. They say. — I said. He said. They said. The 
 butterflies said to the tulip. — What did they say to the 
 tulip ? They said : " Open thy flower to us ! " — I answer. 
 He answers. She answers. — I answered. She answered. 
 The tulip answered. What did she answer ? She answered : 
 " I do not want the white butterfly." 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 9Bie oiele 6(i^metterlinge roaren in bem ©arten ? 2Baren fie 
 alle bret rot ? 2Saren fie aCe brei rceife ? 2Bte roar ber erfte ? 
 ber jroeite ? ber britte ? — ^\i bie Silie roei^ ? 3fl "^ei^ bie 
 garbe ber Silie ? 2Ba§ ift bie garbe be§ Rapiers? be§ 
 ©d)nee§ ? — 2Bte ift bie ^reibe ? 3ft bie Xuipe roei^ ? — 3ft 
 bie ^ulpe eine 33Iume ? SP ^^^ Silie an^ etne Slume ? 3Bie 
 t)iele 33Iumen finb eine Silie, eine %ulpt, eine 3ftofe, eine 
 §t)a-^int^e unb eine ^Rarjiffe ? — 2Ba§ fagten bie ©d^metterlinge 
 5U ber 3:ulpe ? 2Ba§ antroortete bie Xuipe ? 
 
A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the house 
 
 o 
 
 the garden = 
 
 the flower 
 
 = 
 
 the tulip = 
 
 the sun 
 
 = 
 
 white = 
 
 red 
 
 = 
 
 yellow = 
 
 tired 
 
 = 
 
 wet = 
 
 quick(ly) 
 
 = 
 
 good = 
 
 to fly 
 
 = 
 
 to come = 
 
 to rain 
 
 = 
 
 to make = 
 
 to find 
 
 = 
 
 to stay, remain = 
 
 to say 
 
 = 
 
 to answer = 
 
 to come in 
 
 = 
 
 once upon a time = 
 
 all at once 
 
 = 
 
 before the house = 
 
 SECOND LESSON. 
 
 ^ie btei 8c^metterUttge» 
 
 @S rcgnctc aber me^r unb me^r, unb fo flogen fte gu ber 
 Silie unb fagten : „©ute Silte, mad^ unS betnc S3lume cin 
 roenig auf, ba§ xoxx nid^t gang na^ roerben." ^ie Silte ant= 
 roortele : „S)en SSei^en roiU td^ in mein §au§ aufne^mcn, 
 5 roeil er gerabe fo auSfie^t, rote id^, aber bie beiben anbem 
 mag id^ nid^t." 3)a fagte ber Sffieifee : „3^etn, roenn bu meine 
 Sriiber nid^t aufne^men rotHft, fo mag id^ aud^ nid^t gu bir. 
 2Btr rooHen lieber jufammen na^ roerben, al§ ba^ einer ben 
 anbem in ber ^Qi oerld^t." Unb fo flogen fie roeiter. 
 
SECOND LESSON. 5 
 
 Slbcr bie ©onne ^atle Winter ben 2BoI!en ge^ort, roaS fur 
 gute ^ameraben bie brei ©d^metterlinge roaren unb raie feft 
 fie gufammen^ielten. 2)arum fam fie burd^ bie 2BoIfen, 
 trieb ben S^legen fort unb fd^ien wieber l^eE unb freunblid^ 
 in ben ©arten unb auf bie ©djimetterlinge. @§ bauerte nid^t 5 
 lange, ba l^atte fie i^nen bie gliigel getrodtnet unb i^ren 
 '>it\h erroarmt. Unb nun tanjlen bie brei ©d^metterlinge 
 roieber fo fro^lid^ n)ie t)or bem 9legen unb fpielten, Vx^ 
 e§ Slbenb roar, ^ann flogen fie gufammen nad^ §aufe unb 
 fd^Iiefen. lo 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 1. (a) Add the indefinite article to the following nouns 
 
 — StHc 
 
 — SBlume 
 
 — §aug 
 
 — ^du^c^en 
 
 — Sruber 
 
 -g^ot 
 
 - 28ot!c 
 
 — Earner ab 
 
 — DfJegen 
 
 — ©artcn 
 
 — ©artd^en 
 
 - ^lugel 
 
 — Seib 
 
 — 2lbenb 
 
 
 
 (h) Add to the same nouns the proper forms of the 
 possessive adjectives ntein, bein, fein (i^r) ; unfer, euer 
 (3W, i^r.^ 
 
 2. Give, together with the definite article, the nomi- 
 native sing, of the following plurals 
 
 93ruber SOBoIfen ©d^metterlinge SSIumen 
 
 ©arten ^ameraben '^i^^i ^aufer 
 
 Seiber Slbenbe 
 
 3. State gender, number and case of 
 
 bet Silic (1. 1) bie 2Bol!en (p. 6 1. 3) 
 
 ben SOBei^en (1. 4) ben ©arten (p. 5 1. 5) 
 
 ber 5«ot (1. 9) bie ©c^metterlinge (p. 5 1. 6) 
 ben aSolfen (p. 6 1. 1) 
 
Q A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 4. Give the German equivalent of ^ 
 
 my house thy flower his brothers, her brothers 
 
 our lilies your garden their wings 
 
 5. Decline in the sing, ajid plu. the Grerman equivalent 
 of« 
 
 the good brother the white lily the small house 
 
 a good brother a white lily a small house 
 
 good brothers white lilies small houses 
 
 6. Give at least five impersonal verbs expressing 
 phenomena of nature.* 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 It rains, it lightens and it thunders. Where is the sun? 
 The sun is behind the clouds. — It rained, it lightened and 
 it thundered. Where was the sun ? It* was behind black 
 clouds. — The sun came through the clouds. — The three 
 butterflies were three good comrades. They dance merrily. 
 They danced merrily in the warm sunlight. — Do they 
 dance? Did they dance? Did they not dance ? Do you 
 dance ? No, we do not dance. Did you not dance ? — It 
 is evening. It was evening. — They flew home.* — They 
 slept at home. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 28a§ fagten bie ©d^metterltnge ju ber £ilte ? 3Ba§ antroortetc 
 bieje ? — 2Ba§ fiir ^ameraben roaren bie brei (gd^metterlinge ? 
 — 2Bo ift bie (Sonne, roenn e§ regnet ? 9Bo roar bie Sonne, 
 al§ e§ regnete ? 2Ba§ \)aiU fie ge^brt ? 2Ba§ il)ai. fie nad^ bem 
 9f{egen ? — 2Ba§ t^aten bie brei (Sd^metterlinge na6) bem 3flegen ? 
 SSie lange fpielten fxe ? — SSo^in flogen fte am 2lbenb ? SSo 
 fd^Iiefen fie in ber 9iaci^t? 
 
THIRD LESSON. 
 
 the lily = 
 
 the brother = 
 
 the cloud = 
 
 the garden = 
 
 the evening = 
 
 friendly = 
 together = 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the flower = ? 
 
 the need, trouble = 
 
 the comrade = 
 
 the wing = 
 
 firm(ly) = 
 
 merry (ily) = 
 
 just so = 
 
 after the rain = 
 
 behind the clouds = 
 
 on (upon) the butterflies = 
 
 the house = 
 
 the sun = 
 
 the rain =: 
 
 the body = 
 
 bright(ly) = 
 
 more and more = 
 
 before the rain = 
 
 through the clouds = ? 
 into the garden = 
 
 THIRD LESSON. 
 
 21IS bcr Ixzhz ©ott bie 3SogeI fd)uf, gab er x\)mn 33etne ^um 
 §upfen unb gliigel gum gliegen unb ©d^nabel gum ©ingen. 
 Unb al§ fie nun alle fertig roaren unb urn \))Xi l)erumftanben, 
 ba na^m er einen gro^en garbenfaften unb malte i^nen bunte 
 gebern. 2)ie %(x\xht er^ielt einen blauen §al§ unb rijtlic^e s 
 gliigel, ber ^anarient)ogeI rourbe fo gelb n)ie eine Sitrone, 
 unb aUe 3Sogel rourben jo prad^tig gefarbt, raie e§ fiir einen 
 jeben am beften roar. 
 
 3^ur einer roar iibrig geblieben, roeil er Winter ben anbern 
 ftanb unb fid^ nid)t t)orbrangen rooKte, ba§ roar ber ^iftelfinfe. lo 
 2113 er enblic^ axK bie 3fiei^e !am, ba ^atte ber liebe ©ott aHe 
 
g A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 garben oerbraud^t, unb e§ roar nid^t§ me^r iibrig al§ bic 
 leeren ©d^dld^en. 2)a roeinte ba§ arme 3SogIein, ba§ e§ nid^t 
 aud^ cin fo fd^oneS bunteS ^leib ^aben foQte rote bic anbern. 
 2)cr licbe ©otl aber rebete t^m freunblic^ 5U unb fprac^: 
 
 5 „6et nur ru^ig! @§ ift nod^ in jebem ©d^dld^en ein flein 
 roenig garbe guriicfgeblieben, bag will id^ mit bem $infel 
 auf beine gebem flreic^en." Unb er t^at e§ unb malte ben 
 2)iftclfin!en ein bifed^en rot unb ein bi|jd^en blau unb cin 
 bigd^en fd^roarj unb ein bifed^en gelb unb n)ei§, au^ jebem 
 
 10 ©c^dld^en ein gang flein roenig, fo ba^ er ber buntefte t)on 
 aUen 3SbgeIn raurbe unb bem lieben ©ott bantte, bafe er i^n 
 fo fd^on gemad^t ^atte. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Define the meaning of strong — weak — mixed declen- 
 sion.^ 
 
 2. (a) Give, together with the definite article, the 
 nominative sing, of the following plural forms 
 
 S)iftelfinfen 
 
 ©otter 
 
 SSogel 
 
 Seine 
 
 ^liigel 
 
 ©itronen 
 
 (2(^ndbel 
 
 ^dlfe 
 
 ^ebem 
 
 ^leiber 
 
 {^ar ben 
 
 <Bd)dld)m 
 
 (b) State to which declension each of the above nouns 
 belongs. 
 
 3. Decline in full the following root-forms ' 
 
 ber blau— ^al§ ein blau— §alg 
 
 bie rot— ^eber cine rot— j^eber 
 
 bag fc^on— bunt— ^leib cin fc^on— bunt— ^leib 
 

 THIRD 
 
 LESSON. 
 
 
 4. Find the German cognates 
 
 of 
 
 
 thistle 
 
 finch 
 
 
 (fowl) 
 
 (bone) 
 
 feather 
 
 dove 
 
 
 canary (-fowl) 
 
 cloth 
 
 (pencil) 
 
 (little) bit 
 
 
 gave 
 
 to hop 
 
 to fly 
 
 were 
 
 
 stood 
 
 great 
 
 would 
 
 was 
 
 
 came 
 
 had 
 
 (whined) 
 
 to have 
 
 
 should 
 
 (spake) 
 
 to strike 
 
 did 
 
 
 thanked 
 
 blue 
 
 reddish 
 
 yellow 
 
 
 more 
 
 friendly 
 
 red 
 
 swart; swarthy 
 
 
 
 5. Conjugate the present and past, indicative and sub- 
 junctive moods, of the auxiliary verbs \)(ihzx\. and fein.^ 
 
 6. {a) Which prepositions govern sometimes the dative 
 and sometimes the accusative ? * 
 
 (h) State when they govern the dative or accusative 
 respectively. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 The birds have two legs, two wings and a beak. Have 
 they wings ? Have you wings ? No, I have no wings 
 and no beak. What have you ? I have two arms and a 
 mouth. I have two hands and ten fingers. — The birds 
 can hop, they can also fly and sing. They hop and fly and 
 sing. — The birds have feathers. They have many gay- 
 colored feathers. — The dove has white, or blue, or reddish 
 wings. The canary-bird has yellow feathers ; they are as 
 yellow as a lemon. — The thistle-finch is the gayest-colored 
 of (t)on) all birds. His feathers are a little bit red, and a 
 little bit blue, a little bit black and white, and also a little 
 bit yellow. — The Father in Heaven has made this little 
 bird so beautiful. 
 
10 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 2Ba§ t^un bic SBogcI mit t^ren S3einen ? 2Ba§ t^un ftc mit 
 ben gliigeln ? 2Ba§ t^un fie mit ben ©d^ndbeln ? — ^onnen 
 ©ie fmgen ? §aben ©ie einen ©d^nabel ober einen 2J^unb ? 
 SSomit fingen ©ic ? 2So ift 3^r 3JJunb ? — 2Ba§ fur gebern 
 ^aben bie 3SogeI ? — 3ft ber ^anarienoogel rot, blau, braun, 
 gelb, griin ober fc^toarg ? SSie ift bie Gitrone ? — 3ft gelb 
 eine garbe ? 3P ^^^^ «"^ ^i"C garbe ? 2Bie piele garben 
 ftnb rot, blau, gelb, braun unb griin ? 9Sie oiele garben }^ai 
 ber 3ftegenbogen ? SSie oiele garben ^aben bie gebern be§ 
 2)iftelfin!en ? — 2BeIci^er ift ber buntefte ton alien SSogeIn in 
 2)eutfci^Ianb ? 3Ser \)at i^n fo fc^on gema(^t ? 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the bird 
 
 = 9 
 
 the leg 
 
 the wing 
 
 = 
 
 the beak, bill 
 
 the color, paint 
 
 = 
 
 the box 
 
 the color-box 
 
 = 
 
 the feather 
 
 the dove, pigeon 
 
 = 
 
 the neck 
 
 the canary-bird 
 
 = 
 
 the lemon 
 
 the thistle-finch 
 
 = 
 
 the color-saucer 
 
 the birdie 
 
 = 
 
 the dress, garment 
 
 the brush (of a painter) 
 
 ^ 
 
 a little bit 
 
 ready, done 
 
 = 
 
 big, large 
 
 gay-colored 
 
 = 
 
 blue 
 
 red 
 
 = 
 
 reddish 
 
 yellow 
 
 = 
 
 splendid, gorgeous 
 
 empty 
 
 = 
 
 poor 
 
 beautiful 
 
 = 
 
 quiet 
 
 each, every 
 
 = 
 
 to hop 
 
 to fly 
 
 = 
 
 to sing 
 
 to paint 
 
 = 
 
 to stand 
 
 to weep, cry 
 
 = 
 
 to do 
 
 to thank 
 
 = 
 
 to make 
 
 as yellow as 
 
 = 
 
 for each one 
 
 behind the others 
 
 = 
 
 at last, finally 
 
 nothing was left but = 
 
 be quiet ! 
 
FOURTH LESSON. H 
 
 FOURTH LESSON. 
 
 S)ie S3aume fatten einmal ©treit unter einanber, roeld^er 
 t)on i^nen ber nii^lici^fle fei. ®a trat bie (Sic^e t)or unb 
 fagte : „©e^t mic^ OiX\, ic^ bin ^od^ unb ftarf unb \)(xht t)iele 
 5lfte, unb meine S^eige finb teid^ an 33Iattern unb gtud^ten." 
 — „grucl)te ^afl bu wo^I," fagte ber ^firfid^baum, „aber e§ 5 
 finb nur griic^te fiir bie ©djiroeine, bie 5Jienfc^en fonnen fie 
 nidjt effen. Slber id^ liefere meine rotbacfigen ^firfic^e auf 
 bie Xafein ber ^onige." — „^a§ ^ilft nic^t oiel/' entgegnete 
 ber Slpfelbaum, „Pon beinen ^firfid^en werben nur roenige 
 Seute fatt ; audji bauern fie nic{)t lange, bann roerben fie faul, 10 
 unb niemanb fann fie me^r braud^en. ^a bin \6^ ein anbrer 
 33aum ; id^ trage aHe '^(x\)xt ^orbe t)olI Spfel ; bie braud^en 
 fid) m6) nid^t gu fd^amen, roenn fie auf eine Dorne^me 2;afel 
 gefe^t roerben, aber fie madden aud) bie 5lrmen fatt ; au^erbem 
 fann man fie im Dfen borren ober fann 5lpfelu)ein bat)on 15 
 feltern. ^d^ bin ber nu^lid^fte S3aum." — „^a§ bilbeft bu 
 bir nur ein," erroiberte bie ©beltanne, „aber bu irrft bid^. 
 9Jlit meinem §015 fjeigt man bie fifen unb haui man bie 
 §aufer, mid^ fd^neibet man 5U 33rettern unb mad^t ^ifd^e, 
 ©tu^Ie, 6d)ranfe unb fogar gro^e ©d^iffe barauS ; ferner bin 20 
 id^ im SBinter nid^t fo fa^l roie i^r, fonbern id^ bin ba§ 
 gange ^a^r griin unb fd^bn," — ,,2)a§ bin id^ mi^," fiel i^re 
 
12 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 ©d^roefter, bic 3flottanne, ein, „aber id^ ^ohz noc^ einen anbcm 
 SSorjug. 2Senn gu 2Bei^nac^len ba§ ©^riftfinb !ommt, bann 
 fc^cn mid^ bie Seute in i^re 6tube unb ^dtigen golbene unb 
 filbeme 3^uffe, Spfel, 3Jianbeln unb 9{ofinen an meine ^rotx^t, 
 Unb iiber mtd^ freuen fid^ bie ^inber am allermeiflen. 3f^ 
 bag oielleic^t nid^t roa^r ? " 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Give, together with the definite article, the nomi- 
 native sing, of the following plural forms 
 
 Sdume 
 
 Stfte 
 
 Sroeige 
 
 SSIdtter 
 
 ^riic^te 
 
 ©c^roeinc 
 
 3Jienfc^en 
 
 ^bnige 
 
 ^firfic^e 
 
 Sa^re 
 
 ^brbe 
 
 2tpfel 
 
 Dfen 
 
 ^dufer 
 
 Sretter 
 
 Xifc^e 
 
 ©tii^Ie 
 
 ©c^rdnfe 
 
 ©c^iffe 
 
 ms\t 
 
 aJJanbeln 
 
 Hlofinen 
 
 ^inber 
 
 
 r. Find the German cognates of 
 
 
 (beam) 
 
 oak 
 
 said 
 
 high 
 
 thick 
 
 twig 
 
 rich 
 
 (blade) 
 
 fruit 
 
 for 
 
 swine 
 
 to eat 
 
 table 
 
 king 
 
 to help 
 
 apple 
 
 more 
 
 year 
 
 full 
 
 when 
 
 to make 
 
 oven 
 
 to dry 
 
 apple-wine 
 
 board 
 
 (desk) 
 
 (stool) 
 
 ship 
 
 green 
 
 sister 
 
 nut 
 
 raisin 
 
 child 
 
 
 
 
 t. (a) Compare 
 
 nii^Iid^ — 
 
 • bid — reid^ - 
 
 - faul — grofe — 
 
 3. 
 
 fd^on — xo(x\fc} 
 
 (h) Compare ^oc^ — na^.* 
 
 4. Conjugate the perfect and pluperfect, indicative and 
 subjunctive moods, of the auxiliary verbs ^aben and fein.' 
 
FOURTH LESSON. 13 
 
 5. Account for the grammatical construction of 
 
 i^tten* (1. 2) bie ©d^roeine^ (1. 6) 
 
 beinen ifirfic^ett^ (1. 9) meinem ^olj' (1. 18) 
 
 i^re ©tu6e« (p. 12 1. 3) tneine ^roeige* (p. 12 1. 4) 
 
 6. (a) When is the conjunction but translated by 
 fonbern, instead of aber?^^ 
 
 (b) Account for the use of fonbern in line 21. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 The tree. A tree. Which tree? What kind* of a 
 tree ? — A useful tree. A more useful tree. The most 
 useful tree. Which is the most useful tree? Is it the 
 oak or the peach-tree or the apple-tree or the pine ? — The 
 oak is high and strong ; it * has many leaves and fruit(s), 
 but we cannot eat the fruit (s) of the oak. The fruit (s) of 
 the oak are not eatable. Are the acorns eatable? The 
 hogs can eat them. — The peach-tree bears beautiful fruit(s). 
 The peach is the fruit of the peach-tree, and the apple is 
 the fruit of the apple-tree. What is the acorn ? It * is 
 the fruit of the oak. — The apple is a very fine fruit ; it * 
 lasts much longer than the peach and it is a fruit not only 
 for the rich (plu.), but also for the poor. — Is the pine a 
 useful tree? Yes, it* is very useful. We heat our stoves 
 with the wood of the pine. We build our houses with the 
 wood of the pines. We make large and small tables and 
 all kinds* of chairs of (au§) pine-wood. — But the finest 
 tree is the Christmas-tree. It * bears many kinds * of 
 fruits, apples and nuts, almonds and raisins. — Is this not 
 true? 
 
14 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 3Bad^ft bie (Sid^e im SSalbe ober im ©arten? Sft (te ctn 
 SBalbbaum ober ein ©artenbaum ? 3ft ber Slpfelbaum ein 
 ©artenbaum ? 3ft w aud^ ein gtuc^tbaum ? 3P ^^^ ?5Wt(l^= 
 baum ein grud^tbaum ? 3f* ^i^ ^anne ein gtuc^tbaum ? — 
 3fl ber 2lpfel bie grud^t beg SlpfelbaumS ? 2Ba§ ift bie $fir= 
 ftd^e (ber ifirfic^) ? 28a§ ift bie ^ic^el ? — ^ahtn bie ©id^en 
 gro^e breite SIdtter ober biinne, fpi^e 3^abeln? §aben bie 
 Xannen 'flatter ober 9]abeln ? — ©inb bie 3fiabeln ber Xanncn 
 immer griin, im 6ommer unb im 3Sinter ? ©inb bie SIdtter 
 ber ©id^en immer griin? 6inb bie (Sid^en ju SBei^nad^ten 
 griin ? — SBann ift 2Bei^nad^ten (2Bann finb bie SSei^nad^ten), 
 im ©ommer ober im 3Sinter? 3" toeld^em 3Jlonate ift e§? 
 3ft ber 2)e5ember ber erfte ober ber le^te 5Jlonat be§ 3ttl^te§ ? 
 SBelc^er 3Konat ift ber ^meite ? ber oierte? ber fed^fte? ber 
 je^nte ? — SSie oiele 3Jlonate \^CLi ein 3^^^^ ? 2Bie oiele Xage 
 \oiX ein ©d^altja^r ? 2Bie oiele Xage l^at ber gebruar in einem 
 ©c^altja^r? — 2Bie oiele Stage madden eine 2Bod^e? 2Bie 
 t)iele Xage finb groifc^en ©onntag unb greitag ? 2BeId^e t)ier 
 2:age ftnb jroifd^en (Sonntag unb greitag ? — 3ln roeld^em 
 .Stage ift !eine ©d^ule ? 2ln roeld^em Xag ge^en roir in bie 
 le? 
 
 
 
 VOCABUL 
 
 ARY. 
 
 
 the tree 
 
 = ? 
 
 the oak 
 
 — 9 
 
 the peach-tree 
 
 the apple-tree 
 
 = 
 
 the pine 
 
 r= 
 
 the Christmas-tree 
 
 the branch 
 
 = 
 
 the twig 
 
 = 
 
 the leaf 
 
 the fruit 
 
 = 
 
 the swine, hog 
 
 = 
 
 the apple 
 
 the peach 
 
 = 
 
 the nut 
 
 = 
 
 the almond 
 
 the raisin 
 
 = 
 
 the table 
 
 = 
 
 the king 
 
 the year 
 
 = 
 
 the basket 
 
 = 
 
 the stove 
 
 the cider 
 
 = 
 
 the wood 
 
 = 
 
 the board 
 

 
 FIFTH LESSON. 
 
 15 
 
 he chair 
 
 «> 
 
 
 the ship = ? 
 
 the sister =? 
 
 Christmas 
 
 = 
 
 
 the child = 
 
 useful = 
 
 high 
 
 = 
 
 
 strong, big = 
 
 rich = 
 
 rotten, putrid 
 
 = 
 
 
 hare, bald = 
 
 golden = 
 
 (silvern) of silver = 
 
 
 true = 
 
 to eat = 
 
 to furnish 
 
 = 
 
 
 to last, keep = 
 
 to bear = 
 
 to dry 
 
 = 
 
 
 to reply = 
 
 to build =: 
 
 to cut 
 
 
 
 = ? to come 
 
 = ? 
 
 among themselves 
 
 
 = no one, nobody 
 
 = 
 
 (quite) a different tree 
 
 = besides, furthermore = 
 
 FIFTH LESSON. 
 
 (2lug einem 3Karc^en ooti (Srnft t)on SBilbenbruc^.) 
 
 3n)ei 3Rofen, eine gelbe unb eine roei^e, toaren neben einanber 
 in einem ©arten aufgeroadifen. 6me§ ^age§ rourben fie ge= 
 trennt. ^ie gelbe Sloje tarn in ben S3efi^ eineS fteinreid^en 
 3J?anneg, unb barum \a\) fie fo ftolg unb gliidEIid^ au§ raie 
 eine ^rinjeffin, bie eineS iungen ^onigS SBeib roerben foU. 5 
 S^re neue §eimat wax gang prad^tDoU, ^a§ §au§ be§ reid^en 
 9Jianne§ lag in ber 3[$orftabt, roo nur reid^e 2eute wolinten, 
 unb in ber ©tra^e, in ber ba§ §au§ ftanb, n)o{)nten nur bie 
 reic^ften ber Sfieic^en. ^n ben §aufern befanben fidj) fo gro^e 
 8d^a^e, ba^ bie 2uft in ber 3^ad^barfd^aft roie mit ©olbftaub lo 
 
16 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 erfiiHt roar, fo ba^ bte Sperlinge, roenn ftc butc^ bie ©tra^c 
 flogen, mit oergolbeten ©d^rodnsen ^jeraugfamen. 
 
 §inter bent §auje be§ reid^en SRanneS lag ein grower 
 ©atten, in befjen TOtte ein fleiner 2BaIb bet feltenften unb 
 
 5 fd^onflen 9^ofen flanb. 2Ba§ biefen ein befonberS ftattlid^e§ 
 2lu§fe^en gab, ba§ roaren gierlid^e 2:dfelc^en, t)on benen jebe 
 ein§ urn ben §al§ Itug. 5luf biefen roar ber 3f2ame einer jeben 
 3^ofe aufgefd^rieben, foroie i^re gamilie unb i^r ©eburtgort. 
 3)a roaren 3^ofen, bie au§ 6^ina ftammten, anbere au§ Dft= 
 
 10 inbien unb eine fogar t)on ber ^x{\t\ Sourbon. 3^^ ^i^ @efefl= 
 fd^aft roar roirflic^ roeit ^er! 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Give gender, meaning, genitive sing, and nominative 
 plu. of 
 
 3flofc 
 
 ^ontg 
 
 ©tra^e 
 
 ©c^roans 
 
 ©eburtsort 
 
 ©artcn 
 SBeib 
 
 2Calb 
 Snfel 
 
 Xag 
 
 Suft 
 Safeld^en 
 
 aRann 
 SSorftabt 
 ©perltng 
 ^amilie 
 
 2. (a) How do feminine nouns ending in -in form their 
 plural ? 1 
 
 (b) Give meaning, genitive sing, and nominative plu. of 
 
 bie ^rinjeffin 
 bie ^aiferin 
 
 bie ^bnigin 
 bie Slmerifanerin 
 
 3. State the gender of most names of plants, fruits and 
 flowers, and illustrate the rule by examples.** 
 
 4. (a) Decline the two forms of the relative pronoun 
 (roelc^er, roelc^e, roelc^eS and ber, bie, baS) through sing, and 
 plu.» 
 
FIFTH LESSON. 17 
 
 (b) Substitute in the following sentences one form of 
 the relative pronoun for the other 
 
 Sine ^rinjeffin, ro e I rf) e eineg jungen ^onigS 9Bei5 tuerbcn joU. 
 
 2)te ©tra^e, in roelc^er bag §aug beg reid^en 2J?anne§ ftanb. 
 
 2)ie ©perlinge, bie burc^ bie Strafe flogen. 
 
 3ierlic^e Xdfeld)en, von tceld^ett jebe dio\e ein§ urn ben §alg trug. 
 
 2)ie Stofen, bie aug ©^ina ftammten. 
 
 2)ie 3tofen, beren* ^eimat Dftinbien roar. 
 
 ^ie 3fiofe, beren* ©eburtgort bie ^nfel SBourbon war. 
 
 5. Determine case, number and gender of 
 
 einem ©arten (1. 2) eineg Xageg (1. 2) 
 
 eineg fteinreic^en 3Jlanneg (1. 3) ber 33orftabt (1. 7) 
 
 ben ^ciufern (1. 9) ben §alg (p. 16 1. 7) 
 
 einer jeben 9tofe (p. 16 1. 7) ber Snfel (p. 16 1. 10) 
 
 6. State the present, the past and the past participle of 
 the modal verbs'* (modal auxiliaries). 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 A rose. No rose. My rose. Her rose. — Two roses. 
 Two beautiful roses. Beautiful roses. Beautiful yellow 
 roses. — The yellow rose was as proud as a young princess. 
 Princesses, queens and empresses are often very proud, but 
 they are not always happy. — Why was the yellow rose so 
 proud and happy ? The house of the rich man lay in the 
 most fashionable street of the suburb. Only the richest 
 families lived there. — The street in which the house of 
 the rich man stood, was very fashionable. — A large garden 
 was behind the house of the rich man. Behind the house 
 of the rich man was a large garden. — The finest and rarest 
 roses grew in the center of the same. In the center of the 
 same grew the finest and rarest roses. — Which roses ? 
 
18 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 How many roses ? What kind of roses ? These roses. 
 Those roses. Several hundred roses. No roses. Red 
 roses. White roses. Yellow roses. Tea-roses. Moss- 
 roses. Each (every) rose. That rose. All roses. — The 
 roses had small wooden tablets about their necks. — The 
 names of the families of these roses were written on those 
 little wooden tablets. — One rose was from China, another 
 came from the East Indies,* and again another from the 
 island of * Bourbon in the Indian Ocean. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 2Bcr faufte bic gclbe 9lofc ? SSarum roar biefc nun fo ftolg 
 unb gliicfltd^ rote einc junge ^rinjeffin ? — 3So lag ba§ §au§ 
 beS reid^en 3J?anne§ ? 2Sa§ fiir gamilien roo^nten in ber 
 SSorftabt? SSo lag ber ©arten be§ reid^en 9Jknneg ? 2Sa§ 
 fiir 9^ofen ftanben in ber 3)Zitte be§ ©arteng ? — 2Ba§ trug 
 eine jebe 5Rofe urn ben §al§ ? 2Ba§ ftanb auf biefen 2:dfel= 
 6:^tx{ ? — 2Bar S)eutjci^Ianb bie §eimat biefer feltenen Stofen ? 
 2Bo^er famen bie einen ? bie anbern ? 2Bo^er !am bie feltenfte 
 unb fd^onfte 9lofe? — 3" roeld^em Djean liegt bie Snfel 
 Sourbon ? 3n roelc^em 3Jieere liegt bie S^fel (Sijilien ? 2Bo 
 liegen bie Snfeln 3Jlart^§ SSeingarten unb 9^antuc!et ? 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 the king = ? 
 
 the princess 
 
 = ? 
 
 the wife = 
 
 the home = 
 
 the city 
 
 = 
 
 the suburb = 
 
 the street = 
 
 the treasure 
 
 = 
 
 the gold = 
 
 the dust = 
 
 the gold-dust 
 
 = 
 
 the air = 
 
 the neighborhood = 
 
 the sparrow 
 
 = 
 
 the tail = 
 
 the center = 
 
 the forest 
 
 = 
 
 the tablet = 
 
 the neck = 
 
 the name 
 
 = 
 
 the family = 
 
 the birthplace = 
 
 the company 
 
 = 
 
 rich = 
 
 mighty* rich = 
 
 proud 
 
 = 
 
 happy = 
 
 young = 
 
 fashionable 
 
 1 = 
 
 gilt, gilded = 
 
SIXTH LESSON. 19 
 
 SIXTH LESSON. 
 
 ^ie beiben 9lofem 
 
 2. 
 
 ^ie rceifee 3f{ofe ^alte ein atmer ©d^u^mad^er fiir feine 
 fran!e grau gefauft. ©ie ftanb in einem 33Iumentopf t)or 
 ber §au§tpr unb fu^lte fid^ im ^ergen rec^t ungludtlid^, bag 
 fie in ben Sefi^ won armen Seuten gefommen raar. SSa^renb 
 fie fo in i^rer ^rauer ben ^opf ^angen lieg, ^orte fie auf 5 
 einmal eine feine ©timme l^inter fid^, rceld^e fagte : „@uten 
 ^Jiorgen, grau Siofe!" Unb al§ fie fid^ umrcanbte, erblidEte 
 fie einen fleinen ^anarienoogel, ber in feinem ^afig in bent 
 gebffneten genfter ^ing, ^inler weld^em ber ©d^u^mad^er auf 
 feinem breibeinigen ©tu^l fag unb an feinen ©tiefein unb 10 
 ©d^u^en arbeitete. 2)er 3Sogel l^atte graei !Iuge fdjiroarge 
 Slugen unb einen !Ieinen weigen ©d^nabel. ^it bem le^teren 
 fagte er nod^ einmal : „(^uitx\ 3Jiorgen, ^rau $Rofe ! 3^ ^^^^ 
 geftern 2lbenb feine ©elegen^eit ge^abt, ©ie ju begriigen. 
 @rlauben ©ie mir, bag id^ mid^ $5^nen je^t tjorfteUe ; mein 15 
 3^ame ift ^ieping." — 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Decline the personal pronouns '\6^, bu, er (fie) — xo'xx, 
 i^r (©ie), fte.^ 
 
 2. Decline ber, bic, baS as article and as relative pro- 
 
20 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 3. Which verbs undergo in their conjugation an external 
 change, the weak or the strong ? ' 
 
 4. Complete the following relative clauses 
 
 ©in ©c^u^mac^er ift ein SKann, ber . . . 
 
 ein Slumentopf ift ein %ov\t in ro e I c^ e m . . . 
 
 Slrme Seute finb iieute, b i e . . . 
 
 (Sin breibeiniger ©tu^I ift ein ©tu^l, roelc^er . . . 
 
 5. Which verbs are conjugated with the auxiliary ^abcn, 
 and which with f ein ? * 
 
 6. Account for the use of the auxiliaries ^aben and fein 
 in the following sentences 
 
 (Sin ©c^u^ma(^er ^atte bie roei^e S^lofe gefauft. 
 
 2)ie roei^e 3fiofe toot in ben Seft^ oon armen Scuten gefommen. 
 
 ©ie l^at eine feine ©ttmme Winter fic^ geprt. 
 
 35er ©c^u^mac^er l^at an bem genfter gefeffen. 
 
 2)er SSogel i|l aug feinem ^dfig in ben SBalb geflogen. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 I buy a rose. He buys a white rose. She buys a beau- 
 tiful red rose. — He bought the white rose. Who bought 
 that white rose ? He will buy the rose. He has bought 
 it.* He had bought it for me, for thee, for him, for him- 
 self,* for her ; for us, for you, for them. — That poor man 
 has bought this beautiful white rose for his sick wife. — 
 The white rose was unhappy in her heart. Why was she 
 unhappy ? — A canary-bird sits in the cage. A little 
 canary-bird sat in his cage. A little canary-bird with two 
 bright black eyes and a white beak. What kind of eyes 
 had he ? What kind of eyes have you ? What kind of 
 eyes have I ? — What did the canary-bird say to the white 
 rose ? " Frau Rose," said he, " permit me to introduce 
 
SIXTH LESSON. 
 
 21 
 
 myself to you ! " — My friend said : " Miss Brown, permit 
 me to introduce to you my brother Charles ! " — " Profes- 
 sor,* permit me to introduce to you my friend, Mr. Smith, 
 of Boston ! " — Good morning ! Good day ! Good even- 
 ing ! Good night ! — I am glad to see you. How are you ? 
 Thank you, I am well. And how are you ? Are all well 
 at your home ? 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 2Ber ^atte bie tDeifee 3^ofe gefauft ? giir rcen l)atte er fie 
 gefauft ? — 2Barum fU^lte fid^ bie roeifee 9lofe fo ungliidlid^ ? 
 — SSeld^e 2Borte prte fie auf einmal am nad^ften ?iJJorgen ? 
 2Ber ^atte biefe SSorte gefprodjien ? — ©teHen ©ie mid^, bttte, 
 S^rem 5Rad^bar (S^ter ^ad^barin) t)or! TOt raeld^en 2Borten 
 roiirbe grau ©enator §anna t()re ©d^wefter 5J?aub ber grau 
 ^rafibent ^iJic^inlep t)orfteHen ? — 2Bo fag ber ^anarienwogel ? 
 33efd^retben ©ie ben 3Sogel, bie garbe feiner J^bern, feiner 
 '^\x%zn unb feineS ©d^nabels! 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 the shoemaker = ? 
 
 the flower 
 
 = ? 
 
 the pot = 
 
 the flower-pot = 
 
 the door 
 
 = 
 
 the house-door= 
 
 the heart = 
 
 the possession 
 
 = 
 
 the people = 
 
 the sadness = 
 
 the head 
 
 = 
 
 the voice = 
 
 the morning = 
 
 the cage 
 
 = 
 
 the window = 
 
 the stool, chair = 
 
 the boot 
 
 = 
 
 the shoe = 
 
 the bird = 
 
 the eye 
 
 = 
 
 the beak, bill = 
 
 the evening = 
 
 the chance 
 
 = 
 
 the name = 
 
 to buy = 
 
 to sell 
 
 = 
 
 to hear = 
 
 to work = 
 
 to greet 
 
 = 
 
 to permit = 
 
 to introduce = 
 
 once more 
 
 = 
 
 to-day = 
 
 last night 
 
 :=: ? 
 
 
 yesterday = ? 
 
 the day before yesterday = 
 
 
 to-morrow = 
 
 the day after 
 
 to-morrow = 
 
 
 
22 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 SEVENTH LESSON. 
 
 ^ie bcibett 9{ofem 
 
 3. 
 
 2)a§ arttge 2Befen be§ ^anarienoogels gefiel ber roei^en 
 SRofc, fic mad^lc cincn freunbltd^en ^nij, lie^ fid^ mit t^m 
 in cin ©efprad^ cm unb fragte i^n, rote olt er fei, unb rate 
 lange er fc^on hd ©d^u^mad^erS rodre. 2)a feufgte §err 
 
 5 ^teping unb fagte : „^6) bin leiber fein bungling me^r, benn 
 id^ bin fc^on ein ^a\)x unb groei Xage alt ; oorgeftern war 
 mein ©eburtstag. S5ei ©d^u^mad^erg aber bin id^ fd^on brei 
 3Konatc, unb ^offentlid^ bleibe x6) mein gan^eS Seben lang bei 
 i^nen." Unb al§ bie 5Rofe i^n roeiter fragte, ob e§ i^m benn 
 
 10 fo gut bei ©d^u^mad^erS gefaOe, ha bre^te er bie Suglein im 
 ^opfe ^erum unb fagte : „D, ba§ ftnb engelSgute Seute, unb 
 befonberS bie ^inber/' unb bann rourbe er fo meland^olifd^, 
 ba^ er fd^neH einen fleinen ©d^Iuc! SSafjer ne^men mufete, 
 loeil i^m fonft bie 3:^rdnen in bie 5lugen ge!ommen rodren. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 1. (a) What is the mixed declension ? ^ 
 (b) Decline baS Sluge and baS ^erg. 
 
SEVENTH LESSON. 23 
 
 2. Translate by the proper cases of the personal pro- 
 nouns without prepositions^ 
 
 me 
 
 of me 
 
 to me 
 
 to her 
 
 of him 
 
 of her 
 
 she 
 
 her 
 
 they 
 
 to them 
 
 to you 
 
 to us 
 
 3. Account for the accusatives of time* in the following 
 sentences 
 
 3c^ ^tt6e ©ie geftern 2lbenb ttid^t begrii^en lonnen. 
 Sc^ bin ein "^0.^1 unb jroei %a%t alt. 
 Sd^ bin fc^on bret aJionate bei ©c^ul^mac^erg. 
 jQoffentlic^ bleibe ic^ mein ganjeg Seben bei i^nen. 
 
 4. How is the preposition bci * translated in each of the 
 following sentences ? 
 
 S)er ©d^u^mad^cr arbeitete bei bem offenen (^enfter. 
 
 §offentlid^ bleibe id^ mein ganje^ Seben bei ifjnen. 
 
 3c^ \)aU ©ie geftern Slbenb bei S^^^er 2ln!unft nic^t begrii^en lonnen. 
 
 5. Distinguish mein langeS Sebcn and mein Seben lang. 
 
 6. Account for the present tense* in ic^ bin fd^on brei 
 3Jlonate bei ©d^u^mad^erS. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 She asks him. Does she ask him ? Does she not ask 
 him? — She asked him. Did she ask him? Did she not 
 ask him ? Yes, she asked him : " How old are you ? '' 
 And what did he answer ? He replied : " I am a year and 
 two days old." — <' I am 12 months and 2 days old." — 
 " I am 52 weeks and 2 days old." — ^<I am 367 days old." 
 — The day before yesterday was my birthday. — When is 
 
24 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 your birthday, Miss Mary ? When is Washington's birth- 
 day ? — Then she asked him : "How long have you been* 
 with shoemakers ? " He replied : " I have been with them 
 already three months." — Her next question was : " Are 
 they * good people ? " He answered : " They are as good 
 as the angels." 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 2Ba§ roar ber ^^lame beS ^anarien»ogeI§ ? SSelc^en Xiamen 
 l^aXiz er ? 2Bie ^ie§ er ? — 2Bte ^eifeen ®ie ? 2Bie \)t\%i 3^r 
 beutfd^er Setter (3^re beutfc^e Se^rerin)? 2Bie ^ei^t ber 
 ^rdfibent ber 35ereintgten Otaaten t)on 2lmeri!a ? — 2Bie ^iefe 
 ber erfte ^rdfibent unferer 9^epubltf ? 2Bie ^ie^ feine grau ? 
 2Bie ^ie^ fein Sanbgut in ^Sirginien ? — 2Bie ^eifet ber ^aifer 
 oon 2)eutfci^Ianb ? — 2Bte alt roar ber ^anarienoogel ? 9Bie 
 alt finb 6ie ? — 2Bann roar fein ©eburtstag ? 2Bann ift 3^r 
 ©eburtstag ? 2Bann feiern roir 2Baf^ington§ ©eburtstag ? 
 SSann i[t 2lbra^am SincoInS ©eburt^tag ? SSiffen ©ie baS 
 nid^t ? ^onnen ©ie mir morgen fagen, roann Slbra^am SincoInS 
 ©eburtstag ift? 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the conversation = ? the youth, young man ==? 
 
 the year = the day -= 
 
 the birthday = the month = 
 
 the life = the head = 
 
 the child = the water = 
 
 the tear = the eye = 
 
 to please = to sob, sigh = 
 
 to stay, remain = courteous = 
 
 old = as kind as an angel ^ 
 
 especially, particularly = 
 
EIGHTH LESSON. 25 
 
 EIGHTH LESSON. 
 
 (®ine Snbianerfage.) 
 
 Unter bem ^nbianerftamme ber ©eminolen in gloriba finbet 
 fid^ bie fotgenbe ebenfo merfraurbige rate finnooCe ©age, roelc^e 
 ben Hrfprung be§ ^raei^en 5!J?anne§" unb feine iiberlegen^eit 
 iiber bie anbern '^aWzxi gum ©egenftanb ^at: 
 
 2ll§ ber gro^e ©eift bie ©rbe erfc^affen ^atte, fd^uf er gleid^= 5 
 geitig brei 5Jianner, aHe t)on roei^er §autfarbe. ®ann fU^rte 
 er fie an einen %zx^ unb befal)l i^nen ^ineingufpringen unb 
 gu baben. ®er eine ge^ord^te fofort unb fam rein unb rcei^ 
 au§ bem 28affer ^erauS. 3)er gmeite gogerte eine 9BeiIe, unb 
 ba ba§ 2Baffer bur^ ba§ $Iatfd()ern be§ erften elroaS jd^Iammig 10 
 gemorben roar, fo ging er lupferfarben au§ bem Sab ^eruor. 
 2)er britte fprang erft ^inein, al§ bie glut t)om ©d^Iamme 
 gang bunfel geroorben roar, fo ba^ er mit t)oUig fd)roarger §aut 
 guriidffam. ^ann legte i()nen ber gro^e ©eift brei Siinbel 
 t)or unb eriaubte bem fd)roargen 3Jianne guerft gu roci^len, benn 15 
 er fii^lte 3J^itleib mit i^m, roeil er \o fd^roarg geroorben roar, 
 liefer naf)m aKe brei 33iinbel in bie §anb, unb nad^bem er 
 i^r ©eroid)t gepriift ^atte, na^m er baS fd^roerfte. 2)ann folgte 
 ber ^upferfarbene, roeld^er bag nad^ftfd^roere Siinbel roa^lte unb 
 bem roei^en 3Kanne ba§ leid^tefte iiberliefe. 51I§ bann ein jeber 20 
 
26 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 fein SBiinbel bffnete, ba jetgte e§ fid), ba^ ba§ erfte §adfen, 
 ©paten unb allerlei ^anbroerf^jeug fiir fd^roere gelbarbeit ent= 
 ^ielt. 3n bcm jroeiten Siinbel toaren 33ogen, ^feile unb 
 2lngel^a!en fiir ^rieg, gagb unb gifd^fang. ®a§ btitte abet 
 5 gab bem roei^en 5[Ranne papier, geber unb Stinte, bie ©runb= 
 lagen feiner Ubermad^t iiber bie anbern 9iaffen. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 1. Find the German cognates of 
 
 white 
 
 (ghost) 
 
 earth 
 
 three 
 
 third 
 
 feather 
 
 both 
 
 bath 
 
 through 
 
 water 
 
 great 
 
 spade 
 
 the (hide) 
 
 field 
 
 bundle 
 
 man 
 
 hook 
 
 light (of weight) 
 
 flood 
 
 copper 
 
 has 
 
 over 
 
 slime 
 
 first 
 
 fuUy 
 
 laid 
 
 
 
 2. (a) Which prepositions govern the genitive ? ^ 
 
 (b) Which prepositions govern the accusative ? * 
 
 (c) Which prepositions govern always the dative ? * 
 
 3. Explain the grammatical construction of 
 
 bem Snbtanerftamme (1. 1) ben Urjprung (1. 3) 
 
 beg roei^en SWannes (1. 3) bie ©rbe (1. 6) 
 
 roet^er ^autfarbe (1. 6) fie (1. 7) 
 
 t^nen 0- 7) bem SBaffer (1. 9) 
 
 4. State principal parts and meaning of the following 
 weak* verbs 
 
 fagen fii^rcn baben jogem legetx 
 
 roa^len fii^Ien priifen folgen offnen 
 
EIGHTH LESSON. 27 
 
 5. State principal parts and meaning of the following 
 strong ^ verbs 
 
 finben jd^affen jpringen fomnten gef)en 
 
 nel^men laflen fatten geben roerben 
 
 6. (a) What is the position of the verb in clauses be- 
 ginning with such subordinating conjunctions ® as : al§, 
 when; nacf)bem, after; ba, as, since; ba^, bamit, that; fo 
 ba^, so that; tDCil, because? 
 
 (b) Account for the position of 
 
 ^atte (1. 6) max (1. 11) roar (1. 13) 
 
 5uruc!fam (1. 14) roar (1. 16) ^atte (1. 18) 
 
 offnete (p. 26 1. 1) entt)ielt (p. 26 1. 2) 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 The Great Spirit creates the earth. The Great Spirit 
 created the earth. When he created the earth. He has 
 created the earth. He had created the earth. When the 
 Great Spirit had created the earth. — He created three 
 men. They were white. These three white men. Those 
 three white men. — I jump into the water. I jumped into 
 the water. Those three white men jumped into the water. 
 Why did they jump into the water ? Because the Great 
 Spirit had ordered it. The water of the pond was clear. 
 The clear water of the pond turned muddy. — A white 
 skin. A copper-colored skin. A black skin. — A man 
 with a white skin. A man with a copper-colored skin. A 
 man with a black skin. — A bundle. Three bundles. Here 
 are three bundles. There were three bundles. One bundle 
 was light, but the two other bundles were heavy. — The 
 man with the black skin took the heaviest bundle. The 
 
28 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 negro chose the bundle which was the heaviest. — The man 
 with the copper-colored skin took the second bundle, which 
 was not as heavy as that * of the black man. The Indian 
 chose the second bundle. — The bundle of the white man 
 was very light. It was the lightest of the three bundles. 
 
 — What was in those three bundles ? A spade and a pick- 
 axe were in that of the negro. In the bundle of the Indian 
 was an arrow and a bow. — What did the white man find 
 in his bundle ? He found in it (barin) pens, ink and 
 paper. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 2Ba§ ift ©ijilicn, eine 3"^l ober eine §albinfel ? 2BaS ift 
 gloriba? ©ried^enlanb? ^orfifa? ©anemat! ? 3^antucfet? 
 
 — 2iegt gloriba im Siiboften ober im ©iibroeften ber 3Ser= 
 etnigten (BiaaUrx von Slmerifa ? Siegt ber <Biaai Tlaxnc im 
 ^Jiorbroeften ober im ^fJorboften ber Union? 3So liegt ^ali= 
 fomien ? 2Bo liegt bag Xerritorium 2lla§fa ? — SSeld^eg Sanb 
 ift ba§ 3SaterIanb ber ^eutfc^en ? SSeld^e^ Sanb ift bie §eimat 
 be§ granjofen ? 2Bo roar bie §eimat ber ©emtnolen ? 3" 
 toelc^em 3"^^«"c^^«"^"is ge^orte ber §duptling DSceoIa ? 3" 
 toeld^em Stamme ge^orte Xecumfe^ ? 3Son rceld^em ©tamme 
 roar ©itting 33uII ber §duptling ? 
 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 the Indian 
 
 = ? 
 
 the negro 
 
 9 
 
 the white man = ? 
 
 the race, type = 
 
 the race of mankind = 
 
 the ghost, spirit = 
 
 the skin 
 
 = 
 
 the color 
 
 = 
 
 the color of the skin = 
 
 the pond 
 
 = 
 
 the water 
 
 = 
 
 the while = 
 
 the bath 
 
 = 
 
 the flood 
 
 = 
 
 the compassion = 
 
 the hand 
 
 = 
 
 the weight 
 
 = 
 
 the war = 
 
 the chase 
 
 = 
 
 clean 
 
 = 
 
 slimy, muddy = 
 
 dark 
 
 = 
 
 black 
 
 = 
 
 heavy = 
 
NINTH LESSON. 29 
 
 light (of weight) = ? simultaneously = ? 
 
 somewhat muddy = each one = 
 
 the two others = among the Indians = 
 
 out of (from) the water = so that = 
 
 because = 
 
 NINTH LESSON. 
 
 ^er iiibifd)e ^^ilofop^ 3}Jofe§ 5D^enbel§fo^n, ber tntime 
 greunb SeffingS, ftanb 6ei bem ^reu^enfonig griebridj) bem 
 ©ro^en in ^o^en @t)ren unb roar ein gerngefe^ener ©aft an 
 ber !bniglid)en Xafel int ©i^Io^ gu ©an^fouci. 21I§ er eineS 
 ^age§ eingelaben war, unb groar gu einer befttmmten ©tunbe, 5 
 crjc^ien er nid)t. ^fZiemanb Derriet Ungebulb ober mad^te eine 
 S3emer!ung. 2ll§ aber ber £bntg feine Ut|r <x\x^ ber %<x\6)z 
 jog unb biefelbe in ber §anb ^ielt, al§ rooUte er fagen: „3Bo 
 bleibt benn 9J?enbel§fo^n ?" ba bemer!te einer ber ©afte: „3a, 
 fo finb bie ©elei^rten, roenn fie Winter i^ren Siid^ern fi^en, lo 
 bann cergeffen fie alle§." — „3Run," antroortete ber £onig 
 ladienb, „mx rooUen i^n fiir feine llnpiin!tlid)!eit ftrafen unb 
 i^n red^l in 3Serlegent)eit fe^en." — ^ann na^m er papier unb 
 Sleiftift unb f^rieb bie SSorte „3JienbeI§fo^n ift ein @fel. 
 griebrid^ 11." — ©arauf befall er einem $agen, 't>ci^ papier 15 
 m beS ^^ilofop^en $la^ ju legen. 33alb !am 3Kenbel§fo^n, 
 la§ bie ^arte unb fledtte fie in bie ^afd^e, o()ne ein ^iBort 
 
30 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 gu fagen. 2)cr ^onig fragte fd^alf^aft : „@i, ei, mein Itebet 
 3JlenbeI§fo^n, toaS ^aben ©te benn ba ? 25a§ ift roo^I ein 
 SiebeSbriefd^en ? 2Botlen ©ie un§ nid^t ben S^^alt mitteilen?" 
 „6e^r gem, (Sure ^JJajeftdt/' antroortete ber $^iIofop^ unb 
 Ia§ mit lauter ©timme: „9JienbeI§fol^n ift ein (Sfel. Jriebrici^ 
 bet groeite." — ^er ^onig lad^te ^erjlid^. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Add to the following nouns the definite article, and 
 state the nominative plu. of the compound nouns 
 
 — gJreu^e 
 
 — 33Iei 
 
 — «iebe 
 
 — ^onig 
 
 — ©tift 
 
 — 33rief 
 
 — '^reu|enfonig 
 
 — Sleiftift 
 
 — Siebesbrief 
 
 — Siebesbriefc^en 
 
 2. Decline the following nouns, and state to which 
 declension^ they belong 
 
 ber (Sele^rte bcr ^^tlofop^ ber ^age 
 
 bcr 3ro«te ber ®ro^c ber ^reu^e 
 
 3. How are the ordinal numbers derived from the 
 cardinal numbers?^ 
 
 4. How is the indefinite article ein (a) distinguished 
 from the numeral ein (o7ie) ? ^ 
 
 5. Account for the dative and the accusative after the 
 preposition in^ in the following sentences 
 
 S5er 5lomg ^ielt bie U^r in ber §anb. 
 
 3)er ^^ilofop^ ftetfte bie ^arte in bie Xafd^c. 
 
NINTH LESSON. 31 
 
 6. (a) When is the genitive of time* used, answering 
 the question when? 
 
 (b) Account for the genitive eineS Xage§ (line 4). 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 Frederick II., the Great, was king of Prussia from 1740 
 to 1786. — The philosopher Moses Mendelssohn was a 
 close friend of Lessing. He was a close friend of the poet 
 Lessing."* — The German philosopher Moses Mendelssohn 
 was a Jew. The great musician and composer Mendelssohn- 
 Bartholdy was his grandson. — The philosopher was fre- 
 quently a guest of king Frederick at the castle of Sanssouci. 
 One day * he did not come at the appointed hour. — The 
 king took a pencil and wrote on a paper the words : " Men- 
 delssohn is an ass. Frederick II." — The philosopher came 
 at last. At last he came. — The paper lay before his seat. 
 The paper lay before the seat of the philosopher. — He saw 
 the paper, took it, read it and put it into his pocket. — 
 Frederick said to the philosopher : " My dear Mendelssohn, 
 what have you there ? Is that perhaps a love-letter ? " 
 Then the king asked the philosopher : " Will you not read 
 the contents aloud ? " — The philosopher read : " Mendels- 
 sohn is one ass. Frederick the second.'^ — The king laughed 
 heartily. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 9Bar ?!Kofe§ 3JienbeI§fo^n ein Shrift, ein Sube, ein 3Ko^ammc= 
 baner ober ein §eibe ? 2Ser roar fein intimfler greunb ? — 
 2Bcr roar bamals ^onig in ^reu^en? 2SeId^en 5f?amen ^attc 
 ber bamalige ^onig Don $reu^en ? 3Sie l)ie^ ber bamaligc 
 
32 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 ^bnig oon ^reufeen? — 2Bie ^ieg ba§ Sd^Io^ beS ^onigS 
 in ber 3'^d^e oon ^otgbam ? — ^am 9JlenbeIgfo^n an jenem 
 Xage piinhlic^, ju frii^ ober ju fpdt ? — 2SeIc^e 2Borte fc^rteb 
 ber ^ontg auf ba§ ^J^apier ? 9JJit xool^ fc^rieb er fie ? 2luf 
 was fc^rieb er fie ? — 2Bo lag bie ^arte, al§ 3JJenbelgfo^n 
 enblid^ anfam ? ©a^ er fie ? Sa§ er fie ? 2Ba§ t^at er 
 bamit ? — 2Ba§ fragte i^n ber ^bnig ? — 2a§ ^Jtenbel^fo^n 
 ben 3n^alt be§ ^^^apier§ oor? Sluf rceld^e jroei 2Borte legte 
 er befonbern 5lccent ? 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the philosopher = ? 
 the honor, esteem = 
 the hour = 
 
 the watch (time-piece) = 
 the scholar = 
 
 the friend 
 the guest 
 the impatience 
 the pocket 
 the book 
 
 = ? 
 
 the king = ? 
 the castle ^ 
 the remark = 
 the hand = 
 the paper = 
 
 the lead-pencil = ' 
 
 the ass = 
 
 the seat, place = 
 
 the love-letter = 
 
 the voice = 
 
 to appear = 
 
 to hold = 
 
 to sit, be seated = 
 
 to answer = 
 
 to write = 
 
 to read = 
 
 close, intimate = 
 
 certain, fixed = 
 
 heartily = 
 
 from his pocket = 
 
 behind their books = 
 
 with (a) loud voice = 
 
 the word ==? 
 
 the page (young nohleman) ^ 
 
 the card = 
 
 the contents = 
 
 to invite = 
 
 to betray, show = 
 
 to remark = 
 
 to forget = 
 
 to take = 
 
 to order = 
 
 to laugh * = 
 
 royal = 
 
 loud = 
 
 in high honor* = 
 
 in his hand = 
 
 without saying a word ^ 
 
TENTH LESSON. 33 
 
 TENTH LESSON. 
 
 @in armer '^(xm, ber einen ©telgfu^ ^atte, ging burd^S 
 ^orf unb mu^te an eitter ©d5)ar ^naben ooriiber. ^er un= 
 gegogene §einrt^ lad^te iiber i^n, ging ^infenb Winter i^m 
 ^er unb fpottete il^n au§. ^a roanbte fid^ ber ^Jlann urn, 
 \ql\) roe^mutig auf ben ©potter unb fagte ju i^m : „^nabe, 5 
 id^ ^be al§ ©olbat fiirg SSaterlanb gefod^ten ; metn Sein \^CLhz 
 id^ in ber ©d^lad^t bei ©raoelotte burd) etne ^anonenfugel 
 oerloren. liefer ©tel^fu^ uerbtent alfo beinen ©pott nid^t." 
 ®ie freunblid^en 9Borte be§ 9Jlanne§ brangen in aHe ^er^en. 
 ^ie ^naben gogen grii^enb bie ?D^U^en t)or i^m ah, unb §einrid^ 10 
 fd^amrot im ©efid^t, roagte nid^t auf^ublicfen. @r fpottete nie 
 me^r iiber einen UngliidElidjien. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Distinguish between the plural forms* 
 
 SSorte and SBorter 
 ©efic^te " ©eftrf)ter 
 Sanfe " Sanfen 
 Sdnbe, 33anbe, 33anbcr 
 
34 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 2. (a) How are adjectives declined when used as nouns ? ^ 
 
 (b) Decline, through sing, and plu., the following adjec- 
 tives used substantively 
 
 the German the old man the unfortmiate man 
 
 the German woman the old woman the unfortunate woman 
 
 a German an old man an unfortunate man 
 
 a German woman an old woman an mifortunate woman 
 
 Germans old people unfortunate people 
 
 3. Distinguish between toiffen and fennen.^ * 
 
 4. (a) What are the peculiarities in the conjugation of 
 mixed * verbs ? 
 
 (b) What is the Grerman equivalent of * 
 
 I know (fennen) thou namest he turns 
 
 I knew thou namedest he turned 
 
 I have known thou hast named he has turned 
 
 we bring you know («)iffen) they think 
 
 we brought you knew they thought 
 
 we have brought you have known they have thought 
 
 5. (a) State which of the following verbs are separable 
 and which inseparable compounds® 
 
 ticrfpotten ouSfpotten umraenben uerliercn 
 
 tierbienen obaie^en oufblicfen 
 
 (b) Give of each of these verbs the 1. pers. sing, of the 
 present, past, and perfect indicative. 
 
 6. Explain the idiom „ct mu^te' an cincr ©d^at ^ttabcn 
 coriibet." 
 
TENTH LESSON. 35 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 A man with a wooden leg. A man with a wooden leg is 
 unfortunate. A man who has a wooden leg, is unfortunate. 
 The unfortunate (subst.) man had a wooden leg. — The 
 poor man with the wooden leg was an old German soldier 
 of (au§) the Franco-German war. That unfortunate (subst.) 
 man had fought for his fatherland. — The battle of (bet) 
 Leipzig. The battle of Waterloo. The battle of Gettys- 
 burg. — The poor (subst.) man with the wooden leg had 
 fought in the battle of Gravelotte, on August 18, 1870. 
 He had lost his left leg through a cannon-ball in the battle 
 of Gravelotte. — Among the boys who were in (auf) the 
 street, was Henry. He was a bad boy. The other boys 
 took oif their caps, when* the old soldier passed by. Henry 
 did not look up. He did not dare to look up. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 2Bo roo^nte ber atnte 9)iann, in einer ©tabt ober in einem 
 5Dorfe? 2Ba§ ift grower, bte ©tabt ober ba§ ^orf ? 2Ba§ 
 ift ttttt grb^ten, bie ©tabt, ba§ ©tabtd)en ober ba§ ®orf ? — 
 Slm^erft ift ein ®orf unb Sinn 3lrbor ift ein ©tabtd^en ; ift 
 ^^ilabelp^ia ein 3)orf, ein ©tabtd)en ober eine ©tabt ? SSaS 
 finb g?en) 5)or!, ^Baltimore unb (S^icago ? — Sft ^ennf^banien 
 auc^ eine ©tabt ? 2Ba§ ift e§, eine ©tabt ober ein ©taat ? 
 — 2Ba§ ift 2llabama ? Detroit ? 3JliIn)au!ee ? 28i§confin ? 
 ^Jlic^igan ? S3erltn ? ^reufeen ? — 3" u)eld)em ^riege ^atte 
 ber arme 3Jlann al§ ©olbat getcimpft ? 2Bann roar ber beutfc^= 
 frangofifd^e It'rieg ? — 3« roeld^er ©d^lad^t ^atte er fein linfeS 
 33ein oerloren *^ — 2Bann roar bie ©d^laci^t bei ©raoelotte ? 
 2Bag ift ba§ SDatum ber ©d^lad^t bei ©raoelotte ? 2ln roelc^em 
 
36 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 2:age fanb bie B6)la6)t bei ©raoelotte ftatt ? — 2Bann roar bie 
 ©d^Iac^t bei SSaterloo ? 2Ba§ ift bag 2)atum ber ed^la^t bd 
 ©ett^Sburg ? 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 the leg = ? 
 
 the wooden leg = ? 
 
 the soldier = ? 
 
 the village = 
 
 the town 
 
 = 
 
 the city = 
 
 the boy = 
 
 the fatherland = 
 
 the battle = 
 
 the cannon-ball = 
 
 the word 
 
 = 
 
 the man = 
 
 the heart 
 
 = 9 
 
 the cap, hat 
 
 — 9 
 
 the face 
 
 = 
 
 bad, mischievous = 
 
 kind, friendly 
 
 ^ 
 
 blushing with shame = 
 
 to laugh 
 
 = 
 
 to limp 
 
 = 
 
 to scoff, scom 
 
 = 
 
 to turn around 
 
 = 
 
 to fight 
 
 = 
 
 to lo?e 
 
 = 
 
 to deserve 
 
 = 
 
 to take off 
 
 == 
 
 to dare 
 
 = 
 
 to look up 
 
 = 
 
 ELEVENTH LESSON. 
 
 ^et atmc Steic^e. 
 
 1. 
 
 ©in armer §olg^auer ging eineS ^age§ iiber Sanb unb fam 
 enblid^ miibe unb t)erbroffen bet einem ©aft^ofe an, roo er 
 fid^ ein ©Ia§ Tl\l6) unb ein <Bi\xd Srot geben liefe. @r roar 
 unjufrieben, ba^ er feine 3f{ctfe gu gu^ madden mu^te, unb 
 ba^ er ni^t§ beffere§ gu eflen \)aiie, Salb barauf fant eine 
 fd^one ^utfd^e angefa^ren, in roeld^er ein reid^er §err ]a% ber 
 
ELEVENTH LESSON. 37 
 
 fic^ eine portion falten 33raten unb eine glafd^e SSein befteHtc, 
 roaS er bann in fetnem 2Bagen cerse^rle. ^er ^olj^auer fa^ 
 i^m neibifd^ gu unb bad^te : „ 2) e m 9J?anne ge^t e§ befler alg 
 mir." ®er 3Reid^e merfte e§ unb fagte gu it)m : „Steber ^reunb, 
 ^aben ©ie Suft, mit mir §u taufd^en ?" — „®a§ t)erfte^t fic^ 
 Don felbft," antraortete ber ©efragle, o^ne fid^ lange gu be= 
 benfen ; „n)enn ©ie auSfteigen unb mir alleg geben rcoHen, 
 mag ©ie ^aben, fo mill id^ S^nen aud^ aEe§ geben, ma§ ic^ 
 ^abe." 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. State which of the following compound verbs are 
 separable and which inseparable^ 
 
 onfommen anfa^ren BcfteEen ticrse^ren 
 
 jttfe^en Ucrftef)en bcbenfen ougftetgen 
 
 2. Account for the idiomatic use of the perf. partic. in 
 eine ^utfd^e f am angefa^ren.^ 
 
 3. Account for the idiom ^ in 
 
 ein ©lag a« i I c^ ein ©tuc! 33 r o t 
 
 eine portion 33 r a t e n eine ^lafd^e 3B e i n 
 
 4. Account for the position of 
 
 lie^ (1. 3) muBte (1. 4) l^atte (1. 5) lam (1. 5) 
 
 fa^ (1. 6) beftellte (p. 37 1. 1) cerse^rte (p. 37 1. 2) 
 
 5. Account for the idiomatic^ use of the reflexive pro- 
 noun in ba§ nerfte^t f t d^ non felbfl. 
 
 6. How are the demonstrat. adjective ber, bte, ba§, 
 and the definite artic. ber, bie, ba§, distinguished from 
 each other ? ^ 
 
38 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 Rich. Poor. This man is rich and that man is poor. 
 The rich (subst.) man. A rich (subst.) man. The rich 
 (subst.) woman. A rich (subst.) woman. The poor (subst.) 
 man. A poor (subst.) man. The poor (subst.) woman. 
 A poor (subst.) woman. Rich (subst.) people. Poor (subst.) 
 people. — Woodcutters are poor people. A poor wood- 
 cutter arrived at an inn. He will arrive at an inn. He 
 has* arrived at an inn. He had* arrived at an inn. — 
 The rich man orders a bottle of* wine. He ordered a 
 bottle of wine. He will order a bottle of wine. He has 
 ordered a bottle of wine. What have you ordered ? — The 
 poor man was discontented. Why was he discontented? 
 Because he had nothing better to eat than a piece of* bread. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 9Ba§ a§ ber ^olj^auer in bem ©aft^ofe ? 2Ba§ tran! er ? 
 2Ba§ beftellte ber reid^e §err gu effen ? 2Ba§ tranf er ? 2Bo 
 tjer^e^rte er beibe§ ? — 2Bte ^atte ber §oI§l)auer feine 9Retfe 
 gemad^t ? 3Sie ber Sieid^e ? — 2Ba§ badbte ber §oIg^auer bei 
 ftd^, al§ er ben 3fleid^en in feiner ^utfd^e eflen unb trinfen \a\^ ? 
 — 2BeId^e %x(io^z ri^tete ber Sfleid^e an i^n ? 3Sa§ antraortete 
 ber ^oljl^auer barauf ? 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the rich man = ? the poor man = ? 
 
 the woodcutter = the inn = 
 
 the glass = the milk = 
 
 the piece, slice = the bread = 
 
 the journey = the foot = 
 
 the coach, carriage = the gentleman = 
 
TWELFTH LESSON. 
 
 39 
 
 the portion, plate 
 the wine 
 
 = ? 
 
 ill-humored, peevish = 
 
 to arrive = 
 
 to drive up = 
 
 to think = 
 
 to exchange situations = 
 
 to reply = 
 
 to step out, alight = 
 
 the bottle 
 tired 
 
 discontented, grudg- 
 ing, jealous 
 to order 
 to consume 
 to notice 
 to be understood 
 to deliberate 
 
 } = 
 
 TWELFTH LESSON. 
 
 ^eir atme 0lcic^e» 
 
 2. 
 
 3e^t befall ber S^eid^e feinen gwei S3ebienten, ba^ fie t^n 
 am bem SSagen ^eben joHten. D §immel, wa^ fur ein 
 Slnblicf! ©eine gii^e roaren gela^mt, er fonnte nic^t aufre^t 
 ftel^en, fonbern mu|te \x6) t)on feinen Sebienten fo lange mten 
 lafien, bis bie ^riidEen gebrad^t twurben, auf bie er fid^ ftii^te. 5 
 „5^un/' fragte er, „]^aben ©ie nod^ Suft, mit mir gu taufc^en ?" 
 — „33eim §immel niciit!" Q,ab ber erj^rodtene ^olj^auer gur 
 Slntwort, „id^ tDttl lieber trodEeneS ^rot efjen unb babei gefunb 
 fein, al§ 2Bein unb 33raten ^aben unb mid^ raie ein !leine§ 
 ^inb t)on anbern fu^ren laffen. ©ott be^iite ©ie!" mit 10 
 biefen SSorten ftanb er auf unb ging fort. — „©ie ^aben red^l," 
 rief i^m ber SReid^e nad^ ; „n)enn <5ie mir ^\)x^ gefunben Seine 
 
40 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 geben fbnnten, fo foUten 6ie meine ^utfd^e, metne 3^appen, 
 tnein ©elb, alleg bafiir ^i^ahzn. (Sin gefunber armer 3Jlann ift 
 gliicflid^er, als cin teid^er ^riippel." 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Name the inseparable verbal prefixes.^ 
 
 2. Name the more common separable verbal prefixes.^ 
 
 3. State which of the following compound verbs are 
 separable, and which inseparable 
 
 befe^Ien auffte^en bepten nad^rufcn 
 
 4. Give principal parts of the verbs just named. 
 
 5. Account for the use of fonbcrn' in line 4. 
 
 6. What is the meaning of I a f f e n / when used with an 
 infinitive ? 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 The feet of the rich (subst.) man were paralyzed. He 
 was not able to walk or to stand upright. He was lame. 
 He was a lame (subst.) man. Lame (subst.) people use 
 crutches. — Two attendants must lift the rich man from 
 his carriage, because he could not stand on his feet. — The 
 woodcutter was horrified, when* he saw that. Now he did 
 not want to exchange situations with the rich (subst.) man. 
 He said : " It is true, I have neither wine nor roast-meat, 
 and yet I feel happy that I am a healthy man." — " You 
 are* right," replied the rich man, "your good strong legs 
 
TWELFTH LESSON. 
 
 41 
 
 are much more valuable than my carriage, my fine black 
 horses and all my money. You are poor but healthy, and 
 therefore you are richer than the richest invalid." 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 3Bie t)iele Sebiente ^atte ber 3fiet(^e bet fid^? 2Bag mu^ten 
 biefe t^un ? — 2Barum ftteg er nic^t jelbft au^ feiner £utfc^e ? 
 
 — 2Bie ift ein 5Rann, ber nid)t ge^en fann ? 9Bie ift einc 
 grau, n)eld)e nic^t fe^en fann ? 2Bie ift ein ilnabe, ber nid^t 
 fprec^en fann ? 2Sie ift ein 9Jidbd)en, roeld^eg nid^t ^oren fann ? 
 2Sie ift eine $erfon, bie nic^t fpred^en unb nic^t l^bren fann ? 
 
 — 2Ba§ ift eine la^me grau ? (Sine la^me grau ift eine 
 grau, bie [roelc^e] . . .) 2Ba§ ift ein blinbeS 9J?abd)en ? 
 2Ba§ ift ein tauber ^nabe ? 2Ba§ ift eine taubftumme ^erfon ? 
 2Sa§ mu^ ein Saunter ^aben, raenn er ge^en will ? 2Ba§ benu^t 
 ein Sal)mer beim ©e^en ? — SSorauf ftii^te fid^ ber 9ieid^e ? — 
 33enu^te ber ^ol^^auer auc^ ^riidten beim ©e^en ? 2Barum 
 braud^te er feine ? — 2Ba§ ift beffer, reid^ unb babei franf gu 
 fein ober arm wnb babei gefunb gu fein? 2Ber ift gliicflidier, 
 ein gefunber 5lrmer ober ein reid^er ^riippel ? — 2Ba§ roollte 
 ber Sfteid^e bem §olg^auer fiir feine beiben gefunben Seine 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 the attendant = ? 
 
 the aspect, sight = ? 
 
 the crutch = 
 
 the leg = 
 
 the black horse = 
 
 the money = 
 
 the invalid = 
 
 paralyzed = 
 
 horrified = 
 
 dry bread = 
 
 healthy = 
 
 to order, command = 
 
 to lift, help = 
 
 to stand upright = 
 
 to lean, repose on = 
 
 to rise = 
 
 to go away = 
 
 to be* right = 
 
 to call after = ? 
 
 for mercy's sake, no ! = 
 
 what a sight ! := ? 
 
 the Lord have you in his keeping ! = 
 
42 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 THIRTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 1. 
 
 So^ann $eter ©ctermann, @oet^e§ ^nt)atfe!retar, \<x%X in 
 feinem ^od^intereflanten 9Bet!e „@efpraci^e mit ©oet^e" : ©ine§ 
 XageS na^men roir unfer TOttagSma^I im ©arten unb \)Oiii^n 
 babci aOcrlci gutc Unter^altung. Qm Saufe be§ ©efprdd^eS 
 
 5 erga^Ite id^: 
 
 „3c^ ^atte im t)origen ©ontmer in ber ^a\)z t)on ^iefurt 
 groei junge 3aun!onige gefangen, bie roa^rjd^einlid^ erft fiirjlid^ 
 i^r 3^efl tjetlaffen fatten, benn fie fagen in einem SBufd^e auf 
 einem Sn^eige mit fieben ©efd^roiftern in einer 9^ei^e unb liefeen 
 
 10 fid^ t)on i^ten Sllten fiittern. 3d^ na^m bie jungen SSogel in 
 mein feibeneS Xafd^entud^ unb ging in ber 9ftid^tung nad^ 
 2Beimar bi§ an§ <Sd^ii^en^au§, bann ted^tg nad^ ber 3Siefe 
 an ber 3^"^ ^inunter unb bann roieber lin!§ in ba§ Heine 
 ©e^olj. §ier, bad^le i^, \)(i!\i bu Sluice, einmal nad^ beinen 
 
 15 3ttunfonigen gu fe^en. 21I§ id^ aber ba§ %\x6:i offnete, ent= 
 fd^IUpften fie mir beibe unb roaren fogleid^ im ©ebiifd^ t)er= 
 fc^rounben. — ®en folgenben 6onntag !am id^ JufaEig roieber 
 an biefelbe ©tefle, unb ba id^ bie Socftone eineS 9{ol!e^Id^en§ 
 ^ortc, fo Dermutete id^ ein ^fJeft in ber 9f2a^e, baS id^ benn 
 
 20 aud^ balb fanb." 
 
THIRTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 43 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 1. Give the contracted forms ^ for 
 
 an bag 
 
 an bem 
 
 in bag 
 
 in bem 
 
 5U bem 
 
 auber 
 
 bei bem 
 
 burc^ baS 
 
 auf bag 
 
 um "na^ 
 
 
 
 2. Find the German cognates of 
 
 
 says 
 
 high 
 
 (the) work 
 
 our 
 
 (midday-meal) 
 
 thereby 
 
 young 
 
 (town-)king 
 
 sat 
 
 twig 
 
 seven 
 
 row (= line) 
 
 (to) fodder 
 
 (fowl) 
 
 satin (adj.) 
 
 I thought 
 
 I opened 
 
 I slipped 
 
 both 
 
 I heard 
 
 3. (a) Distinguish between 3lblaut and Umlaut.^ 
 
 (b) State which of the following vowel-alterations are 
 cases of 2lblaut or Umlaut respectively 
 
 §onb, piu. ^iinbe 
 
 gro§, compar. grower 
 finbcn, impf, fanb 
 
 „ p. p- gefunben 
 
 IBucI^, dimin. Sud^lein 
 rot, derivat. rotlid^ 
 fprcc^e, 2. pers. fpric^ft 
 „ 3. pers. fprid^ft 
 
 4. (a) What is the force of the suffix sici (erlei)^ ap- 
 pended to cardinal numbers ? 
 
 (h) Illustrate the rule by examples. 
 
 5. Account for the genitive and accusative of time/ 
 respectively, in 
 
 eineg Xageg na^men roir unfer aWittaggma^I \m ®artcn 
 ben f olgenben ©onntag !am ic^ roteber an biefelbe ©telle 
 
 6. What is the force of the inseparable prefix etlts,* as, 
 /. e., in entfc^Iiipfen? 
 
44 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 Who was Eckermann ? When and where did he live ? 
 John Peter Eckermann was Goethe's private secretary from 
 1823 to 1832. — In 1830 he accompanied Augustus Goethe, 
 the son of the great poet, to (nad^) Italy. — In 1836, four 
 years after the poet's death, he published the first two 
 volumes of his work " Conversations with Goethe^'' which 
 has been translated into nearly all European languages, even 
 into (in§) Turkish. — One day Goethe and his secretary 
 took their dinner in the poet's garden in Weimar. Ecker- 
 mann told a story of two young wrens which he had found 
 in the nest of a redbreast. He had caught them, but they 
 had slipped away, after he had put them into his silk 
 handkerchief. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 2Ser roar ©oet^e ? 2Sann unb roo \)qX er gelebt ? ^bnnen 
 ©ie mir ben %\it\ etne§ 2Ber!e0 ober etne§ ©ebtd)te§ Don 
 ©oet^e nennen ? 2Ber §at ba§ S)rama „gaufl" gebic^tet ? 
 2Bte ^eifet @oet^e§ 3JJetflerroer! ? — 2Ber ift ber ^id^ter bet 
 SBaKabe „©rl!onig" ? — 3" loeld^em %o^)xt rourbe ©oet^e ge^ 
 Boren ? 2Bo rourbe er geboren ? 3" roeld^em ^^^^^e ftarb er ? 
 2Bo ftarb er? 3SeIcl^e§ roaren feine le^ten 2Borte? 2Bte alt 
 roar er bet feinem 2^ob ? — 2Ber roar in ben le^ten neun S^^ren 
 feine§ SebenS ©oet^e§ $rit)atfe!retdr ? 2BeIci^e§ tntereffante 
 2Berf \^Qii biefer iiber ben grofeen ^ic^ter gefd^rieben ? — ©inb 
 3aun!bnige gro^e ober fleine SSogel ? SSarum ^eifet biefer 
 fleine 3SogeI ein „^onig" ? Nennen ©te bie gabel com 
 3aunfomg nic^t ? 6oU id^ fie 3^"^" er^a^Ien ? ©o ^bren 
 ©ie! 
 
THIRTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 45 
 
 3)ie 33ogeI raoUten einntal einen ^onig l^aben unb fagten : „3)er= 
 jenige foU unfer £onig jetn, ber am ^oc^ften fliegen !ann. 2)er 
 3lbler, ber gro^te unb ftcirffte oon alien, flog ^o\)tx al^ alle anbern. 
 @r rou^te aber nid^t, baf; in feinen raeid^en 33ruftfebern ein fleincr 
 SBogel faf;. 211^ ber 2lbler enblic^ nicf)t p^er fliegen fonnte, ba 
 er^ob fic^ biefer !Ieine SSogel unb flog nod^ etraag {)of)er al^ jener. 
 ©eit jenem Xage ift ber ^leine ber ^onig ber SSbgel, unb ba er 
 feinen fleinen ^alaft meift in einen '^a\xn baut, f o ^ei^t er „3 « u n = 
 f ottig." 
 
 2Bie gefallt S^nen biefe gabel ? ^onnen ©ie biefelbe n)ieber= 
 ^olen ? 3Serfuc^en 6ie eg ! 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the work 
 
 the dinner 
 
 the wren 
 
 the bush, shrub 
 
 the brothers and sisters 
 
 the bird 
 
 the direction 
 
 the grove 
 
 the place, spot 
 
 highly interesting 
 
 last summer 
 
 lately 
 
 to the right 
 
 at once 
 
 the same 
 
 the conversation 
 
 the course 
 
 the nest 
 
 the twig 
 
 the row (= file, line) 
 
 the handkerchief 
 
 the meadow 
 
 the Sunday 
 
 the redbreast 
 
 of all kinds 
 
 probably 
 
 silk, of silk (adj.) 
 
 to the left 
 
 next, following 
 
 soon 
 
46 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN 
 
 FOURTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 2. 
 
 „3Bie gro^ abet war mein ©rftaunen, al§ id^ in biefem ^f^efte 
 neben brei beina^e fliiggen 9^ot!e^lc^en auc^ meine beiben tieinen 
 Saunfonige fanb, bie fid^ ^ier gang gemiitlid^ einquartiert l)atten 
 unb fid^ oon ben alien 3tot!e^Id^en fiittem He^en. 3^ ^^"^ i" 
 
 5 ^o^em ©rabe glucflid^ iiber biefe merfroiirbige ©ntbedtung. 
 ^a i^r \o flug feib, bad^te ic^ bet mir felbft, unb eud^ in eurer 
 ^fiot fo gut 5U ^elfen roi^t, unb ba bie guten Sftotfe^lc^en fic^ 
 eurer fo ^ilfreid^ angenommen \)(xhtn, fo bin id^ xotxi entfemt, 
 ba§ gaftfreunblid^e SSerpltnig gu ftbren ; im ©egenleil, \6) 
 
 10 n)Unfd^e eud^ t)iel ©liidt!" 
 
 „^a§ ift eine ber be[ten ©efd^id^ten au§ bem ^ierleben, bie 
 mir je gu D^ren'gefommen ift," fagte ©oet^e. „2Ber ba§ ^brt 
 unb nid^t an @ott glaubt, bem fonnen 9Jlofe§ unb bie ^rop^eten 
 nic^t ^elfen. 2)a§ ift e§, n)a§ id^ bie SlUgegenroart ©otte§ 
 
 15 nenne, roeld^er einen ^eil feiner unenblid^en Siebe iiberaH t)er= 
 breitet unb eingepflangt \:^(!ii unb fd^on im Xiere baSjenige al§ 
 ^nofpe anbeutet, roaS im 3JJenfd^en gur fd^onften Sliite fommt. 
 ga^ren ©ie ja in S^ren ©tubien unb 33eobad^tungen fort! 
 ©ie f(^einen barin ein bejonbereS ©liicf ju ^aben unb fonnen 
 
 20 noc^ gu unfd^d^baren ^tefultaten fommen." 
 
FOURTEENTH LESSON. 47 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. (a) What are the peculiarities in the declension of 
 foreign nouns ending in stum ? ^ 
 
 (b) Give genitive sing, and nominative plu. of ba§ 
 ©tubium ; ba§ ©pmnafium ; ba§ Saboratorium ; ba§ Xern= 
 torium. 
 
 2. Account for the auxiliary ift ^ in 
 
 bie ©efd)id)te i ft mir ju D^ren gefommen 
 
 3. (a) How are the nouns ending in suttg * formed, and 
 what is their gender and general character ? 
 
 (h) Apply the rule to the nouns ©ntbecfung and 33e= 
 obad^tung. 
 
 4. Account for the forms of the personal and possessive 
 pronouns'* in the following sentences 
 
 ba i ^ r fo flug feib 
 
 bie 3ftotfeJ)lc^en f)aben fief) eurer angenommen 
 
 i c^ raiinfc^e e u d^ t)iel %\M 
 
 i c^ fanb m e i n e beiben f leinen ^awnfontge 
 
 i ^ r roi^t eud) in eurer 9?ot ju fielfen 
 
 bie ©ejc^id^te ift tn i r ^u D^ren gefommen 
 
 fa^ren ©ie in S^ren ©tubien unb Seobac^tungen fort I 
 
 5. Substitute in the following sentences the perfect 
 tense for the present 
 
 i^r feib fo f lug i^r ra t ^ t cuc^ ju ^elf en 
 
 ic^ b i n meit entfernt id^ to ii n f c^ e euc^ ®luc! 
 
 bie @efrf)ic^te f ommt mir ju D^ren mer ba^ ^ort 
 ba^ i ft eg, roag ic^ bie ^lUgegenmart ©otteg n e n n e 
 
48 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 6. (a) What is the English equivalent for 
 
 in ^o^em ©rabe (1. 4) alg ^nofpe (1. 16) 
 
 (b) Give a few other adverbial phrases in which, con- 
 trary to English usage, no article is used in German.* 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 My surprise is great. His surprise was great. Her 
 surprise will be great. Our surprise has been great. Your 
 surprise had been great. The surprise of the friend of 
 the great poet was great. — He found in one and the same 
 nest three young redbreasts and his two little wrens. His 
 surprise was great, when* he found his two little wrens in 
 the nest of the redbreasts. When he found the wrens in 
 the nest of the redbreasts, his surprise was* great. Why 
 was his surprise so great ? Because his two little wrens 
 were in the same nest with three young redbreasts. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 28o roaren bie groei jungen Sou^^onige ? 2Bo fanb fic 
 ©cfermann ? — SBie t)iele junge 3^otfe^lc^en waxen in bent 
 ^^efl ? 2Bte t)tele junge 3flwnJonige roaren baritt ? 2Bie oiele 
 juTtge SBogel roaren gujammen in bem etnen fleinen S^Jefte ? — 
 ^bnnen ©ie ba§ nid^t fagen ? §aben ©te nic^t abbieren ge= 
 lernt ? 2i5te vkl ift 3 + 2 ? — ^bnnen <Ste fubtra^ieren ? 
 2Bie t)iel ift 3 — 2 ? ^onnen 6ie multiplijteten ? 2Bie t)tcl 
 ift 3X2? — 3Sa§ t^aten bie alten 3^otte^lc^en ? 2Bie oiele 
 fleine 3SogeI mu^ten bie beiben alten SRotfe^ld^en fiittern ? — 
 2Bte nannte ©oet^e bie ©efd^id^te, bie i^m ^cfermann erjd^It 
 ^atte ? 
 
FIFTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 49 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the surprise = ? the redbreast 
 
 the degree = the discovery 
 
 the contrary = the good luck, fortune : 
 
 the animal = the animal-life 
 
 the prophet = the omnipresence 
 
 the love = the bud 
 
 the wren = ? 
 
 the need, distress = 
 the story = 
 
 the ear = 
 
 the part = 
 
 the man, mankind= 
 
 the flow^er, blossom = ? 
 the observation = 
 
 happy = 
 
 smart, intelligent = 
 hospitable = 
 
 especial, particular = 
 
 the study 
 the result 
 
 pleasant, comfortable 
 
 remarkable 
 
 helpful, benevolent 
 
 boundless 
 
 inestimable 
 
 FIFTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 mix «ttcf. 
 
 ^I^tlabelp^ia, ben 28. aWat 1897. 
 
 Sieber §crr $Ri(f)ter! 
 
 SBenn id^ nic^t irre, roaren ©ie oorigeS 3a^r in ©aranac 
 Safe in ben SlbironbacfS. 3^^ eriaube mir ba^er, bet S^nen 
 (Srfunbigungen iiber bie bortigen 3Serl)dltmfle einjujte^en, ba 
 bie ©efunb^eit meiner grau mid^ nottgt, Idngere ^z\i in einem 
 milben unb gleid^md^igen ^lima j^ujubringen. 
 
50 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 3ft bie Suft bort roirHic^ fe^r roo^Itl^uenb fiir ^ranfe ? 6inb 
 Qute Sirgte in bem ^orfe ? 2Ba§ fiir ©aft^bfe finbet man bort ? 
 3ft bie S3ebienung gut, obcr roiirbc e§ tatfam fcin, cine gu= 
 oerlaffige ^erfon oon ^ier mitjune^men ? 2Bie ftnb bie ^reife 
 5 fiir ^oft unb S^^"^^'^ ? 3P ^§ oorteil^after, mbblierte Simmer 
 5u mieten unb nur bie ^Ka^Ijeiten im ©aft^of gu ne^men, obcr 
 roiirben ©ie mir raten, auc^ im ©aft^of ju mo^nen? 
 
 3Bcnn <Sie mir biefe gragen beantroorten unb nod^ anbere 
 $un!te Don 3"^^^^f!s beifiigen raoUten, fo roiirben ©ie mic^ 
 10 5u grogem 2)anf oerpflid^ten. 
 35eften§ griifeenb oerbleibe id^ 
 
 3^r ergebener 
 
 !WaE §ofmeifler. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Give the ordinal* numbers from 1 to 31. 
 
 2. (a) State two ways of giving a date^ in German. 
 
 {b) Give in two ways the date in the sentence " Schiller 
 was born Nov. 10, 1759." 
 
 3. Give gender, meaning, genitive sing, and nominative 
 
 plu. of 
 
 Sricf 
 
 ^crr 
 
 f^ou 
 
 Sa^t 
 
 ©rfuttbigung 
 
 gScrpItniS 
 
 3eit 
 
 Suft 
 
 3lrat 
 
 2)orf 
 
 ©aft^of 
 
 ^erfon 
 
 ^rci§ 
 
 3immcr 
 
 2Wa^l5eit 
 
 ^agc 
 
 ^unft 
 
 
FIFTEENTH LESSON. 51 
 
 4. {a) State a peculiarity in the conjugation of verbs 
 of foreign origin ending in sietett/ and apply the rule to 
 moblieren ; ftubieren ; abbieren ; bit)ibteren. 
 
 (h) Substitute, in the following sentences, the perfect 
 tense for the present 
 
 ein ^rcijtbent unb ein ^ongre^ regieren bie 9ieput)Uf ber 
 
 33eretnigten ©taaten con 2lmerifa 
 rote lange ft u b i e r e n ©ie frf)on beutfc^ ? 
 auf roelc^er beutfc^en Unioerfitdt ft u b i e r t ^^r 33rubcr ? 
 bie 2lrmee marfc^iert gegen 3)ie^ unb attacfiert bie 
 
 ^ranjofen bei ©racelotte 
 
 5. (a) What relation exists between bort (p. 50 1. 1) and 
 bortig* (1.5)? 
 
 (b) Give at least three adjectives formed from adverbs. 
 
 6. Give the two future tenses and the two conditionals 
 act. of 
 
 id^ erlaube ntir 
 
 bie ©efunb^eit nteiner ^rau 3 ra i n g t ntid^ 
 
 wag r a t e n ©ie mir gu t^un ? 
 
 ©ie cerpfHc^ten mic^ 5U gro^em 3)an!e 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 Mr. Smith. To (dat.) Mr. Smith. For Mr. Smith. Dear 
 Mr. Smith ! My dear Mr. Smith ! — Mrs. Brown. To Mrs. 
 Brown. For Mrs. Brown. Dear Mrs. Brown ! My dear 
 Mrs. Brown ! — Miss Johnson. To Miss Johnson. For Miss 
 Johnson. Dear Miss Johnson ! My dear Miss Johnson ! 
 — Dear Charles ! My dear Charles ! Dear friend (mas.) ! 
 My dear friend (mas.) ! — Dear Elizabeth ! My dear 
 
52 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 Elizabeth ! Dear friend (fern.) ! My dear friend (fern.) ! 
 — You oblige me greatly. You will oblige me greatly. 
 You would oblige me greatly. — Yours truly Charles 
 Fletcher. Yours truly Elizabeth Baker. — The first of* 
 January is New Year's Day. — On the 22nd of February 
 we celebrate Washington's birthday. — Easter falls on the 
 first Sunday after the first full moon which comes after 
 the 21st of March. — Palm-Sunday is the Sunday before 
 Easter. — The seventh Sunday after Easter is Whit- 
 sunday. — Decoration-Day comes on the 30th of May. — 
 The schools close in June and then the long vacation be- 
 gins. — The fourth of July is the day of the Declaration 
 of Independence. — On the last Thursday in November we 
 have Thanksgiving-Day, and on the 25th of December we 
 celebrate Christmas. New Year's Day, Washington's Birth- 
 day, Decoration-Day, the day of the Declaration of Inde- 
 pendence, Thanksgiving-Day and Christmas are holidays. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 9Bie ^ei^t bet 5lbfenber biefeS SriefeS ? 2Bie ^ei^t ber 
 Slbrefjal ? — 3n roelc^er ©tabt roo^nt ber 5(6fenber ? 2BeIc^eg 
 ift ba§ Saturn be§ 33rtefeg ? — ^er roieoielte ^omi be§ 3a^re§ 
 ifl ber 3Kai ? 2Bie oiele Xage ^at er ? 2Beld^eg offentlic^e geft 
 fdHt auf ben SOften 9Jiai ? S^iW^n roelc^en groei ^Jionaten liegt 
 ber Mai ? — 2Bte t)tele ^age l)at ber 2lpril ? ber Sunt ? — 
 SBeld^e ^Honate l^aben jeber 31 Xage ? — 3« ^^^ fw^ ^^"^"^ 
 Sa^re ^t ber gebruar 29 Xage ? — 2Bte t)iele ^a\)xe^exkn giebt 
 e§ ? — 2ln roelc^em Stage ifl ber grii^Itng^anfang ? 2Bann be= 
 ginnt ber ©inter ? — SBeld^e Sa^re^jeit ^aben Sie am liebften ? 
 SBeld^e Jreuben bietet un§ ber SBinter ? 
 
SIXTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 53 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 = ? 
 
 the letter 
 
 the health = 
 
 the time = 
 
 the air = 
 
 the sick (subst.) woman = 
 
 the village = 
 
 the service = 
 
 the price = 
 
 the room = 
 
 the query, question = 
 
 the interest = 
 
 last year = 
 
 to spend some time = 
 
 to oblige greatly = 
 
 the inquiry 
 
 the wife 
 
 the climate 
 
 the sick (subst.) man 
 
 the physician 
 
 the hotel 
 
 the person 
 
 the board (= fare) 
 
 the meal 
 
 the point 
 
 the thanks* 
 
 to make inquiries 
 to live in the hotel 
 
 SIXTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 ^nttnottfc^tetben* 
 
 Baltimore, am 30. max 1897. 
 
 SBerter §err §ofmetfter! 
 
 ©oeben er^alte x^ g^ten 33nef com 28. biefeS 9Jlonat§ unb 
 beetle mid^, benjelben i\x beantroorten. 
 
 @S t^ut mir letb, bag g^re grau ©ema^lin !rdn!Itd^ x\i, 
 ^offe jebod^, bag i^r ber 2lufent^alt in ©aranac Sa!e ebenjo gut 
 be!ommen mbge, rote mir; id^ bin namlid^ bort oon einem 
 ^artndcfigen §uften ooHftdnbig ge^eilt toorben. 
 
54 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. - 
 
 ^a§ ^lima ift au^crorbentlid^ milb unb gletd^mdgtg, fo ba^ 
 
 man fic^ ben ganjen 3^ag im greien auf^alten !ann. Br. filler 
 
 ift cin au^gejeid^neter Slrjt, ben id^ S^nen mit gutem ©eroifjen 
 
 empfe^len !ann. 2)ie ©afl^ofe beS DrteS laf^en t)iel gu roiinfc^en 
 
 5 iibrtg, benn ©ie finben bort nic^tg t)on ben Sequemlic^feiten, 
 
 an bie ©ie al§ ©ro^fldbter geroo^nt finb, tro^ ber ^flero 3)orfer 
 
 ^reife. UbrigenS finbet man fid^ fd^neH in fold^e SSer^dltniffe. — 
 
 Dbft, 3JliId^, 33utter unb gleifd^ finb oorjiiglid^, bie 3w^ereitung 
 
 jeboc^ nur mittelmd^ig. ^enn ©ie ein geinfd^medter finb, fo 
 
 10 miiffen 6ie auf jeben gaU eine ^od^in mitbringen. — ^^eater, 
 
 ^onjerte unb bergleid^en 3etflreuungen giebt e§ bort nid^t. 
 
 3)afUr roerben ©ie reid^lid^en @rfa^ in ber ^errlid^en Umgebung 
 
 finben, roo ©ie tdglid^ bie fd^bnften 5lu§fliige madden !onnen. 
 
 §offentIid^ roerben S^nen biefe menigen ^^^unftc t)on cinigem 
 
 15 5Ru^en fein. 
 
 ©mpfe^len ©ie mid^ gefdHigft '^\)xtx gtau ©ema^Iin unb 
 feien ©ie l^erjlid^ft gegrii^t oon 
 
 S^rem ergebenen 
 
 $aul Sflid^ter. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Give, together with the article, the names of the 
 days and months ^ in German. 
 
 2. State the meaning of the demonstrative adjectives^ 
 berfelbe and berjenige, and decline in sing, and plu. 
 
 bcrjclbc fd^onc Xag bicjenige gutc ^rau baffclbe gro^c 3:§catet 
 
SIXTEENTH LESSON. 55 
 
 3. {a) What is the difference in the declension of the 
 personal and the reflexive pronouns ? ^ 
 
 (b) Translate the accusatives of the personal and re- 
 flexive pronouns 
 
 me thee him her 
 
 us you them 
 
 myself thyself himself* herself* 
 
 ourselves yourselves themselves* 
 
 4. Give the German impersonal * idioms for 
 
 I am sorry I am well I succeed 
 
 he was sorry we were well do you succeed ? 
 
 she has been sorry we had been well has he not succeeded ? 
 
 5. Explain the position ^ of 
 
 ift (1. 5) moge (1. 7) !ann (p. 64 1. 2) 
 
 fann (p. 54 1. 4) finb (p. 54 1. 6) finb (p. 54 1. 9) 
 
 6. State the meaning and conjugate the present and 
 perfect indicative act. of ^ 
 
 ic^ beetle mic^ id^ eriaube tntr 
 
 ic^ empfe^Ie mic^ ic^ fc^meic^Ie mir 
 
 id^ l^alte tni;c^ auf 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 I received your letter yesterday. Have you received 
 my letter? — What do you say ? You have not received 
 my letter of the day before yeste'rday ? — Your letter of 
 the 19th I received this morning. — I received his letter 
 and answered the same at once. — The mild air of the 
 mountains will do you good. I hope that the mild climate 
 and salubrious air may restore your health. — May the 
 
56 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 salubrious air of those mountains restore your health ! — 
 Are* there good physicians in that part of the country? 
 I know several excellent doctors in that little town. — 
 There are three hotels in the village, but not one of them 
 is good. Fruit, cream, milk, butter, meat and vegetables 
 are very fine ; the cooking, however, is poor. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 SBo roo^nt §err S^td^ter ? 3" roeld^em ©taate ber Union 
 licgt Baltimore ? 2Bie ^ei^t bie §auptftabt jeneS ©taateS ? — 
 2So ift bie ^Jlarinefc^ule ber 3Sereinigten 6taaten fUr ©ec= 
 offijiere ? 28o ift bie 3Sereinigte (Staaten=^rteg§afabemie ? 3n 
 roelc^em 6taate liegt 2Befl $oint ? — 2Bie ^ei^t bie §auptftabt 
 be§ ©taates 5^en) 3)or!? 2ln roeld^em gluffe liegt 5llbanr)? 
 2Barum ^eifet ber §ubfon aud^ ber 3R^ein t)on 5lmeri!a ? 3" 
 roelc^em ©ebirge entfpringt er ? — 2Bte ift ba§ ^lima in ben 
 SlbironbadtS ? 3ft bag Seben in ben ©aft^bfen bort teuer ober 
 binig ? ©iebt e§ bort 2:^eater unb ^ongerte ? — 2Ba§ bietet 
 reid^lid^en (Srfa^ bafiir ? 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the Stay, sojourn = ? the cough = ? 
 
 Ihe climate = the o^n air = 
 
 the physician = the conscience = 
 
 the hotel, inn = the place, town = 
 
 the comfort = the inhabitant of a large city := 
 
 the price = the fruit = 
 
 the milk = - the butter = 
 
 the meat = the cooking = 
 
 a nice feeder, gourmet^ the cook (mas.) = 
 
 the cook (fem.) = the theater = 
 
 the concert = the amusement = 
 
 the reparation := the surroundings = 
 
SEVENTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 57 
 
 the excursion 
 to answer 
 to do good 
 to recommend 
 to greet 
 
 sickly 
 
 extraordinary 
 
 even, uniform 
 
 splendid 
 
 to hasten, hurry 
 to hope 
 
 to cure, relieve 
 to bring along 
 
 sick 
 
 persistent, severe 
 
 mild 
 
 excellent 
 
 ordinary 
 
 SEVENTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 ®iti ^efurfi bci ©^atle^ ^icfen^* 
 
 3n feinem Sudjie „@in Sefud^ bei 6^rle§ ^idtenS im 
 ©ommer 1857" \aq,i §an§ (S^riftian 2lnberfen, ber beru^mte 
 bdnifc^e ®td5)ter unb Wdx6)zncxial}kx : 
 
 „21I§ x6) am 12. Sum in ©abg^iQ anfam, roar 3)ic!en§' 
 gamilie nodj) nid)t oietjetin ^age auf i^rem Sanbfi^ geroefen. 5 
 ®ie Umgegenb unb afle ©pajiergange roaren i^nen nod) neu. 
 33alb fanb x6) aber felbft bie fd^bnften $un!te in ber 3f2ad^bar= 
 fd^aft ^erau§, unb nad) einem t)on biefen, bem ^bd)ften tjon 
 ©abs^in, fu^rte id^ 2)tc!en§ unb feine gamilie. ®er 2Beg 
 bort^in ging iiber bie breite Sanbflra^e, an roelc^er ein 3Sirt§= 10 
 ^au§ liegt. 3luf bem ©d^ilbe beflelben raaren jur ©rinnerung 
 an bie 33ebeutung t)on ©abS^iU burc^ 6^afefpeare§ ©d^aufpiel 
 „§einrici^ IV.", auf ber einen 6eite bie luftigen SSeiber t)on 
 
58 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 SSinbfor, auf ber anbern galflaff unb %xmi §einri(i^ abgebilbet. 
 3Som 2Sirt§^au§ fu^rle ein ^o^Iroeg jroifd^en griinen Saunen 
 gu einer ©ruppe oon Sauern^dufern ^inauf. 2)ie 9J?auern ber 
 §aufcr roaren t)on 3Setn iiberroad^fen, unb lange, raei^e ©ar= 
 5 binen ^ingen an ben genftem. ^ii^e unb 6ci^afe graften auf 
 ber 2Biefe." 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Give all 1. persons sing., active and passsive, in- 
 dicative and subjunctive of finben ; ^erau^finben ; ne^men ; 
 mitne^men. 
 
 2. (a) What are the characteristics of the mixed ^ declen- 
 sion? 
 
 (h) Give meaning, genitive sing., and nominative plu. of 
 
 ber Sauer ber ^ac^bar ber ©ee 
 
 ber ©tra^l ba^ Sluge 
 
 3. Give, together with the defin. article, the nominative 
 sing, of the following plurals 
 
 ©pajiergdnge ^unttc SCeiber ^aum 
 
 S3auern^aufer 2Rauern ©arbinen ^enfter 
 
 ^u^e ©c^afe 
 
 4. Distinguish between 
 
 ^in^ and ^er 
 roo^in? " roofer? 
 bort^in " bort^er 
 ^inauf " ^erauf 
 ^inaug " ^erau^ 
 
 5. (a) What is the normal^ the inverted, the transposed 
 position ^ or order of words ? 
 
SEVENTEENTH LESSON. 59 
 
 (b) State the word-order of each of the following 
 sentences 
 
 3n feinem $8ud^e f a g t 2lnbcrfen. 
 
 2llg ic^ anfam. 
 
 S)ie Umgegenb roar i^tien neu. 
 
 Salb f anb ic^ felbft bie fc^on[ten ^un!te ^erauS. 
 
 2)er SBeg ging iiber bie ^anbftra^e, an roelc^er ein 2Birt^f|au§ liegt. 
 
 6. State their meaning and compare the adverbs * 
 too^l baih gem 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 We have in our school-library the works of Charles 
 Dickens in 19 volumes. — Inns have sign-boards. — On 
 the sign-board of an inn near Gadshill were represented 
 on the one side the merry wives of Windsor, and on the 
 other side Prince Henry and Falstaff. — Gadshill is the 
 name of a hill in the county of* Kent in England. — 
 Charles Dickens's country-seat was near Gadshill. — It was 
 in the summer of 1857 that Hans Christian Andersen 
 went to Gadshill and remained there several weeks with 
 his friend Charles Dickens and his family. — The walls 
 of the houses of the peasants were overgrown with grape- 
 vine. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 2Bo finb ©te geboren, in ©nglanb, ©eutfd^Ianb, granfreic^ 
 ober in 2lmen!a ? ©inb ©ie ein ©nglanber (eine ©nglanberin), 
 ein 2)eutfc^eif (eine ®eutfd)e), ein granjoje (eine grangbfin) ober 
 ein Slmerifaner (eine Slmerifanerin) ? — 2Bar (S^arleS 2)icten§ 
 ein 5lmeri!aner ? 9Bo ift er geboren ? 3n weld^er gro^en ©tabt 
 ©nglanbS lebte er? 2So roo^nte er im ©ommer beS 3a^re§ 
 
60 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 1857? 3n roeld^er engltfd^en ©raffd^aft liegt ©abS^tU $Iace? 
 3n tr)eld)em %nU ©nglanbg liegt ^ent? SSer befud^te i^n in 
 ©abg{)iU ? — 9Bar §an§ S^riflian 2lnberjen ami) ein ©ngldnber ? 
 2SeIc^eg Sanb war feine §eimat? 2BeI(^e§ wax jeine 9JIutter= 
 fprad^e ? §aben ©ie feine DJiard^en gelefen ? — 2BeId^eg ift 3^re 
 3J?utterfprad^e ? ^onnen ©ie auc^ etma^ beutfc^ fpred^en, lefen 
 unb fd)retben ? — SBer ^at „DIioer 2;n)tft" unb „^id^ola§ 
 3^idtleb9" gefd^rieben? 2Ber ift ber S^erfaffer von „®a§ 
 §eimc^en am §erb"? — 2Ber ift ber ^ic^ter be§ 2)rama§ 
 „§einrid^ IV."? ma^ finb „2)ie Sufligen SBeiber Don 
 SSinbfor/' ein Xrauerfpiel, ein Suftfpiel obet ein ^iftorifd^eS 
 2)rama ? — 2Ber ^at ba§ ©ebid^t gefd^rieben, roeld^eg in beutfd^er 
 ttberje^ung f o beginnt : 
 
 2)te 5«ac^t fant auf ber 2llpen 3oc^, 
 3)a 509 burc^g Xf)ai ein SCanb'rer nod^; 
 2)er trug ein banner in ber ^anb, 
 SBorauf t>a^ frembe 2J?otto ftanb : 
 Excelsior \ 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the visit = ? the country-seat =.? 
 
 the surrounding country = the walk = 
 
 the neighborhood = the highway = 
 
 the inn, tavern = the sign-board = 
 
 the memory = the significance, importance = 
 
 the drama = the hollow way, defile = 
 
 the hedge, fence = the group = 
 
 the country-house = the wall = 
 
 the curtain := the window = 
 
 the cow = the sheep = 
 
 the meadow = at Charles Dickens's = 
 
 not yet two weeks = the way thither = 
 
EIGHTEENTH LESSON. 61 
 
 EIGHTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 2. 
 
 „3Son bem ^od^flen ^unfte ^atte man etne rounberfc^one 2lu§= 
 fid^t. 2)er 3^orben t)on ^ent roirb mil 5Rec^t ©nglanbS ©arten . 
 genannt. ®a§ Sluge iiberbltdtt gtiine 2Btefen, gelbe ^ornfelber, 
 SSdIber unb 2;orfmoore, unb bei flarem SSetter !ann man fogar 
 bie 3^orbfee fe^en. 2)ie Sanbfc^aft befi^t graar feinen Sanbfee, 5 
 aber meilenroeit ^at man bie 2:;^emfe, bie fid^ breit unb gidngenb 
 ba^infc^ldngelt. Dft gingen mir be§ Slbenbg ^inauf unb be= 
 trac^leten ben Untergang ber 6onne, beren ©tra^Ien bie St^emfe 
 n)ie mit ©olb Ubergoffen. 2luf biefem ©runbe geigten fid^ bonn 
 bie 6d^iffe roie bunfle ©il^ouetten. 3Son ben Sanb^dufern 10 
 tings ^erum flieg blduUrfier 9^aud^ au^ ben ©d^ornfteinen: 2)ie 
 ©raS^iipfer girpten, unb ein unenblidjier grieben mar iiber bie 
 ©egenb auggebreitet, ber nod^ burd^ ben ^lang ber Slbenbglocfen 
 erp^t murbe. 2)er 3JJonb ging auf, runb, grog unb rot, bi§ 
 er in reiner ^lar^eit leud^tete, unb nerfe^te mid) oft in ben 15 
 ©ebanfen, bag bieS alleS nur ein fd^oner ©ommernad)t§traum 
 im Sanbe ©^atefpeareS fei. Unb e§ mar bod^ me^r — e§ mar 
 2BirfIic|!eit," 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. (a) Distinguish between ber (See and bie ©ee. 
 (b) State gender and meaning of Sanbfee and ^^^orbfec. 
 
62 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 2. (a) Account for the genitive ^ bc§ SlbcnbS. 
 
 (h) Give other examples of the adverbial genitive (of 
 time — of place — of manner). 
 
 3. (a) Introduce the following principal clauses by the 
 adverb „t>\i," and change the word-order^ accordingly 
 
 2Kan ^at ^ier eine rounberfc^one 2lu^ftc^t. — Dft . . 
 
 2)er ?iorben oon ^ent n3irb ©nglanb^ ©arten genannt. — Dft . . 
 
 3Kan fann Bon §ier bie 9iorbfee fe^cn. — Dft . . 
 
 2Bir gingen be^ 3Ibenbg auf ben S3erg. — Dft . , 
 
 2)er 3tauc^ ftieg au^ ben ©c^omfteinen. — Dft . . 
 
 2)ie ©ra^ijupfer jirpten. — Dft . . 
 
 (b) Change the following principal clauses to subordi- 
 nate clauses by introducing them with one of the following 
 subordinating^ conjunctions : ba, a^, since; roeil, because ; 
 bafe, that; obgletd^, although; inbem, while, as; ob, 
 whether, if ; fobalb (fobalb al§), as soon as, 
 
 SWan f)ai ^ter eine rounberfc^one 2lu5fic^t. — 25a . . . 
 2)cr 9iorben r»on ^ent roirb ©nglanb^ 
 
 ©arten genannt. — SBeil . . . 
 
 2)?an fann t)on f)ier bie 9?orbfee fe^en. — 2)a^ . . . 
 2Cir gingen bes Slbenb^ auf ben Serg. — Dbgleic^ ... 
 S)er Hlauc^ ftieg am ben ©c^ornfteinen. — Snbem . . . 
 2)er 2Ronb ge§t auf. — Db . . . 
 
 2)ie ©rag^upfer jirpten. — ©obalb (©obalb alg) . . . 
 
 4. Account for beren * (line 8). 
 
 5. Is the derivative blaulid^ formed from blau by Um- 
 laut or Slblaut ? ' 
 
 6. (a) Parse the sentence : ^et 5^otben ^ent§ roirb (Sng= 
 lanbS ©arten genannt. 
 
 (b) Account for the two nominatives* 3^orben and ©artcn. 
 
EIGHTEENTH LESSON. 03 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 Our friends had a charming view from the top of the 
 hill. From the top of the hill we had a charming view. 
 Had you a charming view last evening from the top of 
 that hill ? — They call the northern part of the county 
 of* Kent "the Garden of England." "The Garden of 
 England" they often call the North of the county of 
 Kent. The northern part of Kent is (roirb) called the 
 garden of England. From the top of that high hill we 
 saw the North Sea. The North Sea was (rourbe) seen 
 from the top of the hill which was near Dickens' country- 
 seat. — No lake was (rourbe) seen from that point. Al- 
 though no lake is seen from that point. — We overlooked 
 countless green meadows and yellow cornfields. From 
 there green meadows and yellow cornfields are (roerben) 
 seen. — Often we watched the sunset. In the evening 
 we often watched the sunset. The sunset was (aux. ?) 
 watched by us in the evening. When* we watched the 
 sunset yesterday evening. — The moon rises. The moon 
 rose. The moon has * risen. The moon had risen. When 
 did the moon rise ? 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 liber raeld^en ^^eil t)on ^ent ^at man t)on ©abS^iU einc fd^one 
 2lu3fic^t ? 2BeIc^en Seinamen \)(xi ber ^^orben t)on ^ent ? SSarutn 
 nennt man ba§ Sanb fo ? 33efdj)reiben @ie bie 2lu§fid)t t)on 
 @ab§l)in aug ! — 3Bann !ann man t)on bort bie 3^orbfee fe^en ? 
 — SSann ge^t bie ©onne auf ? 3Sann ge^t fie unter ? 2Bann 
 unb TOO ge^t fie auf ? 2Bann unb mo ge^t fie unter ? — 2Bie 
 fie^t bie ^^emfe bei ©onnenuntergang auS ? — SKaS finb 2lbenb= 
 
64 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 gIo(fcn? (Slbcnbgloden ftnb ©lorfen, roeld^e [bie] . . .) 9Ba§ 
 ift ein ©ommernad^t^traum ? (@in ©ommernad^tgtraum ift 
 ein Xraum, roeldjen [ben] man . . .) — 2Ba§ ift ein ^ornfelb? 
 cm SSauern^aug ? — 2Ba§ finb Sanb^dufer ? ©raS^iipfer ? 
 
 the point 
 
 the North 
 
 the meadow 
 
 the wood, forest 
 
 the landscape 
 
 the sea 
 
 the beam, ray 
 
 r country-house, i 
 1 farm-house / 
 
 the chimney 
 
 the peace 
 
 the moon 
 
 the thought 
 
 the reality 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 = ? the view 
 
 = the right 
 
 = the cornfield 
 
 ^ the weather 
 
 = the lake 
 
 = the sunset 
 
 = the ship 
 
 = ? 
 
 the smoke = 
 
 the grasshopper = 
 
 the sound, peal = 
 
 the clearness, splendor := 
 
 the summemight's dream = 
 
 NINETEENTH LESSON. 
 
 $(ttf bet (Sifcttba^m 
 
 2)er Omnibus beS @aft^ofe§ brad^te un§ unb unfer (^ti(iM 
 jum Sa^n^of. 2luf bem ga^rplan fa^en roir, ba§ e§ nod^ eine 
 Stunbe bis inx Slbfa^rt beS 3"9e§ roar. 2Bir begaben un§ 
 ba^ct in ben 2Bartejaal, biS ber ©d^alter gebffnet rourbe. 2)ann 
 loften roir ein SiUet jroeiter ^lafle nad^ ^bln unb ^a^Iten 5 3Jiatf 
 
NINETEENTH LESSON. 66 
 
 Sufd^Iag fiir ein ©d^Iafcoupe. Wit unfern 53tIIet§ gingen mix 
 gur ©epacf=2lnna^me, roo ba§ ©epacE geroogen roirb. Qeber 
 Sleifenbe \)ai 50 ^funb greigepcic!, fiir jebeS raeitere $funb 
 roirb liberfrad^t bered^net. 3^ac^bem tDtr 11 Maxt 42 ^fennigc 
 fur Ubergen)id)t bega^lt ()atten, rourbe unfer ©epcidE eingefd^rieben, s 
 unb roir empfingen unfern ©epactfd^ein. ©§ bauerte nic^t me^r 
 lange, fo raurbe ber 3wg fignalifiert ; ^roei TOnuten fpater !am 
 berfelbe an. ©leic^geitig trat ein ©ifenba^nbeamter in ben 
 SSartefaal unb rief mil lauter (Stimme: „@infteigen in ber 
 g^ic^tung nac^ 9«unfler, SSefel, min unb Slacken!". 2lfle lo 
 beeilten fid^ nun, bie§ gu t^un. 3Sir fanben, bafe ein beutfd^er 
 (Sifenba^nroagen gang werfc^ieben t)on ben amerifanifd^en ift: 
 3eber 2Bagen l)at 5 5lbteilungen, 6oupe§ genannt, \>ie nid^t mit 
 einanber oerbunben finb. 3" 1^^^"^ ©oupe finb 8 ^la^e, unb 
 bie 9fteifenben fi^en einanber auf bequemen 6ofa§ gegeniiber. i5 
 ®er ©c^affner erfd^ien won Sett gu 3eit unb rief : „SiIIet3 
 Dorgeigen, meine §errfc^aften!" 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Give a synopsis of the 3. per. sing, of offnen^ through 
 all tenses of the passive voice. 
 
 2. (a) What does the auxiliary roerben^ express, when 
 combined with the perf . partic. ? 
 
 (b) What does the auxiliary fein express, when combined 
 with the perf. partic. ? 
 
 3. State the difference of meaning between 
 
 21I§ miv auf bem 58al)n^of an!atnen, xoav ber (Sd^alter geoffnet, and 
 2110 miv auf bem S3al^nl^of anfamen, ro u r b e ber ©c^alter g e o f f n e t. 
 
66 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 4. (a) State a peculiarity in the expressions of iveight 
 and vieasure ^ in German. 
 
 (b) Account for the sing, in 50 ^^ f u n b greigepttc!. 
 
 5. (a) In what tenses is the prefix detached* in separ- 
 able verbs ? 
 
 (b) In what clauses * is the prefix never detached from 
 the separable verb ? 
 
 6. Account for the idiomatic infinitive ® in 
 
 2lUe einfteigen! 
 S3iUet^ Dorjeigen! 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 How far is it from the hotel to the railroad-station? 
 Is this the railroad-station? At what time does the train 
 -leave for* Cologne ? It will leave at* 20 minutes past nine. 
 Is the ticket-window always open ? No, it is (aux. ?) 
 opened 15 minutes before the departure of the trains. — 
 How much is * a second-class ticket to * Cologne ? How 
 much had you to pay for the sleeper ? — Where is the 
 baggage-room ? Here is my baggage. How many pounds 
 does my trunk weigh ? It weighs 125 pounds. What does 
 the excess amount to ? — Where is (aux. ?) the baggage 
 weighed and registered ? In the baggage-room. — Who 
 is that man there, who just now opens the door of the 
 waiting room, and what does he say ? He is a railroad- 
 employe ; he says : " All aboard for Cologne and Aix-la- 
 Chapelle ! " — Why ! that 's my train ; I am going on * 
 that train. — The train will start in a minute, hurry-up ! 
 Get into this compartment ! — This compartment is for 
 
NINETEENTH LESSON. 67 
 
 those who do not smoke ; it is not allowed to smoke here. 
 You must vacate this seat ; I have had it all the way 
 from Amsterdam. — There comes the conductor. I can- 
 not understand what he says. What does he say ? He 
 asks for the tickets. He says : " Please, show your tickets, 
 ladies and gentlemen ! " — Do you like the German rail- 
 road-cars better than ours * in America ? Are they just 
 like ours or are they different from them ? 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 2Baren ©ie worigen ©ommer in @uropa ? Mxt raeld^er Stnie 
 finb 6ie gefa^ren ? 3JJit roeld^em ^ampfer ? 3Ste lange 
 roaren ©ie auf ber ©ee ? SSaren ©ie fee!ran! ? 2So finb 
 ©ie gelanbet ? — Sefc^reiben ©ie '^l)xc 3fteife ! — §aben ©ie 
 au6) ben 3R^ein gefet)en ? 2Baren ©ie in ^oln ? §aben ©ie 
 bie 3Reife nad^ ^bln per 33oot ober per 33af)n gemad^t ? ©inb 
 ©ie jroeiter ober britter Piaffe gefal)ren ? — 2Bie t)iele ^funb 
 greigepdcf erlauben bie beutfd^en @ifenba{)nen hen 9ieifenben ? 
 §aben ©ie Uberfrac^t bega^Ien miiffen ? — §at man auf ben 
 beutfc^en ©ifenba^nen auc^ ©d^lafroagen ? 2Bie t)iel !oftet ba§ 
 33illet fiit ein ©c^lafcoupe ? — 3Bie t)iel finb 5 Maxt in 
 amerifanifc^em @elbe ? — §at man auf ben beutfd^en @ifen= 
 ba^nen m^ " baggage-checks " ? 2Ba§ befommt man bafiir ? 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 . the railroad = ? the baggage = ? 
 
 the railroad-station = the time-table = 
 
 the hour = the departure = 
 
 the waiting room = the ticket-window = 
 
 the ticket = the class = 
 
 the additional payment = the baggage-room = 
 
 the traveler = the pound = 
 
68 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 the overweight, excess 
 
 the railroad-employe 
 
 the direction 
 
 the car 
 
 the place, seat 
 
 the time 
 
 to betake one's self 
 
 to pay 
 
 to charge 
 
 to receive 
 
 to arrive 
 
 to shout 
 
 to be seated 
 
 to show 
 
 the minute 
 the voice 
 the railroad-car 
 the compartment 
 the conductor 
 
 ladies and gentlemen ! 
 
 to procure a ticket 
 
 to weigh 
 
 to register 
 
 to signal 
 
 to enter 
 
 to make haste 
 
 to appear 
 
 TWENTIETH LESSON. 
 
 SenfeitS be§ (Slfa^, ber SSogefen unb ^eutfd^^Sot^ringenS 
 gclangt man an bie franjbfifd^e ©renje. ^ort liegt bie 6^am= 
 pagne, too auf biirrem ^reibeboben ber foftlid^e 2Betn radd^ft, 
 unb bort toeitcr im ^l^orbcn bie ?Rormaijbte mit i^ren emften 
 
 5 unb flugen 35en)o^nern norroegifd^er Slbfunft. 2Better nad^ 
 SBeften Hegt bie nebelige 33relagne am ftiirmifd^en 3Jieere, mit 
 i^ren 2)Unen unb ben mit §eibefraut beroad^fenen gladden, mo 
 einfl bie eingeroanberten 33riten ftd^ niebergelajjen ^aben. Unb 
 an ber @ren5e be§ 9^orben§ unb 6uben§, an ber triiben Seine 
 
 10 liegt $ariS mit feincn 2j 3JliIlionen ©inmo^nern, mit feinem 
 
TWENTIETH LESSON. 69 
 
 ScbcTt, fetnem ©lange unb fetnen ^iftorifc^en (Srinnerungcn. 
 ©ifenba^nen fu^ren ben SReifenben won $arig nad^ alien 
 §tmmel§nc^tungen, nad^ Orleans aw ber Soire, nad) 3SerfaiEe§, 
 nad^ §at)re an ber ^Jliinbung ber ©eine, nad^ 33ruffel unb 
 anbern belgifdien ©tdbten, foroie nad^ bem ©iiben burd^ 33urgunb, s 
 ba§ SSeinlanb, iiber Sr)on bie 9f{l)one ^tnab in ba§ ^arables 
 t)on gran!retd), in bie $rot)ence, n)o an ben gliidtlid^en ©eftaben 
 be§ 3Jlittelmeere§ 9Jlanbeln unb Sitronen blii^en, 3}?t)rte unb 
 Sorbeer, £aftanien unb ^apern, SBein, Dlioen unb geigen 
 gebei^en, unb roo gn)ifd)en ben 5Ruinen alter rbmifd^er 33au= lo 
 werfe Sawenbel unb ©albei, ^Jlelifla unb 3Ro§marin buften ; 
 TOO bie 2;roubabour§ gefungen ^aben, unb vdo ber luftige 
 $rot)enQale nodj) ^eute fingenb unb jubelnb feine gefte unb 
 2:an5e feiert- 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. (a) Account for the genitives ^ be§ @lfa^ and ber 
 33ogefen (line i). 
 
 (h) Form sentences with the prepositions jenfeitS ; 
 roii^renb ; roegen. 
 
 2. Distinguish between ^ 
 
 an bie franjofifc^e ©renje (line 2) 
 an ber triiben ©eine (line 9) 
 
 3. Change the word-order^ of the following principal 
 clauses by introducing the same with the relative n)0, 
 where. 
 
70 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 2)er foftlid^e 3Bein to a c^ ft auf bilrrem — 2)ie G^ampagne, too . . . 
 
 ^reibeboben. 
 
 2)ie eingeroanberten 33riten ^aben fi(^ — 2)ie 33retagne, roo . . . 
 
 niebergelafjen. 
 
 aWanbcIn unb ©itronen blii^en aw, — 3?ie gJtoDcnce, roo . . . 
 
 2J2itleImeere. 
 
 2)ie 2;rou5abourg ^aben gefungen. — 2)er ©iiben »on ^ranfrcic^, 
 
 TOO . . . 
 
 2)et luftige ^roocngalc feiert feine gefte. — 2lm 2KitlcImeere, too . . . 
 
 4. Account for the case * in norroegifd^er 2lbtunft. 
 
 5. (a) Kead the term 2J 3Jitflionen in two different ways/ 
 
 {b) Explain the meaning of brttt(e)^alb, Diert(e)^alb, fiinft(e)= 
 ^alb. 
 
 6. Account for the modification^ of the root-vowel in 
 tDad^ft. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 On this side, i.e. on the eastern side of the Vosges, lies 
 Germany, on the other side of the Alsace is France. — On the 
 other side of the Atlantic Ocean is Europe. What are the 
 Vosges ? They are mountains or a mountain-range between 
 (the) western Germany and the eastern provinces of France. 
 — Those two great countries are (aux. ?) separated from 
 one another by the Vosges. — " Champagne " is the name 
 of a costly wine, which is made in the province of* Cham- 
 pagne in France, while " Rhenish wine " and *' Moselle " 
 are German wines. — The Northmen conquered (the) Nor- 
 mandy in the beginning of the ninth century after Christ. 
 In the ninth century after Christ (the) Normandy was (aux.?) 
 conquered by the Northmen, whose home was in Scandi- 
 navia, the* most northern part of Europe. — (The) Bretagne, 
 
TWENTIETH LESSON. 71 
 
 which is the northwestern peninsula of France, was taken 
 by British immigrants about the middle of the fifth cen- 
 tury. — (The) Provence is (aux.?) called the "Paradise of 
 France." They often call (the) Provence the " Paradise of 
 France," on account of the extraordinary beauty and fer- 
 tility of the land. — What part of France was the home 
 of the troubadours ? 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 2Bte ^et^t bte §auptftabt oon granfreic^ ? Don ©nglanb ? t)on 
 ^eutfc^lanb ? oon StaHen ? t)on ber %mlt\ ? con ber ©d^roet^? 
 — 3[t $art§ grower alg Sonbon ? — 2Bte t)iele ©inrao^ner ^ai 
 bte §auptftabt won granfreic^ ? — 2ln roelc^em glufle liegt 
 $arig? Sonbon? S3erlin ? 9f?om ? 2ln roel^em giuffe Hegt 
 bte 33unbe§^auptftabt ber 33er. ©taaten t)on 3lmeri!a ? — ®urd^ 
 n)eld)e§ ©ebtrge roirb grantreic^ t)on ©eutfc^Ianb getrennt ? 
 granfretc^ t)on 6panten ? ©eutfd^lanb t)on Stalten ? ©nglanb 
 t)ott ©d^ottlanb ? 9^u^Ianb won ber 2:iir!ei ? — 2Barum wirb 
 bie ^rooence ba§ „$arabie§ t)on granfreic^" genannt ? 2Sa§ 
 fiir 33dume tuadifen bort ? 2Ba§ fiir griid^te finbet man bort ? 
 9BeIrf)e roo^Iriec^enben 33Iumen blit^en bort ? — 2Ber raaren bie 
 XroubabourS ? 2Bann unb too ^aben fie gelebt unb gefungen ? 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 French; France; Frenchniai = ? the chalk 
 
 the North = the West 
 
 the South = the East 
 
 the inhabitant = the ocean 
 
 the border, boundary = the down, dune, sandliil 
 
 the heather = the flat surface 
 
 the life = the splendor 
 
72 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 the reminiscence = 
 
 the traveler = 
 
 the mouth (of a river) = 
 
 the shore = 
 
 the lemon = 
 
 the laurel = 
 
 the wine = 
 
 the fig = 
 the architectural structure = 
 
 the rosemary = 
 
 the dance = 
 
 the railroad = ? 
 the point of the compass = 
 
 the paradise = 
 
 the almond = 
 
 the myrtle = 
 
 the chestnut = 
 
 the olive = 
 
 the ruin = 
 
 the (spike-) lavender = 
 
 the festival = 
 
 TWENTY-FIRST LESSON. 
 
 3n ben romantifd^cn 2;l^alem be§ 9R^etne§ unb ber ^onau, 
 be§ 3)?atn§ unb 9^edfar§, foroie auf ben roalbigen §bl|en be§ 
 (Sd^roarjroalbeg unb be§ X^iiringer 3SaIbe§ ^aben etnft auf 
 mand^en Sergfpi^en ^o^e unb ftarte Sutgen geftanben. SDort 
 5 ^aben mdd^tige flitter in ben ^o^en ©dien geroo^nt ; in ben 
 ©tdCen ^aben bie 9f?of(e ge^arrt ; SSaffer ift in ben 33urg= 
 gmben gefloffen ; %\)oxc unb 3«9briic!en ^aben fid^ geoffnet 
 unb gefd^Ioflen. 2Sa§ fiir ein Seben ift ba geroefen! 
 
 2Benn ber 3:urmn)art in ba§ §orn ftbfet : „geinbe fommen!" 
 
 10 fc^reit e§ in ber Surg, ^a fd^mettert bie Xrompete ; bie 
 
 ^nappen reifeen bie ^ferbe au§ bem (BtaU^ ; auf bem Surgl^ofe 
 
 ftampft unb roie^ert e§. SDie Slitter flinen ba^er mit fc^roeren 
 
TWENTY-FIRST LESSON. 73 
 
 ©poren unb mdd)tigem ©c^trert, in ©ifen gefleibet t)om ^opf 
 h\^ iwm gu^ : „^\x 3fto^!" ruft ber SBurg^etr, unb Sftitter unb 
 Hnappen fpnngen raflelnb in bie 6attel. ©c^roert, ©peer unb 
 ©c^ilb bli^en im ©onnenfd^ein ; §elmbitfd^e unb gat)nen flatlern 
 in ber Suft. ®ie Swgbriidte finft ; fd)nau6enb unb ftampfenb s 
 galoppiert bie ©c^ar ^iniiber, ben ©c^loperg ^inab, bent geinbe 
 entgegen. 2Bie ba bie ©d^roerter ^auen! ©peere fplittern, 
 ©d^ilbe bred^en, ba§ 33lut flie^t, bie Slofle baumen fid), unb 
 mand^er 3Ritter finft in ben ©anb. 
 
 Unb abenbs, raenn bie fiegreid^e ©d^ar ^eimfe^rt mit ge= lo 
 fangenen geinben unb erbeuteten Sftoffen — n)a§ fiir ein Swbel 
 ift ba in ber 33urg ! ^a^i^ bei bem 9J?a^le erja^ilen fie fid) 
 bann fc^aurige ©efd^id^ten t)on bem ^ampfe ; ber SSein peril 
 in ben gro^en 33ed^ern, unb bie ^'naben laufd^en aufmerffam 
 Winter ben ©i^en ber ^titter. 15 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Give meaning, genitive sing, and nominative plu.^ of 
 
 ba^^^al I bag^^or I bag ©c^tlb 
 
 ber %\)a\tx I ber %\)ox I ber ©d^ilb 
 
 2. Account for the spelling of the plural form ©ale, 
 from sing, ©aal.^ 
 
 3. Account for the use of the auxiliaries ' \)(xh^x\. and 
 fein, respectively, in the following sentences 
 
 33urgen ^ahtn auf ben Sergen geftanben. 
 Slitter ^ a b e n bort geioo^nt. 
 Stofje 1^ a b e n in ben ©tcillen gefrfiarrt. 
 2)te ^einbe f i n b gefommen. 
 
74 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 35ie 2;^ore ^ a b e n fic^ geoffnet. 
 
 Hlitter unb ^nappen f i n b in bie ©attel gefpningen. 
 
 2Bag fiir ein Seben i ft ba geroef en ! 
 
 4. Substitute, in the following sentences, the perfect 
 tense for the present 
 
 2)er Xunnroart ft 5 ^ t in ba^ £>om. 
 ;,j5einbe fommen!" fc^reit e^ in ber Surg. 
 
 S)ie 2;rompete fd^mettert. 
 ^3u 9ioB!" ruft bet SSurg^err. 
 
 ©a^SIut flie^t. 
 
 3Wan(^er flitter f inft in ben ©anb. 
 
 5. What is the sense of the reflexive plu. fic^ * in 
 
 2)ie Slitter crja^len f id^ fd^aurige ©efc^ic^tcn ? 
 
 6. (a) When is the English conjunction when^ trans- 
 lated by roenn? by al§? by roann ? 
 
 (b) Translate : 
 
 When does (did) the victorious troop return home ? 
 WTien (Whenever) the knights and squires return home. 
 When they returned home. 
 
 When the swallows homeward fly. 
 When the swallows homeward flew. 
 Wfien do the swallows homeward fly ? 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 When the warder on the castle-tower had seen the 
 enemy (plu.), he sounded his horn. The horn of the tower- 
 warder was sounded, as soon as the enemy had been 
 seen. When the squires and knights in the castle heard 
 this signal, they hurried to the castle-yard. — While the 
 knights put on their arms, the squires pulled the stamping 
 
TWENTY-FIRST LESSON. 75 
 
 and neighing horses from their stables and led them to 
 (in ; tiad^) the castle-yard. By the squires the stamping 
 and neighing horses were pulled from the stables and led 
 to the castle-yard. — When all are ready, the lord of the 
 castle shouts : ^' To horse ! " When all were ready, the 
 lord of the castle shouted : " To horse ! " — Knights and 
 squires mount their spirited animals. They have mounted 
 their spirited animals. — Immediately after the knights 
 and squires had mounted their horses, the castle-gate 
 opened (refl.) and the draw-bridge was lowered. — The 
 hostile troops fought from 10 o'clock in the (am) morning 
 till 5 o'clock in the afternoon (adverb, genit.). Then they 
 returned home. — Although they had lost many a noble 
 knight and many a brave squire, yet they had beaten their 
 enemies and had taken many prisoners. — Many prisoners 
 have been taken during the battle. During the battle 
 many prisoners had been taken. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 3n tceld^em 2;et(e tjon ^eutfd^Ianb ift ber Sfi^etn ? bie ^onau? 
 SBeld^er grofee glu^ miinbet bet ^JJaing in ben 9f{^ein? 3" 
 roeld^er Stidjituttg (2Bte) flie^t ber 5H^ein, t)on ©iiben nad^ 3fiorben, 
 t)on Dften nad^ 2Beften, t)on 02orben nad^ ©iiben ober t)on 2Beften 
 nad^ Dften ? 2Bte fliefet bie ©onau ? ber 3Jlain.? ber §ubfon ? 
 ber 9Jiifftfftppi ? ber ©an!t Sorenjflrom in ^anaba ? ber 2lma= 
 gonenftrom in 33rafilien ? — 2Ba§ ift eine Swg'^i^iic'fc ? (@ine 
 gugbrude ift eine 33riidte, weld^e [bie] . . .) 2Sa§ ift ein ^urm= 
 roart? (@in Xurmroart ober ^urmrodrter ift ein 3Jlann, ber 
 [roeld^er] . . .) 2Ber ift ber 33urg^err? (^er 33ur9^err ift 
 berjenige 9ftitter, . . .) 3Sa§ ift ber ©d^Ioperg ? (^er ed^Io^= 
 berg ift ber S3erg, auf . . .) 3Ba§ ift eine fiegreid^e ©d^ar ? ein 
 5Ritter ? ein ^nappe ? ein ^age ? 
 
76 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 1. Find, for each word in the following lines, the 
 German cognate 
 
 Many a high burgh (borough) has once y-stood in the romantic dales 
 of the Rhine and of the Danube. Doors and tug-bridges have there 
 y-opened and y-closed. The riders y-clad in iron, had mighty swords, 
 long sharp spears, round shields of iron or steel, and silver spurs. 
 When the tower-warder blows the horn, the men in the burgh (borough) 
 cry: " Fiends come ! " Then the burgh-door opens and the tug-bridge 
 sinks, the riders gallop over the bridge against the fiends. How then 
 the swords hew ! How the spears splinter and the shields break ! 
 The blood flows and many a good rider sinks dead in the sand. — 
 Evenings they go home to the burgh. Nights by the meal the wine pearls 
 in the great beakers and the knaves listen hind the seats of the riders. 
 
 2. Explain historically the close resemblance ^ between 
 German and English. 
 
 TWENTY- SECOND LESSON. 
 
 3*/ Sofep^ See gorfpt^, bin am 2. ganuar 1879 ju 
 3fleabtng im ^iaai ^ennfriloanien geboren. 5Retne ©Item 
 ftnb Beibe Slmerifaner. Qd^ ^aU nod^ einen Stuber unb groei 
 ©d^roeftern, roeld^e fdmtlid^ alter ftnb al§ id^. 3Son meinem 
 5 fec^ften 6i§ ad^ten Sa^re befud^te id^ bie 2Bittiam=$enn=©c^uIe 
 meiner 3Saterftabt. ^m Sa^re 1887 gog id^ mit meinen ©Item 
 
TWENTY-SECOND LESSON. 7^7 
 
 unb @efd)n)iftern nadj) ber 33unbe§^auptflabt SSaf^ington, roo 
 mein ^aUx eine Sf^egierungSanfleHung im ^atent=2lmt er^alten 
 ^atte. St§ gum ^uni 1894 befu^te ic^ bie 2Sebfter=©ci^ule, 
 eine ber bffentltd^en ©d)ulen im ^iftrift Columbia, unb im 
 September bejjelben 3a^re§ trat id^ al§ ©d)iiler in bie 6entral= s 
 ^od^fci^ule in SSaf^ington ein. 3c^ ermd^lte ben a!abemi|d)en 
 ^urfu§, meil id^ ein gro^eg Snterefle fUr ba§ ©tubium ber 
 ©prad)en fii^Ite. '^n meinen erften beiben S^^i^c^ in ber §od)' 
 fd^ule befd^ciftigte id^ mid^ ^auptfdd^lid) mit englifd)er ©prad^e 
 unb Sitteratur, mit Sateinifc^ unb ©ried^ifd^ fomie mit romifd^er lo 
 unb gried^ifd^er ©efdbid^te. 2Bd^renb beg britten unb cierten 
 3a^re§ murbe ©eutfd) mein SieblingSftubium. 9Jlein erftcS 
 beutfd^e^ Sud) mar ba§ „®eutfd)e ©prad^= unb 2t\zh\x6)," 3Son 
 beut)d)en Xcitcn, bie mir in ber £Iafje gelefen ^aben, finb ^n 
 nennen : 2^^eobor ©torm§ „3mmenfee" — 9luboIf 33aumbad^§ is 
 9Jldrd^en unb ©rjd^Iungen — ^aul §epfe§ „S'2lrrabbiata" — 
 Sef[ing§ „gjlinna t)on Sarn^elm" — ©d)iaer§ „2BiI^elm %tU" 
 unb @oetl)eg „§ermann unb ^orot^ea." 3d^ f)ahe audj) einige 
 @ebidf)te auSmenbig gelernt, \o §. 33. „Sorelei" — „®ie 
 ©renabiere" — „§eibenro§Iein" — „2)er Si9^«"c^^w^e im 20 
 3^orben" — „@rlfonig" — gjlonolog au§ „2Bil^elm XeU/' — 
 (S§ ift ber SBunfd^ meiner ©Item, ba§ id^ meine ©pradS)ftubien 
 bie ndd^ften t)ier Sa^re in 3)ale College fortfe^en unb bann nodj) 
 ein paar Sa^re eine beutfd^e Uniuerfitdt befud^en foU. 3J?eine 
 Slbfid^t ift, ©prad^lel)rer an einer {)o^eren 6d)ule meineS 3Sater= 25 
 lanbeS gu merben. 
 
78 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. (a) Compare the adverb gem/ 
 
 (b) Apply the proper forms of gem in translating 
 
 he likes Latin 
 
 he likes French better than Latin 
 
 he likes German best of all 
 
 2. (a) How is the future act. formed, and how the 
 present pass.?* 
 
 (b) Illustrate the rule by examples formed with genfter 
 . . . offnen; Stl^Ur . . . fd^Iie^en; (Stein . . . toerfen; Srief 
 . . . fd^reiben. 
 
 3. Substitute, in the following sentences, the plupf. 
 tense for the present 
 
 er §at* ein 2tebling§ftubium. 
 
 Sateinifd^ unb ©riec^ifc^ jinb* feine Sieblinggftubien. 
 
 2)eutjc^ roirb^ fein Sieblinggfhibium. 
 
 4. Apply the 3. pers. sing, feminine, of all tenses of 
 the act. voice, in the phrase 
 
 fic^ mit englijc^er Sitterahir befc^dftigen. 
 
 5. Change, in the following sentences, all pronouns — 
 personal and possessive — to those of the 3. pers. fem., 
 sing. 
 
 i d) bin im ^a^rc 1879 geboren. 
 i (^ f^abe noc^ einen 33ruber unb jroei ©c^roeftem. 
 meine ©Item finb 2lmenfaner. 
 meine ©efc^roifter finb alter al^ id). 
 
 meine ©Item jogen mit meinen ©efd^roiftcm unb mtr na(^ 
 aSaf^ington. 
 
TWENTY-SECOND LESSON. 79 
 
 6. Substitute the perfect for the present tense, and 
 introduce the following sentences with the subordinating® 
 conjunction roeil, because 
 
 id) roadie ben af abemifd^en ^urfug. — roeil 
 
 id^ fuf)le gro^eg Sntereffe fiir bag ©tubiunt ber ©prac^en. — roeil 
 unjere ^lafje Heft beutfc^e Xejte. — raeil 
 
 roir lernen beutjc^e @ebid)te augraenbig. — rceil 
 
 er foil* feine ©tubien in ^ale fortje^en. — roeil 
 
 er will* auf eine beutfd^e Uniuerfitat ge^en. — roeil 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 1. Omit the first word of the above autobiography (^6)), 
 and substitute throughout the 3. pers. sing., thus changing 
 the autobiography to a biography of Joseph Lee Forsyth. 
 
 2. State, in German, at what school you were prepared, 
 — how long you have studied German — what grammar, 
 dictionary, and text-books were used — what college-course 
 you desire to enter. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 Enter into a conversation, in German, with one of your 
 class-mates, about such topics as are found in the above 
 autobiography ; inquire after 
 
 his (her) full name — date and place of birth — name, 
 age, nationality and occupation of his (her) parents — 
 brothers and sisters — his (her) primary and higher edu- 
 cation — fauorite studies and other predilections — future 
 pursuits and prospects, etc. 
 
m^ 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the biography := ? 
 
 the parents = 
 
 the native town = 
 the government-position = 
 
 the pupil, student = 
 
 the interest := 
 
 the language = 
 
 the favorite study = 
 
 the text = 
 
 the fairy-tale = 
 
 the poem == 
 
 " The Gipsy-Boy in the 
 
 North" = 
 
 the language-study = 
 
 the intention = 
 
 to attend a school = 
 
 to receive, get = 
 
 to select = 
 to memorize, leam by heart = 
 
 the autobiography 
 
 the brothers and sisters 
 
 the national capital 
 
 the patent-ofl&ce 
 
 the course 
 
 the study 
 
 the history 
 
 the "German Grammar and 
 
 Reader" 
 the class 
 the story 
 
 ' The Rose on the Heath" 
 the wish 
 the university 
 the teacher of languages 
 
 to remove, change residence : 
 
 to enter 
 
 to busy, interest one's self : 
 
 to continue 
 
 TWENTY- THIRD LESSON. 
 
 Mantel ^chfttt, 
 
 3)iefer gro^e ©taat^mann unb S^ebner rourbe tm 3a^re 1782 
 gu ©ali^burp, im (Btaat ^em §ampf^ire, geboren. 2)et Unter= 
 tid^t, ben er bi§ gu fcinem ijierge^nten ^a\)xe gcno^, wax fe^t 
 mangel^aft, ba er nur gelegentltd^ bie ^orffd^ulen in ber ^ad^hax- 
 fc^aft befud^te. ©pdter oerbrad^te er neun 9Jlonate in ber ^^iCiipS 
 Slfabemie in ©jeter unb bereitete [ic^ bann in ber gamilie eineS 
 
TWENTY-THIRD LESSON. 81 
 
 ^rebigerS fiit ben 33efucl^ etner p^eren ©d^ule t)or. 3"^ 3<J^re 
 1801 abfobierte er ©artmoutf) College mit bet grb^ten 2lu§= 
 geid^nung. @r getgle bort eine erftaunlid^e ^Irbeit^fraft unb 
 rourbe babei oon einem ©ebad^tnis unterftu^t, rate man e§ nur 
 felten finbet. — 3m 3a^re 1805 tourbe SSebfter in ben 2lbt)o!aten= 5 
 ftanb aufgenommen, roorauf er fid^ gu ^ortSmout^, im ©taat 
 ^eit) §ampft)ire, nieberlie^. — 3m ^al^xz 1812 roa^Iten if)n bie 
 gbberaliflen in ben ^ongre^, unb er mar md^renb -^meier ^ermine 
 ein ^eroorragenbeS ^itglieb beflelben. — ^arauf gog er nad^ 
 33ofton unb geraann balb ben 9luf al§ be§ bebeutenbften "^t^^^i^- lo 
 anmalts feiner 3^it. — 1823 murbe er mieber in ba§ 9^e|)rafen= 
 tanten^auS gefc^idtt unb groeimal miebergemd^lt. — 1827 murbe 
 er in ben 6enat Derfe^t, beflen berii^mtefleS ^Jlitglieb er in ben 
 nun folgenben gmblf 3^^^^" w^^^- — Unter ben ^rafibenten 
 §arrifon unb 3^t)ler fomie unter giUmore mar er ©taat§fe!retdr is 
 unb oermaltete al§ foldjier bie 2lngelegent)eiten ber 5^ation mit 
 grower ©efd^idtlid^feit. — 3"^ ^^i 1852 murbe er au§ feinem 
 ^Bagen gemorfen unb fd)mer t)erle^t, meld^er UnfaH feinen Stob 
 befc^Ieunigte. 6r ftarb nod^ in bemfelben .3<J^^^6 8^ 3Jiarf^fieIb, 
 im ©taate 5Jlaffac^ufett§. 20 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. (a) Which cardinal numbers ^ can be inflected ? 
 
 (b) Give the German equivalent of during one term — 
 during two terms — during three terms. 
 
 2. (a) Which preposition ^ is used in German with the 
 passive to express agency? 
 
82 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 (b) Change, in the following sentences, the active con- 
 struction to the passive 
 
 er befud^te bte 2)orffc^ule. 
 
 er Derbrac^te ein '^a^t in (Sjetet. 
 
 ein ^rebiger bereitete i^n fiir ben Sefuc^ eincr p^cren ©c^ule oor. 
 
 bie ^oberaliften rod^Iten i^n in ben ^ongre^. 
 
 er cerroaltete bie Slngelegen^eiten bes ©taate^ mit grower ®efc^tcf= 
 
 lic^feit. 
 biefet Unfatt befc^leunigte feinen 2:ob. 
 
 3. (a) What idioms are employed in German as substi- 
 tutes for the English passive ^ voice ? 
 
 (h) Translate idiomatically 
 
 he voas prepared (reflex.) for a higher school 
 a memory as is (mon) rarely found 
 
 4. What is the normal — the inverted — the transposed 
 position * of the verb ? 
 
 5. Find m the above text examples of these three word- 
 orders. 
 
 6. Account for the position of 
 
 gcboren (1. 2) finbet (p. 81 1. 5) 
 
 geno^ (1. 3) aufgenommen (p. 81 1. 6) 
 
 befuc^te (1. 5) nieberliefe (p. 81 1. 7) 
 
 oerbrac^te (1. 5) rod^Iten (p. 81 1. 7) 
 
 abfoluierte (p. 81 1. 2) roar (p. 81 1. 8) 
 
 jeigte (p. 81 1. 3) ^og (p. 81 1. 9) 
 
 untcrpit (p. 81 1. 4) gefc^icft (p. 81 1. 12) 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 1. He was (tt)urbe) born. He died. — He attended a 
 village-school in the state of* New Hampshire. Later 
 he spent a year in Phillips Exeter Academy. — With the 
 
TWENTY-THIRD LESSON. 83 
 
 highest honors he graduated from Dartmouth College in 
 the year 1801. — His faculty of labor was not less wonder- 
 ful than his tenacious memory. — In 1805 he was (aux.?) 
 admitted to the bar. In his thirtieth year he was (aux. ?) 
 elected to (in ben) Congress. Again he was sent to the 
 (in ba§) House of Kepresentatives, and was twice re- 
 elected. Later he entered the U. S. Senate. — President 
 William Henry Harrison made him his (gu feinem) Secre- 
 tary of State. By President Harrison he was (aux.?) made 
 (jum) Secretary of State. 
 
 The United States are (roetben) governed by a President 
 and a Congress. The President is (aux.?) elected for a 
 term of four years. (The) Congress is (aux.?) formed by 
 the House of Representatives and the Senate. — The Con- 
 stitution of the U. S. is (aux.?) praised everywhere as 
 excellent. 
 
 2. Write — from memory — in about 75 German words 
 all you know of the life of Daniel Webster. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 3n roeld^em 6taate rourbe SSebfter geboren ? 9Bte ^ei^t bte 
 §aupt[tabt jeneg 6taate§ ? 9Bie ^ei^t bte ^auptftabt t)on 3)Zar9= 
 lanb ? ^ennf^banien ? 9Jliflouri ? gainois ? — 2Belc^en 
 ©taat nennt man ben ©ranitftaat? 2BeId)et ©taat roirb 
 ber ©ranitflaat genannt ? 2Belc^en ©taat nennt man ben 
 ^almettoftaat ? 2Belc^er ©taat roirb ber ^alntettoftaat genannt ? 
 — 3" roeld^em ©taat finb ©ie geboren ? 2Bie oiele ©taaten 
 bilben je^t bte norbametifanifd^e Union ? — 2BeIc^e ©taaten 
 nennt man bte 9^eu'@nglanb=©taaten ? 2BeIci)e ©taaten raerben 
 bie 3Jiittelftaaten genannt ? — 2lu§ roie t)ielen §dufern ht\it^i 
 
84 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 ber ^ongrcj bcr SSer. ©taaten ? 2Bie ^eifeen bie beiben §dufer ? 
 — 2Bic oiele 6enatoren roerben t)on jebem ©taat ber Union in 
 ben ^ongre^ gefanbl ? 2luf roie oiele ^a^re roirb ber ^rdfibent 
 gerod^It ? — 2Bie ^eigt ber je^ige ^rdfibent ber i8er. ©taaten ? 
 3u roeld^er ^^^artei geprt er ? 2Bar ©rooer (Slewelanb ein 
 9iepubli!aner ober ein ^emofrat ? ©e^orte benjamin §arrifon 
 ber bemofratifd^en ober ber republifanifc^en ^artei an? 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 What are the German opposites of 
 
 geborcn 
 
 fpftt 
 
 ^oc^ 
 
 gro^ 
 
 bort 
 
 felten 
 
 unter 
 
 fc^roer 
 
 biefer 
 
 ba^ 2)orf 
 
 ber aWann 
 
 finben 
 
 u n bebcutenb 
 
 u n beru§mt 
 
 bcrXob? 
 
 TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON. 
 
 (Sn^alt^angabe.) 
 
 Ungliidtlid^e Slugroanberer beutfd^er 5Rationalitdt jie^en mit 
 
 §ab unb @ut, ba§ fte planloS ouf SSagen gepacft ^aben, in 
 
 ber !Rd^e eineS ©tdbtd^enS auf bent red^ten 3fl^einufer ooriiber. 
 
 ^ie neugierigen (Sinroo^ner fommen ^erau§, urn bie Ungliicf= 
 
 6 lid^en ju fe^en unb urn i^nen Unterftii^ung ju bringen. '^\x6^ 
 
TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON. 85 
 
 ber 2Birt be§ ©aft^ofg „3um golbenen Sbroen" ^at i^nen 
 feinen ©o^n Hermann entgegengefd)icft, urn i^nen 3^a^rung unb 
 ^leibung ^u bringen. 2lm @nbe be§ Suge§ trifft le^terer ein 
 5Dfidbd)en, namenS ^orot^ea, bte etnen mit Dd)fen befpannlen 
 SSagen fii^rt, auf bem eine franfe grau liegt. 2)te Qungfrau 5 
 rebet §ermann freunblid^ an ; er giebt il^r alle§, tt)a§ er t)on 
 §aufe mitgebrac^t ^at unb bittet fie, e§ 511m 33eften ber Slrmen 
 gu Derteilen. 33on ber au^ern ©rfd^einung fotDie t)on ber 
 greunblic^teit ber Sungfrau tief ergriffen, gefte^t er, nac^ §aufe 
 guriicfgefe^rt, feiner 9Jiutter mtt ungeroo^nter Serebfamteit, ba§ 10 
 er ba§ frembe 5!Jlabci^en liebe unb fie jur grau fid^ rciinfd^e. 
 2)er 33ater, ber fiir feinen eingigen <So^n eine reidie grau 
 roiinfd^t, roilligt enblid^ ein, ba^ §ermann gufammen mit bem 
 ^^5aftor unb bem 2lpot^eter, groei bema^rten greunben ber 
 gamilie, fid^ nad) bem 6§ara!ter beg ?U?dbd^en§ ertunbigen 15 
 follen. 3m Sager ber (Smigranten er^alten bie beiben greunbe 
 'Dd^ befle 3^U9"i§ u^^^ ^en moralifc^en 9Bert be§ 3[Rdbci^en§. 
 ©leic^ barauf trifft Hermann bie ©eliebte am S3runnen Dor 
 bem ^orfe unb nimmt, nad^bem 3)orotf)ea fic^ t)on ben g^rigen 
 uerabfd^iebet l^at, bie §eimatIofe in ba§ Qau^ feiner ©Item, 20 
 mo nod^ an bemfelberi 5lbenb bie 3Serlobung be§ jungen ^aareg 
 gefeiert mirb. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Give the forms of the imperative^ act. and pass, of 
 ne^men and annef)men. 
 
 2. Account for the two genitives ^ beutfd^er 9f?ationalitdt 
 (line 1) and namenS (p. 85 l. 4). 
 
86 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 3. What does the preposition tion^ express (place — 
 time — source — agency — specification or limiting object) 
 in the sentences 
 
 aUe^, roa^ ^cnnann d o n §au|e mitgebrad^t §atte 
 Don ber (Srfc^einung 2)orot^eeng ttef ergriffen 
 
 4. Account for the missing definite article ^ before the 
 subject, in 
 
 am ®nbe beg 3"9^ t^^ff* I e ^ t e r e r ein SJiabc^en 
 
 5. (a) To express " purpose " = Eng. in order to^ what 
 combination is generally used in Grerman ? 
 
 (6) Illustrate the location of the two words (um . . . ju) 
 by examples taken from the second and third sentences of 
 the above text. 
 
 6. (a). What does the indirect subjunctive^ (Oratio 
 obliqua) express ? 
 
 (J) What is the direct statement in the sentences 
 
 (Hermann fagt,) er lie bc bag frembe aWdbc^en. 
 
 „ ba^ er bag frembe SJidbc^en V\^h^. 
 
 „ ' er roiinfc^e fie fi(^ jur j^rau. 
 t, ba^ er fie f ic^ jur ^rau ro it n f c^ e. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 Write in about 50 German words all you know of the 
 plot of Goethe's poem „§ermann unb 3)orot^ca." 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 Make the principal incidents in Goethe's poem „§ermann 
 unb ^orot^ea" the topics of conversation between yourself 
 and one of your class-mates. 
 
TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON. 
 
 87 
 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 Vhat are the German opposites of 
 
 
 u n gliitflid^ 
 
 ber ©inroanberer 
 
 bie 3la^e 
 
 rec^teg Ufcr 
 
 fommen 
 
 l|eraug 
 
 bringen 
 
 golben 
 
 ber ©o^n 
 
 bag ®nbc 
 
 le^terer 
 
 bag 2«dbc^en 
 
 !ran! 
 
 bie f^rau 
 
 liegen 
 
 freunblid^ 
 
 geben 
 
 aUeg 
 
 oon §aufe 
 
 bie 2lrmen 
 
 (tuyere 
 
 bie greunblic^feit 
 
 tief 
 
 nac^ ^aufe 
 
 l\xxM 
 
 bie abutter 
 
 u n geroo^nt 
 
 fremb 
 
 lieben 
 
 ber SBater 
 
 reid^ 
 
 ber ^reunb 
 
 nac^ 
 
 befte 
 
 iiber 
 
 u n moralifc^ 
 
 t)or 
 
 ne^men 
 
 ber 2lt)enb 
 
 iung? 
 
 
 
 TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON. 
 
 (Drt unb 3eit ber ^anblung.) 
 
 ^er Dtt ber §anblung ift bie ©egenb urn ben 3Siern)aIb= 
 ftdtter ©ee, an ben bie brei alten ^antone ©d^rotij, Uri unb 
 Unterraalben grengen. ^ie t)on 3wnci^ nadj) bent ©an!t @ott= 
 ^arb fii^renbe, ben 3^orben mit bem ©iiben verbinbenbe ©tra^e 
 ge^t burdi bie§ ©ebiet. Dbgleid^ ©d^iCer niemalg in ber 
 ©(^roei^ roar, ^at er bennod^ bie Sofalitat mit uniiber= 
 trcfiUd^er SSa^r^eit oor unfern Slugen ^ingemalt. Dffenbar 
 
88 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 lag e§ in be§ 2)ici^terg Slbfic^t, un§ nic^t nur einen ©ef(i^ici^t§= 
 moment bc§ altcn ©c^njeijerooIfeS oor5ufu^ren, fonbern aud^ 
 bie 9?atur beS SanbeS felbft ju fd^ilbem, ba ja bcibe fo innig 
 mit einanbet oerfniipft finb. — ^ie 3^^* '^^^ §anblung ifl 
 
 5 urn bie ©rense beg 13. unb 14. Sa^r^unberts. ^er ^id^ter 
 fletit aber nur bie (Sreignifje eineg ^alben ^a^reg bar, ndmlid^ 
 be§ 3^itraume§ oom 28. Oftober (bem 2:agc ©imon§ unb Subd) 
 1307 \i'\% gum 1. max 1308, an roeld^em ^age ^aifer 3llbred^t 
 t)on feinem 9Zeffen 3o^anne§ oon ©d^maben „^arriciba" ermorbet 
 
 10 rourbe. (Sben)o fe^t fic^ ©driller iiberall iiber bie ungiinftige 
 fpate '^o^:jX^^t\i ^inroeg unb t^ut, als ob bie §anblung im 
 ©ommer ober im grii^^erbft flattpnbe. 2luf biefe 2Beife ift 
 e§ i^m gelungen, bag 9f2a^e mit bem gcmliegenben funftooU 
 gu einem ©anj^en gu oereinigen. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. When are the adjectives ganj, ?^/io^e, and l^alb, half, 
 indeclinable ^ and when are they inflected ? 
 
 2. Explain the idiomatic form'^ c8 tft i^m gelungen, he 
 has succeeded. 
 
 3. What does the preposition um^ express (place — 
 time — rotation or remote object) in 
 
 bie ©egenb u m ben 3>iern)albftdtter <See 
 
 bie 3eit u m bie ©renje beg 13. unb 14. ^a^r^unbertg ? 
 
 4. Account for the transposed position* of roar and the 
 subsequent inverted position of \^Cii (line 6). 
 
TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON. 89 
 
 5. Render in the following idiomatic * construction each 
 of the two participles by a relative clause 
 
 bie Bon^wric^ ttacl^ ^em ©anft ©ott^arb fii^renbe, ben 9?orben 
 tnit bent ©iiben nerbinbenbe ©tra^e 
 
 6. Account for the mood^ in ftattfinbe (p. 88 1. 12). 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 Write, in German, a brief account of the twofold aim 
 pursued by Schiller in his drama „2Cil^elm XeU." 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 2Bo Itegen bie ^antone ©d^rcps, Uri, Unterroalben unb 
 Su^ern ? 2Beld^e finb bie brei alten ^antone ? 2BeId)e roic^ttge 
 Sanbftra^e ge^t mitten burc^ biefeS ©ebiet ? §at ©chiller bie 
 ©c^roeij je gefe^en V — 28 a n n lebten XeH, (Seller, 6tauffac^er 
 unb bie anbern §elben be§ ®rama§ ? ?!Jlit roeldfiem Xage be= 
 ginnt ber erfte 2l!t ? 9Jiit roeld^em ^iftorifd^en ©reigniS enbet 
 ba§ ^rama im fiinften Sift ? 2ln roelc^em Xage raurbe ^aifer 
 Sllbred^t I. ermorbet ? 2Ber roar ber gjibrber ? — 2BeId)e 
 boppelte Slbfic^t t)erfoIgt ©djiiHer in feinem ©rarna „2BiI^eIm 
 %t\i" ? 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 around the Lake of the Four through this territory = ? 
 
 Forest-Counties = ? in* Switzerland = 
 
 with unsurpassed fidelity = before our eyes = 
 
 in the mind of the poet = closely connected with each 
 
 about the boundary of the other = 
 
 XIII and XIV centuries = everywhere, throughout = 
 
 he acts as if = the far and the near = 
 
90 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON. 
 
 (6^arafter5eic^nung ber ^elbin.) 
 
 3)a§ graulcin 3Jiinna Don Sam^elm ftammt au§ ©ad^fcn. 
 ©ie tft eIternIo§ unb ^at i^ren D^eim, ben ©rafen Srud^fall, 
 jum 3Sormunbe. S^re ©liter liegen in 2:^uringen. @ine 
 eble, bem fad^fifd^en Sanbe erroiefene X^t be§ preu^ifd^en 
 
 5 3Jiaior§ oon SCeU^eim ifl ber ©runb geroefen, roeS^alb fie ftd^ 
 mit bemfelben oerlobt ^at. 
 
 SSon ber ©entimentalitdt anbrer grauen tft fte gang frei. 
 ©ie Derel^rt in 2^eII^eim bie mannlic^e 2Biirbe unb eble 5[Renfd^= 
 Ud^feit. ^abei jeigt fte jugleid^ i^re beutfd^=nationaIe @e= 
 
 10 finnung : (Sic, bie ©dc^fin, x>tx%\^i all ba§ Ungliidt, ba§ bie 
 ^reu^en i^r unb i^rem-3SoI!e im fiebenjd^rigen ^riege jugefUgt 
 ^aben. 3Son i^rem ed^t beutfd^en 9Befen giebt fie un§ mi^ 
 in bem ©efprdd^e mit bem granjofen 9ticcaut eine $robe. 2luf 
 bicgrage beffelben: „©ie fpref nit frangbfifd^ ?" antroortet fie: 
 
 15 „5^ein, §en, nid^t in 2)eutfd^lanb. 3n granfreic^ roiirbe id^ 
 e§ fpred^en, unb id^ roerbe ©ie geroi^ aud^ oerfte^en ; fpred^en 
 ©ie, ttjie e§ Sl^nen beliebt!" 
 
 3n i^ren Sfteben unb §anblungen id%i fte t)iel 3Serftanb. 
 2)er Slnblicf ber 3^ot erregt fogleid^ i^r 3Kitleib, felbft fiir 
 
 20 einen ^enfd^en raie 3Riccaut. ©rofe ift auc^ i^re ©nergie unb 
 
TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON. 91 
 
 ©elbfldnbigfeit, bie fie bei t^rer SSerlobung, i^rer 9?eifc nad^ 
 Berlin, foroie uberl)aupt in ber fonfequenten ^urc^fiit)rung i^rer 
 %\mz 5eigt, unb burc^ bie fie in jeber Se^ietiuiig alg 2:eU^eim§ 
 roiirbig erfd^eint. 
 
 ©oettie fat) in „3Kinna" ben (S^aratter beg ®ic^ter§ felbfl. 
 @r fagte einmal : „3^ici^t nur l^effingS 3Serflanb, fonbern auc^ 
 fein gro^eg, roarmeS unb ebleS ^erj^, fein §er5 doH @^re unb 
 li^iebe ftecft in i^r." 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. (a) Explain the impersonal ^ form roie e§ ^\)mn beliebt. 
 (b) Give more examples of this idiomatic construction. 
 
 2. Explain the idiom pj^^ t)erIoben, to become engaged. 
 
 3. (a) Explain the idiom §um^ SSormunbe (line 3). 
 
 (b) Translate : 
 
 In 1841 President Harrison made Daniel Webster Secretary of State. 
 The Congress of the U. S. nominated, in 1864, Ulysses S. Grant 
 commander-in-chief of the army. 
 
 4. Replace in the following idiomatic construction the 
 participle by a relative clause 
 
 eine eble bem fdc^ftfd)en Sanbe eriBiefene %\)ai beg aWqorg t)on 
 Xell^eim 
 
 5. Explain the genitive ^ ieU^eimg (p. 91 1. 3). 
 
 6. Change the following direct quotations to indirect^ 
 statements (Oratio obliqua) 
 
 ^d^ (fem.) roerbe ©ie (masc.) oerftefien, wenn ©te franjofifd^ fpred^en. 
 ©prec^en ©ie (masc.) beutjc^ ober franjofifcf), ganj rote ©ie rooEen. 
 
92 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 Write in about 50 German words what you know of 
 Minna^s personal circumstances, her jmtriotism and other 
 characteristic qualities. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 3n roeld^em Xeile ^eutfc^lanbs roar ba§ graulein 3Jlinna 
 t)on Sarn^elm geboren ? 9Bo lagen 3^re ©iiter ? — gn roeld^em 
 3Ser^dItnig [tanb fie ju bem ©rafen 33ruc^faE ? 9Barum f)atte 
 fie einen 3Sormunb ? — 2Sie roar fie mit 2:efl^eim befannt ge= 
 roorben ? SBarum liebte fie i^n ? — 2Bann roar ber fieben= 
 jd^rige ^rieg ? 2SeI(i^^ Sanber fii^rten jenen ^rieg gegen 
 ^reu^en ? 2Bie ^iefe ber batnalige gro^e ^reufeenfbnig ? ^ie 
 enbete ber ^rieg ? — SSaren bie ©ad^fen im Tjd^rigen ^riege 
 greunbe ober geinbe griebrid^g be§ ©ro^en ? 9Sar 9J?inna aud^ 
 cine geinbin $reu|en§ V 2Borin jeigte fie i^re ed^t beutfd^= 
 nationale ©eftnnung ? — ^onnte fie fran^oftfd^ fprec^en ? SSarum 
 fprad^ fie mit bem granjofen 3fiiccaut nid^t fran^bfifd^ ? — 9Sorin 
 jeigte fie il)ren praftifd^en (S^arafter ? i^r guteS §er5 ? i^r 
 cnergifc^e§ SSefen ? — 2Bag ^di ©oet^e uon i^rem 6^ara!ter 
 geiagt ? 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the generous deed = ? the ground, reason = ? 
 
 the sentimentality of otiier the manly dignity = 
 
 women = the noble humanity = 
 
 the national sentiment = the misfortune = 
 
 the genuine German character = the conversation = 
 
 the proof, sample = the question = 
 
 the talk, words = the action = 
 
TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 93 
 
 the aspect, sight = ? the need, misery = ? 
 
 the compassion, sympathy = the energy = 
 
 the independence = the engagement, betrothment = 
 
 the journey, trip := the consistent execution = 
 
 the plan = in every way ^ 
 
 the love = 
 
 TWENTY- SEVENTH LESSON. 
 
 3n i^rem intereflanten Sud)e „<B6)xiUx^ Seben" fagt 
 Caroline won SSoI^ogen, be^ ®id)ter§ ©d^rodgerin: 
 
 „®d)iner§ gro^e ©eflalt ^atte etroaS von militarifd^er 
 §altung. ^er n)ot)Igerunbele ^opf ru^te auf einem ^c^lanfen 
 §alfe; bie ^o^e unb roeite ©tirn trug ba§ ©eprdge beg 5 
 @eniu§. gu^e unb 5lrme fianben ju bem (Ban^m in gutem 
 ^Ser^dltnig. ©eine §dnbe roaren me^r ftarf als fd^bn unb 
 i^r ©piel me^r energifd^ al§ grasioS. ^ie garbe feiner 5lugen 
 roar unenlfd^teben, groifd^en blau unb ^ellbraun. 3Son feiner 
 ettt)a§ gebogenen unb giemlic^ gro^en 9^afe fagte er im Scfierj, lo 
 bafe er fie fid) felbft gemad)! ^abe ; fie fei von '?flatux furj ge= 
 raefen, aber in ber 9JUIitdr=2l!abemie l^aU er fo lange baran 
 ge^ogen, bi§ fie eine ©pi^e betommen l)ahe, ©ein §aar roar 
 lang unb fein unb fiel in§ 9fiotlid^e. ^ie §autfarbe roar 
 roei^, ba§ 9^ot ber 2B an gen gart. @r errotete leid^t. ^a§ 15 
 ^inn ^atte eine angene^me ^orm. ®ie Unterlippe geigte 
 
94 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 gang befonberS feine momentane ©mpfinbung. ©etn 2ac^eln 
 war fe^r anmutig, unb in feinem lauten Sadden lag tivoa^ 
 ^inblid^eS. Seine Stint me roar roeber ^eU noc^ rco^I= 
 flingenb, bod^ ergriff fie ; etroaS Dom fc^rodbifc^en ^ialeft ^at 
 5 er fcin gonj^eS Seben beibe^alten. Sein @ang ^atte gerob^n= 
 lic^ etroag 9fiac^Iaffige§. Seine ^leiber roaten einfad^. (Sr 
 ^ielt oiel auf feine SBdfd^e. Sein Sd^reibtifd^ mu^te immer 
 roo^Igeorbnet fein. ©r liebte Slumen urn fic^, befonberg gem 
 Silien. Sila roat feine 2iebling§farbe." 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. (a) State in general the rules regarding the German 
 accentuation of foreign words.^ 
 
 (b) Give the German accentuation of the following 
 words of foreign origin 
 
 intereffant 
 
 militanjc^ 
 
 ®entu^ 
 
 energifc^ 
 
 grajioQ 
 
 aWilitar 
 
 Slfabemie 
 
 ntomentan 
 
 2)iateft 
 
 2. (a) By what is the German adverb* distinguished 
 from the uninflected adjective ? 
 
 (b) Give examples of adverbs^ which take the sign of the 
 genitive, 5§. 
 
 3. Account for the use of the comparative * forms me^r 
 ftarf (line 7) and me^r energifc^ (line 8) instead of the more 
 common ftdrfer and energifd^er. 
 
 4. What does the accusative * fein ganger Seben (p. 94 1. 5) 
 imply ? 
 
TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON. 95 
 
 5. State the various meanings of the preposition tion in 
 
 etroag t)on^ mttitarifc^er ^altung 
 Don^ feiner ^^iafe fagte er 
 feine 9^afe roar oon^ '^aiuv furj 
 etrca^ t)om^ fc^roabifc^en ^ialeft 
 
 6. Apply the c?^rec^ quotation ^^ in the following cases 
 of " Oratio obliqua " 
 
 crfogte, ba^ er ftd^ [eine 9^aje felbft gemoc^t f)abe 
 „ fie fei t)on S^atur furs geroefen 
 „ ba^ er fo lange baran gejogen fiabe, big fie eine ©pi^e 
 befomtnen \)abt 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 Give in about 50 German words a description of the 
 personal appearance of your best friend. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 3Bie ^et^t S^r befler greunb (3^re befle greunbin) beim 
 3Sornamen ? — 2Bie grofe ift er (fie) ? 2Belc^en ©inbrudt mad^t 
 feine (i^re) ©rfd^einung ? — 3Sie ift ber ^opf geformt ? ber 
 §alg ? bie ©tirn ? Slrme unb §anbe ? — 2Ba§ ift bie garbe 
 ber Slugen? bie gorm ber 9^afe? 2Bie ift ba§ §aar? bie 
 §autfarbe ? ba§ ^inn ? ber 9Jlunb unb bie Sippen ? ber ^^on 
 unb bie ©tarfe ber ©timme ? bie SluSfprad^e ? — 2Bie ift fein 
 (i^r) ©ang ? ©eine (iljre) 2Beife fidj) gu fleiben ? — 28a§ 
 fonnen ©ie fagen x)on feiner (i^rer) SSorliebe fiir ^inber ? fiir 
 33lumen ? t)on feinem (i^rem) Stebling§ftubium ? Siebling§= 
 bid^ter? Steblinggfarbe ? Sftabfa^ren? ©d^roimmen? ©d^Utt= 
 fc^u^laufen? 33allfpielen ? u. f. ro. 
 
96 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 
 Give the German opposites of 
 
 
 inner intereffant 
 
 ber^ob 
 
 ber ©c^roager bie fleine ©eftalt 
 
 ber ecfige ^opf 
 
 bie niebrige unb enge ©tim in fc^Iec^tem SSer^dltnig 
 
 fd^roac^ 
 
 ^ci^lic^ bunfel 
 
 bunfelbraun 
 
 bie gerabe 3i(x\t bie fleine 9laje 
 
 im emft 
 
 furje^ £>aar fc^roarje ^autfarbe 
 
 jc^roer 
 
 u n angene^m bie Dberlippe 
 
 laut 
 
 f)eU rau^flingenb 
 
 foftbare ^leiber 
 
 er ^ielt roenig auf fc^Iec^t georbnet 
 
 ^aflen 
 
 TWENTY- EIGHTH LESSON. 
 
 '^ud bem Seben be^ Zolxait^. 
 
 eineg %<x%z^ ofib ein gorniger 3Jlann bera ^^ilofop^en einc 
 O^rfeige. 㩤 ift bod^ fd^Iimm," fagte barauf 6of rates 
 Idc^elnb, „bafe man nie oorauSfe^en fann, roann e§ gut ift, 
 einen §elm gu tragen." ©benfo ^brte er mit ber gro^ten 9?u^e, 
 5 bag jemanb Winter feinem 3fiiicfen fd^Ied^t oon i^m gefprod^en 
 ^attc. „@r mag mid^ aud^ fd^Iagen," fagte er, „n)enn td^ nid^t 
 babei Bin." 
 
 ©inft begegnete ©ofrateS in einem engen ^urd^gange bem 
 
 ^Eenop^on. 2)iefer roar ein oieloerfprec^^nber Siingling, unb 
 
 10 @ofrate§ roiinf d^te i^n jum ©c^iilcr gu ^aben. @r ^ielt i^m 
 
 feincn ©tab oor, unb ber junge 3Kann blieb fte^en. „^annft 
 
TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 97 
 
 ^u mxv fagen," Begann 6o!rate§, „tx)o man 9J?e^l fauft ?" — 
 „2luf bent WaxUc tarn man e§ ^aben." — „Unb rao finbet 
 man Dl ?" — „5lu^ ba§ fannft 2)u bort ^ben." — „2lber 
 roo^in mu§ man ge^en, urn gut unb weife gu raerben?" — 
 — aSenop^on [tu^te. — „^omm mit mir ! ^^ voiU e§ ®ir 5 
 jetgen." ©eit jenem Stage roaren beibe bie beflen greunbe. 
 
 2)er junge Slfd^ineS roiinfc^te fe^r, etn 6d)uler beS ©ofrateS 
 5U werben ; er roar <jber fe^r arm. ©ofrateS, ber ben 28unfdj) 
 bejfelben merfte, fragte i^n : „3Barum furc^teft 2)u 2)ic^, gu 
 mir 5U fommen?" — „2BeiI ic^ nid^ts ^abe, n)a§ id) ®ir geben lo 
 !ann." — ^©c^d^eft ®u ®id) fo gering/' entgegnete ©otrateS ; 
 „giebft S)u mir nid^tg, roenn 2)u ^\6) jelbft mir giebft ?" 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. (a) State the rules relating to the inflection of parti- 
 ciples.^ 
 
 (b) Decline the German equivalent of 
 a promising youth — the teaching philosopher. 
 
 2. Of two objects ^ coming together (as in line 1), which 
 stands first, the direct or the indirect ? 
 
 3. What does the preposition cttf ^ imply in such phrases 
 as auf bem 3Jlar!te — auf ber Uniuerfitdt — auf ber^oft? 
 
 4. Account for the infinitive'* in er blieb fie ^ en. 
 
 5. Account for the idiom gum* ©d^Uler ^aben. 
 
 6. (a) What rules, regarding mood and tense, apply to 
 the indirect * question ? 
 
98 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 (b) By which conjunction' must an indirect question 
 be introduced when not beginning with an interrogative 
 pronoun ? 
 
 (c) Express the following direct questions through the 
 indirect form 
 
 ffSBie »iel U^r ift C3 ?* cr frogtc mt(^, toie . . . 
 
 ;,2Bie ge^t eg S^nen ?« „ „ mie... 
 „^at eg fd^on 12 gefc^Iagcn ?'' 
 
 „®ef)t eg S^nen quf?^ „ » . ♦ . 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 Reproduce the above anecdotes referring to Socrates, in 
 the form of indirect statement (Oratio obliqua). 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 3n tocld^em Sonbc Icbte 6o!rate§ ? 3Banti lebte er, t)ot 
 obcr nac^ G^rifti @eburt ? 3n roeld^em 3^^i^^""^^rt ? 2Ba§ 
 roar er ? 28a§ t^at er ? ^bnnen ©ie groei t)on feinen ©d^iilem 
 nennen ? 2Ba§ fonnen ©ie t)on 36enop^on fagen ? oon Stfd^ineg ? 
 2BeIci^e§ befannte unb intereflante Sud^ ^at 3Eenop^on gefd^rteben ? 
 — 2Bie l)ie6 bet gro^te ©d^iiler be§ Sofrateg ? — 2Bar ©ofrateS 
 Dcr^eitatet ? 2Bie ^iefe feine grau ? 2Ba§ fonnen ©ie oon i^r 
 fagen ? 
 
 2So begegnete ©ofrateS bem ^enop^on ? SSie otele gragen 
 rid^tete ©o!rate§ an ^enop^on ? 2Ba§ roar bie erfte grage ? 
 2Ba§ roar bie groeite grage ? bie britte gtage ? — 2Ba§ roar 
 3Ecnop^on§ Slntroort auf bie erfte J^age ? auf bie ^roeite ? — 
 3Sarum beantroortete er bie britte Srage nic^t ? SSaS jagte 
 barauf ©o!rate§ ^u i^m ? 
 
TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 
 
 99 
 
 3Ste t)iele S^agen rid^tete ©o!rate§ an ben jungen 5ifc^ine§ ? 
 2Sa§ n)ar bie erfle grage ? bie Slntroort auf biefelbe ? 2BaS 
 roar bie groeile grage be§ ©ofrateS ? 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the day = 
 
 the noon, midday = 
 
 the night = 
 
 is it not bad ? = 
 
 the morning = 
 
 the afternoon = 
 
 the midnight = 
 
 it is very bad = 
 
 the forenoon = 
 
 the evening = 
 
 it is bad = 
 
 it is still worse = 
 
 it is worse than = 
 
 it is good = 
 
 everybody, every one = 
 
 something = 
 
 nothing = 
 
 can you give me ? = 
 
 can you show me ? = 
 
 they (man) buy flour = 
 they sell potatoes, eggs, butter 
 
 and meat = 
 
 in * the market = 
 
 in the library = 
 
 at* the ball = 
 in order to become good and 
 
 wise = 
 
 come with me ! = 
 
 go with them ! = 
 
 he will show you the way = 
 
 I will write (to) her = 
 
 it is not as bad as 
 
 is it not good ? 
 
 nobody, no one 
 
 everything 
 
 nothing at all 
 
 whether he could give him 
 
 whether he could show him 
 
 they sell oil 
 
 we make clothes, shoes, 
 
 boots and hats 
 in the book-store 
 at* the post-office 
 in* this world 
 in order to become happy 
 
 and content 
 come with us ! 
 go with your friends ! 
 he will give it (to) him 
 
100 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 TWENTY-NINTH LESSON. 
 
 ©oct^cd ^Kubicnj bet 91a^o(com 
 
 (2luS „%a%'' unb Sa^res^efte.") 
 
 ®rfurt, ben 2. Dftober 1808. 
 
 Sd^ rourbc urn 11 U^r oormittagS i^um ^aifer W\kVii. — 
 3cl^ trete bei i^m ein. (Sr ft^t an eincm gro^en runben %x\(j[^t 
 frii^ftiidenb. 3" jeiner S^ed^ten fte^t ^aHeriranb, ju feiner 
 Sinfen 2)aru, mit bem er fid^ iibet ^ontnbution§=2lngeIegen= 
 
 5 ^eiten unter^dlt. — 2)er ^aifer mrdi mix ^eran^ufommen. — 
 3^ad^bcm ct mid^ aufmer!fam angeblidtt, fagte er : " Vous etes 
 un homme." ^d^ oerbeugte mid^. — (Sr fragt : „2Bie olt 
 finb 6ie ?" — „©ed^5tg S^l^re." — „6ie ^aben ftd^ gut er^alten. 
 ©ie ^aben Xragbbien gefd^rieben ?" 3d^ antroortete ba§ 9f2ot= 
 
 10 roenbigfte. — §ter na^m 2)aru ba§ 2Bort unb fagtc, ba^ i^ 
 aug bem gran,^bftfd^en iiberfe^t ^abe, unb groar SSoItaiteS 
 „^a^omeb." SDer ^aifer Derfe^te : „©§ ift !ein gute§ ^iM" 
 unb legte fe^r flat au§einanber, roie unfd^irflid^ e§ \t\, 'tia'i^ ber 
 3SeItubern)inber oon ftd^ felbft eine fo ungiinftige ©d^ilberung 
 
 15 mad^e. (Sr roanbte fobann ba§ ©efprdd^ auf ben „3Sert^er/' 
 ben er burd^ unb burd^ ftubiert ^atte. 2)ann bejeid^nete er 
 
TWENTY-NINTH LESSON. 101 
 
 eine geroiffe ©telle im „2Bertl)er" unb fagte : ^^Sa'^wm ^aben 
 ®ie ba§ get^an ? ©§ t[t nidjit naturgemd^/' roofiir er feine 
 ©riinbe tjollfommen tid^tig auSeinanberfe^te. S*^ antroortete 
 mil etnem Sdd^eln, ba^ id^ feinen SSorraurf gang bered^tigt finbe. 
 „2lEein/' fe^te id^ ^ingu, „e§ ift bem ^id^ter gu ©erget^en, 
 roenn er fid^ eine§ ^unftgriffe§ bebient, urn geroiffe 2Btrtungen 
 ^eroor^ubringen, bie er auf einem einfac^en unb natiirlid^en 
 2Bege nic^t erreid^en fann." ^er £aifer fd^ien bamit gufrieben. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. (a) How may the Eng. conjunction 6ui^ he trans- 
 lated ? 
 
 (b) Distinguish the use of the different forms ? 
 
 (c) What position in the clause does aber, fonbern, 
 allein, take? 
 
 2. Is the pres.^ partic. frul)flUdfenb (line 3) used as attri- 
 bute, as apposition, or as predicate ? 
 
 3. Account for and supply the missing ^ auxiliary after 
 angeblicft (line 6). 
 
 4. Change the following direct quotations* to indirect 
 statements 
 
 Direct Indirect 
 
 „<Bie finb ein [ganger] 3!J2ann" ber ^oifer fagte, -; r^' '' 
 
 „©ie {)aben ^id) gut er^alten" ber Soiyer fagte, } ^' * * 
 
102 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 Direct Indirect 
 
 ift !ein gutcg ©tiid.^ / " ""'^^ '"^*'' \ ba| SSoItaireg „aJJa^omeb" . . . 
 
 ,r®§ ift nic^t naturgcmaft.^ bcr ftaifer fagtc, I f^ ; * * 
 
 (^ oa^ e^ . . . 
 
 »®g ift bcm 2)icbter ju oeneibcn." ®oct^c Qntroortete, i ^ ; * * 
 
 1^ oaf; e^ . . . 
 
 5. Change the following indirect statements to direct 
 quotations * 
 
 Indirect Direct 
 
 { id^ ^dttc au5 bem granjofifc^cn Ubcrfe|t. ] 
 UajTii^ogte-! oa^ icy au§ >)em ^ranjofifc^en iiberfe^t ^ ,/^err ®oet§c . . ." 
 L Ptte. J 
 
 5)er ftoifer erfWrte, rote unfc^itflic^ eg fei. ^2Cte unfd^icfltd^ . . ." 
 
 6. Give the following direct questions the indirect^ form 
 
 Direct Indirect 
 
 ;,3Bie alt finb ©ic ?'' bet «otfer frogtc, roie alt . . . 
 
 „9Barum \:^ahtn ©ie bag get^an ?'' „ „ roarum . . . 
 
 ff^aben ©ie auc^ Xragobien gefd^rieben ?* „ „ ob . . . 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 Reproduce the conversation of the trees, as found in the 
 text of Fourth Lesson „^er S^rtftbaum," page 11, in the 
 form of the indirect discourse. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 3Ser roar ^JZapoIeon ? 2Bann unb too roar er geboren ? 
 2Bann unb roo ftarb er? 3" roeld^en ga^ren roar er ^aifer 
 ber granjofcn ? — 9Bo traf SRapoIeon mit ©oet^e jufammen ? 
 
TWENTY-NINTH LESSON. IQg 
 
 2Bo liegt jene ©tabt ? SSann trafen bort bie beiben gro^en 
 ?D^dnner.gufammen? — ^\x tx)elc^er ©lunbe erfc^ien ©oet()e gur 
 3lubieng beim ^aifer ? 2Sa§ t^at le^terer, al§ ©oet^e bei t^m 
 eintrat ? 2Ber ftanb gu feiner 9lec^ten unb xozx gu feiner Sinfen ? 
 SBoriiber fprad^ ^'^apoleon mit ^aru, al§ ©oet^e eintrat ? — 
 ^J^it tDeld^en 2Borten empfing 9^apoleon ben beutfc^en 3)id^ter ? 
 2Bie ban!te i^m ©oet^e fur biefeS Compliment ? — 3Sa§ roar 
 9^apoIeon§ Urteil iiber 3SoItaire§ ^ragbbie „^a^omeb" ? 2Ba§ 
 ift, nac^ 9flapoleon§ 3J?einung, barin unfd^idlid^? — SSon roeld^em 
 ©oet^efd^en $Roman fprad^ ber Caifer bann ? §atte er ben 
 3floman „2)ie Seiben be§ jungen SSert^er" aufmerffam gelefen ? 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 in the forenoon = ? at midday = ? 
 
 in the afternoon = in the evening == 
 
 at night = he is seated at the table = 
 
 he stands by the window = he lies in bed = 
 
 to his right hand = to his left hand = 
 
 he beckons him = he enters ^ 
 
 he leaves, goes away = a fine piece = 
 
 it is improper = such a derogatory description 
 
 to read a book thoroughly = of himself ! = 
 
 to read a book hastily = it is not natural = 
 
 it is unnatural = a just reproach = 
 
 an unjust reproach = he seemed to feel satisfied = 
 he seemed to feel dissatisfied = 
 
104 ^ COURSE IN GERNAN, 
 
 THIRTIETH LESSON. 
 
 ®i>tiht9 ^Kubictts hti ^apoUotu 
 
 TOt ^KipiQigung fprad^ ber ^aifer oon ben ©d^tctfal§= 
 ttagobien unb fagte, fie fatten einer bunfleren Seit ange^ort. 
 „2Ba§ tcitt man je^t mit bem ©c^irffal ?" rief er aug, „bie 
 ^oliti! ift ba§ ©d^icffal." — (Sr roanbte fid^ bann roteber ju 
 
 5 SDaru, mit bem er uber gerotfle ^ontributton§=5lngelegen^eiten 
 fpra^. — 3^ trat etroas gnriict unb bemer!te, bag red^ts oon 
 mir naf)e ber X^iir Sert^ier unb (Saoarp flanben ; 2:aIIer)ranb 
 ^atte fid^ entfernt, — SRarfd^aU ©oult roarb angemelbet. ©iefe 
 groge ©eftalt mit ftarf be^aartem ^auT^ii trat herein. ®er 
 
 10 ^aifcr ftefltc gragen iiber einige unangene^me ©reigniffe in 
 $olen, unb fo ^atte id^ Si^xi, mic^ im Simmer umgufe^en. — 
 SDer ^aifer ftanb auf, ging auf mid^ Io§ unb fd^nitt mid^ burd^ 
 eine 2lrt 3J?anot)er oon ben iibrigen ©liebern ber ^Reil^e (xh, in 
 ber id^ ftanb. 3nbem er jenen ben 3ftiidten jufc^rte unb mit 
 
 15 gemdgigter ©timme gu mir fprad^, fragte er, ob id^ oer^eiratet 
 fei, unb ob id^ ^inber ^abe. @benfo fragte er mid^ iiber meine 
 SSer^dltniffe gu bem fiirftlid^en §aufe in 3Seimar, nad^ ^erjogin 
 Slmalie, bem giirften unb ber Jiirftin. 3^ antroortete i^m 
 auf eine natiirlic^e SBeife, roomit er gufrieben ju fein f(^ien. 
 
THIRTIETH LESSON. 105 
 
 — Sd^ mu^ nod^ bemerfen, ba^ id^ tm gangen ©efprad^ bie 
 DJiannigfaltigteit feiner 93eifaUgau^erung gu berounbern ^atte, 
 benn er prte felten unberaeglid^ gu ; entraeber er ntdEte nad^= 
 benfUd^ mit bem ^opf ober fagte "oui," ober "c'est bien'' 
 ober bergleid^en. 3Senn er auSgefprod^en ^atte, fiigte er ge= 
 n)0t)nlic^ ^ingu : " Qu'en dit M. Goet ? " 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Account for the form roarb ^ (line 8). 
 
 2. Substitute the perf. tense for the past in lines 12-14 
 beginning with ®er ^aifer ftanb auf . . . 
 
 3. {a) Translate mit gema^igter ©timme (line 14). 
 
 (h) Account for the missing^ indef. article in German. 
 
 4. Account for the inversion ^ rief er auS (line 3). 
 
 5. Why is the verb neither inverted nor transposed in 
 the dependent clause benti* er ^orte felten unberaeglid^ 5U 
 (p. 105 1. 3) ? 
 
 6. Account for the change of tense ^ l)dtten (line 2), 
 where according to the rule we should expect the subj. 
 perf. \)(ihzxi angef)brt. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 The ©d^idfalStragbbte is a drama (which is) founded on 
 the idea of Fate. It had its time, said Napoleon, in the 
 darker ages of antiquity, with* the Greeks, in those days* 
 when Sophocles wrote his " Oedipus.'^ — Schiller's tragedy 
 
106 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 " The Bride of Messina " belongs to the same class of the 
 drama. Mtillner, Grrillparzer, and other German poets of 
 the XIX century wrote also tragedies in which Fate 
 plays an important role. 
 
 The five distinguished Frenchmen whom Goethe met at 
 Napoleon's headquarters in Erfurt, on October 2, 1808, 
 were Daru, Berthier, Savary, Talleyrand and Soult. — Daru, 
 at that time 40 years old, was a great statesman and 
 scholar, a member of the French Academy, and the author 
 of a " History of the Kepublic of Venice." — Berthier, 
 Prince of Wagram, born 1753, died 1815, was a famous 
 general of the army and a marshal of France. In 1778 
 he had been with Lafayette in this country where he had 
 helped the (dat.) Americans in their war of independence. 
 — Savary, duke of Rovigo, 1774-1838, was a lieutenant- 
 general of the army of Napoleon. — Talleyrand^ at that 
 time in his fifty-fourth year of age, was one of the greatest 
 French diplomats. — Soult, duke of Dalmatia, the youngest 
 of these five men, was also a French general and a mar- 
 shal of France. 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 ^aiit 5^apoIeon bie ©d^idtfalgtragobien gem ober nid^t gem ? 
 3Ka§ fagte er t)on t^nen ? 3Sa§ ift, nad^ S^apoleons 2Reinung, 
 ^eutjutage mdd^tiger al§ ba§ ©d^icffal ? — SSeld^e gragen oon 
 perfbnlic^em Snterefle rid^tete ber ^aifer an ©oel^e ? 2Bag roar 
 5flapoIeon§ erfte grage (direct) ? 2Ba§ tDar bie groeite grage 
 (direct) ? — 2Sar ©oet^e oer^eiratet ? §atte er ^inber ? — 
 2Ber roar bie ^erjogin Slmalia? 3Ser roar bamal§ ber giirft 
 t)on <Sad^fen=2Beimar ? 2Ber roar bie gUrftin ? 
 
THIRTY-FIRST LESSON. 
 
 107 
 
 the approval 
 to disapprove 
 the king 
 the princess 
 the drama 
 the opera 
 
 = ? 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the disapproval 
 the emperor 
 the queen 
 the duke 
 the tragedy 
 
 = ? 
 
 to approve 
 the empress 
 the prince 
 the duchess 
 the comedy 
 
 = the policy, politics = the politician = 
 
 political 
 
 in front of the emperor 
 
 above him 
 to come in 
 
 one had withdrawn 
 the question 
 
 annoying occurrences 
 to stand up 
 to seat one's self 
 
 with (a) subdued voice 
 
 married 
 
 single, unmarried 
 
 the police 
 behind him 
 beneath (under) him 
 to withdraw, go away 
 
 the other came in 
 the answer 
 
 pleasing occurrences 
 to sit down 
 to lie down 
 
 with (a) loud voice 
 betrothed 
 
 THIRTY-FIRST LESSON. 
 
 1. 
 
 2lm 3. Sluguft 1492 fegelte S^riftop^ (SolumbuS mit brei 
 fleinen ga^rgeugen, weld^e il)m bie ^onigin Sfabetta gegeben 
 ()atte, unb mit 120 ©efa^rten t)on $aIo§, einem fleinen §afen 
 in Slnbalufien, (x^ unb erreid^te balb bie !anarifd)en 3"feln. 
 2luf biefen t)erfa^ er fid^ mit frifdiem SSaffer, unb nun ging e§ 
 guten 5!Jiute§ in bie unenblic^e, nod^ nie befa^rene SBafferroiifle. 
 
108 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 TOt jebem Xage ber lang fid^ ^injte^enben ga^rt minberte fid^ 
 bie ipoffnung unb iDud^S bie Ungebulb ber 9J?atrofen, obgleid^ 
 i^nen (lolumbug t)erfci^tt)ieg, roie unge^euer gro^ bie guriidt; 
 gelegte ^Keilenja^l fei. ©eroi^ \)<xi bie Semannung ber Sd^iffe 
 
 5 mand^en (Sc^recfen erlebt, aber bie befannte ©rjd^Iung, ba^ fie 
 in i^ter SSersroeiflung ben gii^rer fatten iiber Sorb roerfen 
 rooUen, \\i langft al^ un^iftorifd^ erroiefen. 
 
 2lm 7. Dttober, bent 65flen Xage ber langen ga^rt, fanb 
 eine 2lrt ^riegSrat groifd^cn ben beiben §duptern bc§ Unter= 
 
 10 ne^menS, G^riftop^ 6oIumbu§ unb 9Jiartin Sllonfo ^ingon, 
 ftatt, an Sorb beg 2lbmiralfd^iff§ Santa 9Jkria. Sig ba^in 
 roar ein ftreng roeftlic^er £urg einge^alten roorben ; bag @e= 
 f^roaber befanb fid^ groifd^en bem 25. unb 26. ©rab norbli^er 
 Sreite, unb in uier ober fiinf Xagen ^dtle eg ber ^affatroinb 
 
 15 nod^ gloriba getragen. ^injon oerlangte aber, ba^ man ben 
 ^urg nad^ Siibroeften ric^te, roofiir er feinen anbern ©runb 
 ^atte, alg bafe eg eine (Singebung jeineg ^erjeng fei. Golumbug 
 lie^ bie 5Rid^tung dnbern, unb fo gefd^a^ eg, bafe am 12. Dftober 
 bie 3nfel ©uana^ani (©an ©alnabor) in Oid^t !am. 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. What does the adverbiaP genitive guten 3Jluteg (line 6) 
 express, pldce ? time ? or manner ? 
 
 2. Account (a) for the subjunctive^ fatten and 
 
 (b) for the idiomatic use of the infinitive* mo Hen, in 
 the sentence 
 
 bie befannte ©rsd^lung, ba^ fie ben ^u^rer fatten iiber Sorb 
 roerfen roollen 
 
THIRTY-FIRST LESSON. 109 
 
 3. Account for the reflexive'* form minberte fid). 
 
 4. What is the meaning of the dative ^ in er oerjc|n)ieg 
 i^nen (p. 108 1.3)? 
 
 5. Give, in German, the actual words of Pinzon, which 
 (p. 108 11. 15-17) are stated indirectly. 
 
 6. (a) Account for the subjunctive^ ^atte (p. 108 1. 14). 
 
 (b) Substitute the proper form of the conditional for the 
 subj. ^atte. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 Give in about 50 or 75 German words a brief account 
 of the first voyage of Columbus, from his departure from 
 Spain (Aug. 3, 1492) to the discovery of the island of 
 St. Salvador (Oct. 12, 1492). 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 3Jltt tt)ie t)ielen ©d^iffen jegelte 6oIumbu§ x>m ©panien ab ? 
 3Son tt)em raaren fie i^m gegeben roorben ? 2Bie E)ie^ ba§ grb^te 
 ber brei ga()rgeuge, ba§ fogenannte Slbmiralfc^iff ? 2BeIdj)e§ 
 roaren bie 9^amen ber beiben anbern ? SSaren ©ie im ©ommer 
 1893 auf ber 2Beltau§ftelIung xn 6^icago ? §aben ©ie bort bie 
 brei fleinen fpanifc^en ©c^iffe „©anta 9Jtaria/' „'^\m" unb 
 „$inla" gefe^en ? 2Ba§ fatten biefe brei (5arat)el§ mit ber 
 2lu§ftellung in S^icago ^u t^un ? — 3" roeld^er Sftic^tung roar 
 ba§ ©efc^roaber bi§ gum 7. Dftober gefegelt ? 2Ba§ fanb an 
 jenem 3:age ftatt ? — 2So roiirben bie ©d^iffe gelanbet fein, 
 roenn 6olumbu§ roeiter roeftlid) gefegelt roare ? — 2Barum dnberte 
 er ben ^ur§ ? — 2Bag roar ba§ Sftefultat biefer ^urSdnberung ? 
 
110 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 to set sail, put to sea 
 • a sea-port 
 fresh water 
 a long extended voyage 
 the crew 
 
 on board of the flagship : 
 a Western course 
 a Southwestern course 
 the degree 
 the 25th degree 
 the Northern latitude 
 
 between the 25th and 26th 
 degrees of Northern 
 latitude 
 to change the course of a ship : 
 to come (heave) in sight 
 
 a small vessel = ! 
 the coast of Andalusia = 
 the endless watery waste = 
 the number of miles made = 
 to throw (heave) one over- 
 board = 
 a strictly Western course = 
 the squadron = 
 90° = 
 between the 25th and 26th 
 degrees = 
 the Southern latitude = 
 the trade-wind = 
 to direct the coui^e to SW. = 
 to have the course changed = 
 
 THIRTY- SECOND LESSON. 
 
 ^ie (Stttbecfttttg ^metifa^. 
 
 2. 
 
 ^nn f^ai ^llejanber t)on §um6olbt („^o§mo§/' 33anb 2, ©eite 
 301) gefagt, ba§, roenti jene ^urSanberung nid^t gemad^t roorben 
 roare, bie 6c^iffe r\a6) gloriba gefommen fein roilrben, ba^ bann 
 bie ©panier nid^t 9Jiittel=5lmen!a, fonbern bie ^eutigen 3Ser= 
 einigten ©taaten beoolfert ^aben roiirben, unb ba^ bann bie 
 neue 2Belt einen gang anbem et^nograp^ifc^en S^arafter seigen 
 roiirbe. — 2)ie neueren (St^nograpl^en benfen nid^t fo, fonbern 
 
THIRTY-SECOND LESSON. \\\ 
 
 \<x%zn : @§ max fur bie ©efd^id^te ber (SbiUfatton ber neuen 
 2BeIt gang gleid^giltig, voo Slmerifa guerft gefe^en wurbe, benn 
 t)on Slnfang an gitigen bie ©panier bem ©olbe r\a6). 2luf 
 §aiti fanben fie "oa^ erfte @olb, unb bort legten fie an<i) bie 
 erfte ^^ieberlaffung an. 5!Kit 3?ed^t roirb je^t be^auptet, ba^ 5 
 5lmerifa fpanifd) getoorben unb fpanifdj) geblieben ift, fo raeit 
 bie 3Serbreitung t)on ©olb reid^t. 3«/ ^^^^ ^«§ ®olb 6ali= 
 fornienS 250 ga^re frii^er entbecft tt)orben tuare, bann ware 
 DieUeic^t ber @ang ber SSeltgefc^ic^te einer anbern 3Ridj)tung 
 gefolgt. lo 
 
 GRAMMAR. 
 
 1. Account for the use of fonbern^ (line 4). 
 
 2. Why ift^ geblieben (p. m l. 6) (has remained) and not 
 \)at geblieben as in English? 
 
 3. Why the indicative ift in the indirect^ statement 
 (p. Ill 1. 6)? 
 
 4. Which part is the principal and which the dependent 
 clause in 
 
 roenn jene ^ur^dnberung nic^t gemad^t roorben roare, fo toiirbcn 
 bie ©d^iffe nad) ^-loriba gefommen fein ? 
 
 5. Change the order by placing the principal clause 
 first* 
 
 6. Omit the conjunction roenn * in the dependent clause, 
 and change the construction accordingly. 
 
112 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 COMPOSITION. 
 
 (a) If Columbus had not changed his course, the ships 
 would have reached Florida. 
 
 The ships would have reached Florida, if Columbus had 
 not changed his course. 
 
 Had Columbus not changed his course, the ships would 
 have reached Florida. 
 
 Alex. V. Humboldt says, that if Columbus had not 
 changed his course, the ships would have reached Florida. 
 
 (b) If Columbus had not changed his course, the Span- 
 iards would have discovered North America. 
 
 The Spaniards would have discovered North America, 
 if . . . 
 
 Had Columbus not changed his course, the Spaniards . . . 
 
 Alex. V. Humboldt says, that if Columbus had not 
 changed his course, the Spaniards . . . 
 
 (c) If Columbus . . ., the new world would to-day show 
 a different ethnological character. 
 
 The new world would to-day show a different ethno- 
 logical character, if . . . 
 
 Had Columbus . . ., the new world would . . . 
 
 Alex. V. Humboldt says, that if Columbus had . . ., the 
 new world would . . . 
 
 (d) If the gold of California had been discovered about 
 the year 1600, the world's history would have taken a 
 different direction. 
 
 The world's history would have taken a different direc- 
 tion, if . . . 
 
THIRTY-SECOND LESSON. 113 
 
 Had the gold of California been discovered about the 
 year 1600, the world's history . . . 
 
 Alex. V. Humboldt says, that if . . ., the world's his- 
 tory ... 
 
 CONVERSATION. 
 
 Report in the form of indirect statement the following 
 passage from the III act of Shakespeare's <' Julius Caesar." 
 
 SSieIc 33iirger: 
 2Btr roollen Sfled^enfd^aft. Segt 9Reci^enjci^aft un§ (^h ! 
 
 33rutug : 
 
 ©0 folget mir unb %tli ©epr mir, greunbe ! 
 
 — ^u, 6affiu§, ge^ft in eine anbere ©tra|e unb leilft bie 
 
 §aufen — 
 3Ser mid^ roiH reben ^bren, bleibe ^ter, 
 3Ser ©aJfiuS folgen wid, ber ge^ mit t^m ! 
 2Bit rooHen offentltd^ bie ©riinb' ertlaren 
 ^^on 6afar§ ^ob. 
 
 ®rfter 93urger: 
 3d) roiH ben 33rutu§ ^oren. 
 
 3n)eiter Siirger: 
 
 ^en (SaffiuS ic^. ©o fonnen roir bie ©riinbe 
 33ergleici^en, raenn rotr beibe ange^ort. 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 the volume, the volumes = ? the ribbon, the ribbons = ? 
 
 the bond (tie), the bonds = North America = 
 
 Central America = South America = 
 
 the U. S. of to-day = the history of civilization = 
 
114 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 the ethnological character of 
 
 the new world = 
 
 to found a colony = 
 
 in Sicily = 
 
 justly = 
 
 the diffusion of gold = 
 
 the course of the world's history = 
 
 from the beginning = ? 
 
 the first colony = 
 
 in* Haiti = 
 
 in St. Helena = 
 
 wrongly = 
 
 the world's history = 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 
 
 FIRST LESSON. 
 
 1. Masculine are all nouns ending in sig, si^, 'Itttg^ sm 
 {e.g., ^aftg, ^ranit^, Seigling, 33aum) ; and most nouns ending 
 in it\, sen, itx {e.g., 3SogcI, ©artcti, 3:^alcr). 
 
 2. Feminine are most nouns in sc, not of masculine 
 meaning, and not beginning with ©e — {e.g., bte SRofe, bie 
 ©d^erc, bie SSeftc — but ber 9^effe, ber 6f Uoc ; ba§ ©cs 
 birgc, ba§ ©cmdlbc). 
 
 3. Neuter are all diminutives ending in sr^cn and slcill 
 (e.^., gingeri^cn, 33Ud^(ctn). 
 
 4. biefcr raei^c ©c^metterling ber raei^c ©d^metterling, toelc^cr 
 
 biefc jc^onc ^ulpe bie fc^roargc 2BoI!e, roelc^c 
 
 jencS rote Sliimc^en bag !Ieinc §aug, roelc^cS 
 
 roelc^cS fleinc §aug ? jenc fc^onc 33Iume 
 
 bcrfelbe gutc 33ruber jebcr o,\xit 33ruber 
 
 5. {a) The endings forming the comparative and super- 
 lative of adjectives are cr and eft (sometimes shortened to 
 r and ft). 
 
 (b) Most monosyllabic adjectives whose vowel is a, or 
 U (not au), modify the vowel in the comparative and super- 
 lative. 
 
 6. etttmal is distinguished in meaning by accent : ein'= 
 ntal, once (definite), one time ; einma'l, once (indefinite), once 
 upon a time. 
 
116 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 SECOND LESSON. 
 
 1. The possessive adjectives are 
 Masc. Fern. 
 
 Sing, mein 
 bein 
 jein 
 i§r 
 
 Plu. unfer 
 cuct 
 
 2. mein ^aug 
 unfere Silien 
 
 meine 
 beine 
 
 ifeine 
 i^rc . 
 
 uny(e)re 
 eu(e)re 
 t^re 
 (S^re) 
 
 Neuter 
 
 mein, 
 bein, 
 (jein, 
 
 unfer 
 
 euer 
 
 i^r 
 
 my 
 thy 
 
 his (its) 
 her {its) 
 
 our 
 your 
 their 
 (your) 
 
 beine Slume feine Sriiber, i^re Srilber 
 
 euer ©arten, ^f)X ©arten i^re gliigel 
 
 3. ber gutc Sruber 
 be^ guten Sruberg 
 bem gutcn ^ruber 
 ben guten 33ruber 
 
 btc Qutttt Sriibet 
 ber guten Sriiber 
 ben guten Sriibern 
 bie guten Sriiber 
 
 Sing. 
 
 bie mei^e Silie 
 ber rcei^en Silie 
 ber roeifien Silie 
 bie roei^e Silie 
 
 Plu. 
 
 bie roei^en Silien 
 ber roei^cn Silien 
 ben roei^en Silien 
 bie roei^en Silien 
 
 bas fleine £>au§ 
 be^ fleinen §aufe8 
 bem fleinen bam (^aufe) 
 ba§ fleine §aug 
 
 bie fleinen §dufet 
 ber fleinen Joaufer 
 ben fleinen ^dufem 
 bie fleinen §aufer 
 
 ein guter ©ruber 
 eineg guten Sruberg 
 cinem guten Sruber 
 einen guten ©ruber 
 
 Sing. 
 
 eine rcei^e Silie 
 einer roei^en Silie 
 einer roei^en Silie 
 eine roei^e Silie 
 
 ein fleineS &au§ 
 eineS fleinen &aufeg 
 einem fleinen ^aug (^aufe) 
 ein fleineS £)au^ 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 117 
 
 Plu. 
 
 gute Sriibcr wei^c Silien !tetnc ^ciujcr 
 
 gutcr Sriiber raei^cr Silten fteincr §aufcr 
 
 gutctt Sriiberti roei^cn Silien fleincn ^aufern 
 
 gutc SSriiber loei^c Silien Heine ^aufcr 
 
 4. Verbs which express phenomena of nature have always 
 the impersonal subject el, it. As 
 
 e§ regnet, it rains e§ friert, it freezes 
 
 e§ fd^nett, it snows e§ blt^t, it lightens 
 
 e§ ^agelt, it hails e§ bonnett, it thunders 
 
 THIRD LESSON. 
 
 1. (a) Nouns which form their plural in sctt or sn are ot 
 
 the weak declension. 
 
 ^x. : (ber ^cn\(i)), plu. bte ^Jienfd^cn ; (ber 'jpra[ibenl), 
 plu. bie ^^Jrcifibentcn ; (bie ^tofe), plu. bie 3^ofen. 
 
 (b) All other nouns are of the strong declension. 
 
 Ex. : (ber Slbler), plu. \i'\z Slbler ; (ber SSater), plu. bie 
 SSater ; (ber §unb), plu. bie §unbc ; (ber S^i^n), i?'?^. bie 
 Sa^nc ; (ba§ §au§), plu. bie §aufcr. 
 
 (c) A few masculine and neuter nouns of the weak 
 declension, which in the genitive sing, take the endings 
 g or c8 constitute the mixed declension. 
 
 Ex. : (ber ©taat), gen. be§ <Biaciit^, plu. bie ©taatcn •, 
 (ba§ 2luge), gen. be§ Slugeg, plu. bie 2lugen ; (ba§ D^r), 
 ^e^. be§ D^rcg, i?^w. bie D^rcn ; (ba§ ^erg), ^ew. beS 
 ^erjcng, i?^^. bie ©ergen. 
 
118 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 2. ber bloue Jpalg, see ber gute Sruber 
 ein blaucr ^al^, see etn guter 35ruber 
 bie rote ^e'bex, see bie roei^e 2tlie 
 eine rote ^^^ber, see eine roet^e Silie 
 bag fc^one bunte ^leib, see ba§ Heine ^aug 
 ein jd^oneS bunteS ^leib, see ein fleineg ^aug 
 
 (Second Lesson, Note 3). 
 
 3. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 
 Present Tense. 
 
 
 ic^ f)abe 
 bu ^aft 
 er §at 
 
 id) bin 
 bu bift 
 erift 
 
 id) f)abe 
 bu ^aHeH 
 er ^abe 
 
 ic^fei 
 bu feted 
 erfei 
 
 rotr ^aben 
 i§r ^abt 
 fie ^abcn 
 (©ic ^aben) 
 
 rott ftiib 
 i^r feib 
 fie finb 
 (©ie finb) 
 
 roir ^aben 
 i§r l)aM 
 fie i)aben 
 (©ie ^aben) 
 
 roir feien 
 i^r feiet 
 fie feien 
 (©ie feien) 
 
 
 Past Tense. 
 
 
 id) f^atte 
 bu f)atU\t 
 cr ^atte 
 
 id) roar 
 bu roarft 
 er roar 
 
 ic^ ^atte 
 bu l^'dtteft 
 er ^atte 
 
 id) roare 
 bu ro'drefl 
 er ro'dre 
 
 roir fatten 
 i^r ^attet 
 fie fatten 
 (©ie fatten) 
 
 roir roaren 
 i^r roaret 
 fie roaren 
 (©ie roaren) 
 
 roir fatten 
 i^r ^attet 
 fie fatten 
 (©ie gotten) 
 
 roir roaren 
 i{)r rodrct 
 fie roaren 
 (©ie roaren) 
 
 4. The prepositions an, ottf, ^nitx, tteBett, in, iibcr, nntcr, 
 
 lior, ))tlt{l!^en govern the dative in expressions of position, 
 or motion in a place ; the accusative whenever direction, 
 change of position or motion to a place is expressed or 
 implied. 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES, 
 
 119 
 
 FOURTH LESSON. 
 
 . ttullid^ 
 
 bitf 
 
 reid^ 
 
 faul 
 
 groB 
 
 fd^on 
 
 maf)v 
 
 nii^Iic^cr 
 
 — er 
 
 — cr 
 
 — cr 
 
 — cr 
 
 — cr 
 
 — cr 
 
 nii^Iic^fl 
 
 -n 
 
 -ft 
 
 -n 
 
 -efl 
 
 -n 
 
 -n 
 
 2. §ori^, high, changes d^ to ^ in the comparative, ^o^cr ; 
 superl. ^bd^ft. The [) of no^, near^ comparative na^er, be- 
 comes d^ in the superlative : ndr^ft. 
 
 3. Indicative Mood. Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 Perfect Tense. 
 
 id) ^abe ge^abt id^ bin geroefen 
 bu l^aft ge^abt, bu bift geroefen, 
 etc. etc. 
 
 ic^ ^abe ge^abt td^ fei geroefen 
 bu ^abeft ge^abt, bu feieft geiDefen, 
 etc. etc. 
 
 (See Third Lesson, Note 3.) 
 
 Pluperfect Tense. 
 
 id) f)aite ge^abt ic^ roar geroefen id^ ptte gel^abt ic^ rocire geroefen 
 bu^attcftge^abt, buroarftgeroefen, bu^atteftge^abt, bu roareft geroef en, 
 etc. etc. etc. etc. 
 
 (<See Third Lesson, Note 3.) 
 
 4. The following prepositions always govern the dative : 
 aus, Bet, mii, nai^, tion, ju, fett, au^er. 
 
 5. The following prepositions always govern the accu- 
 sative : buri^, filt, gcgen, (ttiibcr), ol^nc, urn. 
 
 6. See Kote 4, above. 
 
 7. i^&& Note 4; above. 
 
120 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 8. See Third Lesson, Note 4. 
 
 9. See Third Lesson, Note 4. 
 
 10. Sonbern (but) is used only after a negative, and 
 introduces an opposite statement. As: 
 
 „^^ bin xm 2Binter nid^t fo fa^l rote i^r, fonbern 
 id^ bin ba§ gange ga^r griin." 
 
 |[bcr (^2«^) is used both after affirmative and negative 
 clauses, and merely qualifies, but does not contradict, the 
 preceding statement. As : 
 
 „griic^te ^aft bu rool^I, aber eg finb nur griii^te fiir 
 bie 6d^n)eine." 
 
 FIFTH LESSON. 
 
 1. Feminine derivatives in sin double the n in the plural. 
 As: 
 
 bie 2lmeri!aner i n , the American woman; plu. bie 
 5lmenfanennnen. 
 
 2. Feminine are most abstract nouns; and most names 
 of plants^ fruits, flowers. 
 
 3. 9Be((|et {who ; ivhich), as a relative, is declined like 
 biefer, except that it lacks the genitive case, both sing, and 
 plural. 
 
 ^cr (who; which), when used as a relative, is declined 
 like the demonstrative ber, except that in the genitive plu. 
 it has only beren (never berer). 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 
 
 121 
 
 Sing. 
 
 roelc^er welci^e roeld^eg 
 
 bcffcn iicrcn bcffcn 
 
 raeld^em raeld^er voel^em 
 
 tuelctien roeld^e roeld^e^ 
 
 roeld^e 
 tieren 
 
 rcelc^en 
 raelc^e 
 
 Plu. 
 
 bcr bte bag 
 
 bcffcn ticrcn bejfcn 
 
 bem ber bem 
 
 ben bic baS 
 
 bte 
 
 bercn 
 
 benen 
 
 bie 
 
 Pres. 
 Tense. 
 
 biirf en, to be allowed (dare) x6) barf 
 fonnen, to be able (can) idj) !ann 
 
 mo gen, to like (may) ic^mag 
 
 muffen,tobe compelled (must) tdjimug 
 f ollen, to be obliged (shall) id) foU 
 tDoHen, to be willing (will) \^ roiE 
 
 Past 
 Tense. 
 
 id) burfte 
 id) fonnte 
 id^moc^te 
 i6) mu^te 
 i6) foHte 
 id^rooUte 
 
 Past 
 Partic. 
 
 geburft 
 
 gefonnt 
 
 gemoc^t 
 
 gemu^t 
 
 gefoEt 
 
 gerooUt 
 
 SIXTH LESSON. 
 
 I. 
 
 1. ic^, I 
 
 meiner, o/me 
 mir, {to) me 
 mid), me 
 
 Singular. 
 
 II. 
 
 bu, thou 
 ttzimtfOfthee 
 bir, {to) thee 
 bic^, thee 
 
 III. 
 
 er, Ae fie, she e§, i< 
 
 feiner,o/Am i^rer,o//ier [feiner, of if} 
 
 i^m, (io) /lim i^r, {to) her [i^m, (io) it] 
 
 if)n, /im fie, Aer eg, ii 
 
 TOtr, t«e 
 unfer, of us 
 ung, (<o) MS 
 ung, us 
 
 if)Vt you 
 euer, of you 
 end), {to) you 
 eurf), ?/oit 
 
 Plural. 
 
 fte (©ie), they {you) 
 if)vex {'^^vev), of them {of you) 
 i^nen (^^nen), {to) them {[to] you) 
 fie (®ie), them {you) 
 
122 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 Article. Relative Pronoun. 
 
 Sing. 
 
 2. bcr bie bag, the ber bie bag, who; which 
 
 beg ber beg, of the Jieffen bfrcn beffcn^ioAose, o/u7^7n(ioAic^) 
 
 bem ber bem, io t/ie bem ber bem, to whom, to which 
 
 ben bie bag, the ben bie bag, whom^ which 
 
 Plu. 
 
 bie, the bie, who, which 
 
 ber, o/<^e tieten, whose, of lohom {which) 
 
 hen, to the liencn, to whom, to which 
 
 bie, the bie, whom, which 
 
 3. (a) Verbs of the strong conjugation form their past 
 tense, and usually their perfect participle, by changing the 
 vowel of the root ; they undergo an internal change. 
 
 For example : id^ finge, id^ fang, gefungen. 
 
 (b) Verbs of the weak conjugation are conjugated by 
 adding suffixes to the stem; they undergo an external 
 change only. 
 
 For example : ic^ lobe, id^ lobtc, gelobt. 
 
 4. (a) The auxiliary l^abett is used with all transitive 
 verbs (including all reflexive verbs) — with the modal 
 verbs — with most impersonals — and with most intransi- 
 tives, which have no direct object or express simple action, 
 not motion. 
 
 (b) The auxiliary fettl is used with inti'ansitive verbs 
 denoting motion to or from a place or a change of con- 
 dition. 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 123 
 
 SEVENTH LESSON. 
 
 1. See Third Lesson, Note 1 (c). 
 
 2. See Sixth Lesson, Note 1. 
 
 3. The accusative is used to express a definite time 
 when ; as : 
 
 „^ommen ©ie biefen Slbenb, nad^ftcn ©onntag, jebcn 
 Xag!" etc. 
 
 (Compare Ninth Lesson, Note 5.) 
 
 4. 85et, with dative only — by, near — expresses 
 
 (a) Place — properly (near) by. 
 
 Ex.: ©riDO^nt bei ber ^trd^e. 
 
 (b) More especially at one^s house. 
 
 Ex. : 33 e i bcm ©d^neiber, at the tailor^s. 
 
 (c) Instrument — by. 
 
 Ex. : §8 e i ber §anb, % his hand ; b e i feinem 3f2amen, 
 by his name. 
 
 (d) Time — on, as occasion. 
 
 Ex. : S3 e i btef er @eIegenE)eit, on this occasion. 
 
 5. The present, usually with fd^on, already, or feit, 
 «*7ice, is regularly used, corresponding to English perfect, 
 to express what has been and still is. 
 
 Ex.: „SKie lange finb 6ie fd)on ^ier?" how longwave 
 you been here ? 
 
124 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN, 
 
 EIGHTH LESSON. 
 
 1. The following prepositions always govern the geni- 
 tive : obcr^olft unb untcr^olft, inncr^ttlb unb aufecr^alb, bicgs 
 fcit(g) unb ienfeit(0), ptttt ober anjiatt, unfern ober uxmtxi, 
 tod^rcnb, tucgcn, (dngg unb tro^. 
 
 2. See Fourth Lesson, Note 5. 
 
 3. See Fourth Lesson, Note 4. 
 
 4. See Sixth Lesson, Note 3 (b). 
 
 5. See Sixth Lesson, Note 3 (a): finbc (C-u); fd^ttffc 
 (u-o) ; fpringe (o-u) ; famme (tt-u) ; gc^e (i-o) ; ne^me (a-a) ; 
 Ittfle (ic-tt) ; ^olte (ic-o) ; gcbe (a-e) ; roerbe (a-n). 
 
 6. In dependent clauses beginning with subordinate con- 
 junctions, the verb is transposed to the end of the clause. 
 
 NINTH LESSON. 
 
 1. See Third Lesson, Note 1 (a). 
 
 2. The ordinal numerals from 2 to 19 are derived from 
 the cardinal numerals by adding the suffix t, and from 20 
 upwards j|. 
 
 3. @tn, one, is pronounced with more stress than ein, 
 an^ a; and, for distinction, is often printed with spaced 
 letters ; as : 
 
 ein 2Bort, a word; ein 3Sort, one word. 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 125 
 
 4. See Third Lesson, Note 4. 
 
 5. Time (indefinite) whe7i, is expressed by the genitive 
 used adverbially, as : 
 
 beg 3Jlorgeng ; beg Slbenbg ; beg 6onntag8 ; eineg ^Tageg. 
 A.S to definite time when, see Seventh Lesson, Note 3. 
 
 TENTH LESSON. 
 
 1. (a) Some nouns have a double meaning in the singular, 
 as : 
 
 bag ©efid^t, the face' plu. bie ©ejid^tcr, the faces 
 
 bag ©efic^t, the vision " bie ©eftc^tc, the visions 
 
 bie 33an!, t^e 6encA plu. bie Sanfc, ^/le benches 
 
 bie San!, <Ae (commercial) 6anfc " bie 58an!en, the banks 
 
 ber 33anb, the volume plu. bie Scinbe, the volumes 
 
 bag S3anb, i^ ribbon " bie Sanber, ^^e ribbons 
 
 bag S3anb, <^e <ie, bond " bie 33anbC/ ^/le ties, bonds 
 
 (b) Some nouns have double plurals with different mean- 
 ings, as : 
 
 /s» ;? on X *!. ^\ f Pl^- bie 2Sorter, single words 
 {t>a^ ^ovi, the word) i ., .• cm x ^^ ^ 
 
 I " bte SBorte/ connected words 
 
 2. Adjectives used as nouns retain the declension of 
 adjectives. Thus : 
 
 hcui^ii), German; \)ci^zui\6)t,the German ; cxn^CUt\6)tV , 
 a German ; bie (eine) ^eutfd^e, the (a) German woman ; 
 bie ^eutfd^en, the Germans ; 2)eutfc^e, Germans. 
 
126 
 
 A COURSE IX GERMAN. 
 
 3. As between mtffett and fennett, both meaning to kjiow, 
 it may be said that ro i f f e n is used more particularly of 
 facts, fennen of persons and things, so that the latter 
 may be said to be synonymous with to be acquainted with : 
 
 I know him, ic^ f cnne i^n | I know who he is, ic^ mei% tuer er ift 
 I know his house, ic^ f e n n e ^ I know his house (= the house where he 
 fein S^au^ 1 lives), ic^ roeife fein ^aug 
 
 4. A small number of verbs change their root-vowel in 
 the past tense and the perfect participle, and also add the 
 endings of the weak conjugation. These are called mixed 
 verbs. 
 
 Infinitive. 
 
 Past Tense. 
 
 Per/. Partic. 
 
 brennen, to bum 
 
 brannte 
 
 gebronnt 
 
 fennen, to know 
 
 fannte 
 
 gefannt 
 
 nennen, to name, call 
 
 nonnte 
 
 genannt 
 
 rennen, to run 
 
 ronnte 
 
 geronnt 
 
 jcnben, to send 
 
 fonbte 
 
 gefonbt 
 
 rocnben, to turn 
 
 roonbte 
 
 geioonbt 
 
 bringen, to bring 
 
 broc^te 
 
 gebroc^t 
 
 bcnfen, to think 
 
 bttc^te 
 
 gebac^t 
 
 lotffen, to know 
 
 rouite 
 
 gen)u|t 
 
 5. /See Note 4. 
 
 6. (a) In verbs compounded with the unaccented iiv- 
 separable prefixes be — , cm|J — , ent — , cr — , gc — , tier — , 
 jet—, the prefix is always written in one word with the 
 verb. 
 
 (b) Prepositions and adverbs, when forming the first 
 part of a compound verb, are sejjarable. Such prefixes are : 
 ab, on, auf, auS, bei, ba (bot), ein (instead of in), em|ior, 
 entfleflen, fort, ^er, ^in, mit, noi§, nieber, ob (= iiber), urn, 
 tior, meg, toieber, )u, juriii!, ^ujammen. 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 127 
 
 ELEVENTH LESSON. 
 
 1. See Tenth Lesson, Note 6. 
 
 2. Idiomatically with the verb fommen, to come, the 
 perfect participle of a verb of motion is used, instead of 
 the present, to express the manner of coming. As : 
 
 @r tarn gelaufen, he came running; ein 3SogeI 
 !ommt g e f 1 g e n , a bird comes flying. 
 
 3. After nouns of measure, weight, number or quantity 
 a simple noun is construed without case-declension, as : 
 
 (5ec^§ glafc^en 2Bein, six bottles of wine ; groei ^u^enb 
 (Sier, two dozen (of) eggs. 
 
 But if the noun is accompanied by an 3id]ectiYe, the genitive 
 or t) n may be used ; for instance : 
 
 eine 5Jlenge reifct Slpfel, a great number of ripe apples. 
 
 4. The passive being less used in German than in Eng- 
 lish, other idioms are frequently employed : 
 
 (a) most frequently man with the active verb : 
 
 the chair was placed, man fteUte ben ©tul^l ; he begged 
 that he might be allowed to go, er bttt man mbd^te il^n 
 ge^en laflen. 
 
 (b) the reflexive verb, as : 
 
 the key has been found, ber ©d^liifjel ^at f id^ gefunben ; 
 that can be explained, baS Id^t fic^ erflaren ; etc. 
 
128 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 5. The demonstrative adj. ber, bie, ba§, that^ is 
 declined like the article ber, bie, ba§, the^ but is pro- 
 nounced with a greater stress of voice. As a pronoun it 
 has the following enlarged forms : 
 
 Sing. Gen. beffen, beren, bcf^en {of him, of her, of it) 
 Plu. " \itxtx\. ov "titxtx {of those, of them) 
 Dat. bcncn {to those, to them) 
 
 TWELFTH LESSON. 
 
 1. See Tenth Lesson, Note 6 (a). 
 
 2. See Tenth Lesson, Note 6 {b). 
 
 3. See Fourth Lesson, Note 10. 
 
 4. The verb I a ff c n is used with an infinitive, nearly 
 like the modal verbs {see Fifth Lesson, Note 4), as a 
 causative auxiliary, in the sense of to make do, or to have 
 {cause to be) done, and in many idiomatic phrases. As : 
 
 @r He^ ba§ $fetb fpttngcn, he made the horse 
 jump ; er H e ^ einen Srief f d^ r e i b e n , he had a letter 
 written. — „gr liefe fic^ con feinen Sebienten ^allen" = ? 
 
 THIRTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 1. The definite article is often contracted with prepo- 
 sitions. The most usual forms are : 
 
Neuter. 
 
 ang 
 
 for an bag 
 
 aufg 
 
 " auf bag 
 
 burc^g 
 
 " burc^ bag 
 
 fiirg 
 
 " fiirbag 
 
 ing 
 
 " in bag 
 
 umg 
 
 " urn bag 
 
 GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 129 
 
 Dative Singular. 
 
 Masc. or Neuter. 
 
 am for an bcm, at the 
 
 beim " bei bem, 6?/ the, near the 
 
 im "in bem, in the 
 
 t)om " loon'azm, from the 
 
 IMm " 5U bem, to the 
 
 Fern. 
 %\xt " 3U ber, to i^e 
 
 2. 51B I a u 1 must not be confounded with Um I a u t. The 
 former is called ^ vowel modification^ (a, o, u to a, i), it); 
 the latter 'vowel change,'' that is the substitution of a 
 different sound (see Sixth Lesson, Note 3, a). — The term 
 ' vowel alteration ' is used when necessary to include both 
 of these processes. 
 
 3. With the suffix serlet appended to the cardinal 
 numbers, indeclinable numeral adjectives are formed (some- 
 times called ' variatives ') ; as : 
 
 einerlei, of one kind; gnjeterlei, of two kinds ; 
 breierlet, of three kinds, etc.; mandjierlei and oielerlet, 
 of many kinds or many kinds of; tute t)ielerlei? of how 
 many kinds or how many kinds of? 
 
 4. See Ninth Lesson, Note 5. 
 
 5. The inseparable prefix cnts in compound verbs chiefly 
 denotes privation or separation, as : 
 
 (laffen, to let) entlaffen, to dismiss 
 
 (jie^en, to draw) cntgiel^en, to withdraw 
 
 (laufen, to run) etttlaufen, to run away 
 
 (ttjronen, to sit on a throne) cntt^ronen, to dethrone 
 
130 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 FOURTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 1. Latin noims in sum and sium add in the genitive 
 sing., and change ;um to en in the plural, as : 
 
 bas 5lbDerbium, gen. beg Slboerb i u m § , plu. bie 
 SlbDerbten. 
 
 2. See Sixth Lesson, Note 4 (b). 
 
 3. sung (related to the English verbal-noun ending sing) 
 
 is used for forming a large number of nouns from verbs, 
 most of which are abstracts. All of these are of t\iQ feminine 
 gender : 
 
 (auSftellcn, to exhibit) b i c 2lu§ftellung, exhibition 
 (bemerfen, to observe) b i e 33emer!ung, observation 
 (erfinben, to invent) b i e (^rfinbung, invention 
 
 4. See Sixth Lesson, Note 1, and Second Lesson, 
 Note 1. 
 
 5. Contrary to English use, no article stands in German 
 in adverbial phrases like : 
 
 in @ilc, in a hurry; mit fd^road^er ©timme, with a 
 feeble voice ; in 2But, in a passion ; 
 
 and in such idioms as : 
 
 td^ \j(ibt ^opfroe^, ^tt^nroe^, I have a headache, a 
 toothache ; ic^ ^abe Suft, I have a mind, etc. 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 131 
 
 FIFTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 1. See Ninth Lesson, Note 2. 
 
 2. In giving a date, the dative ordinal with an (an bem 
 contracted to ttlll) is used, or, especially in dating a letter, 
 the simple accusative ben ; as : 
 
 er ftarb a m ge^nten Max, or b e n ge^nten 9Jlai, he died 
 (on) the tenth of May ; Lofton, ben ge^nten (lOten) Max 
 1897, Boston, May 10th, 1897. 
 
 3. The perfect participle regularly takes the prefix ge= 
 ("the augment^') in verbs of all conjugations. But verbs 
 of foreign origin in si^ercn (old spelling also i'ren), do not 
 take the augment ge=. Thus : 
 
 (marfc^ i e r e n , to march), perf. partic. marfd^tert, 
 marched; (bombarbieren, to bombard), perf. partic. 
 bombarb i e r t , bombarded. 
 
 4. By far the greater number of adjectives are derived 
 by means of suffixes ; sig, the most usual adjective suffix 
 (English -y) forms derivatives from nouns — adjectives — 
 verbs — and from the following adverbs : 
 
 (^eute, to-day) ^tVii\% of to-day 
 
 (geftern, yesterday) ficfttig, ofyesterdaij 
 
 (\t%i, now, at present) jc^tg, present 
 
 (oor, before) tlOttg^ previous 
 
 (bamal§, at that time) batttaltg^ of that time 
 
 (eternals, formerly) ejcmdtg, former 
 
 {\)XZX, here) ^tefifif ^f {from) here 
 
 (bort, there) iottig, of {from) there 
 
132 
 
 A COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 SIXTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 1. See the English-German Vocabulary at the end of the 
 book, under the respective names of the months. 
 
 2. {a) The demonstratives berCOjenige, bie(=)ienigc, ba§(=) 
 jenige {that) and ber(=)felbe, bie(=)felbe, ba3(=)felbe [baf(=)felbe] 
 {the same) decline each component : 
 
 bcrfelbe 
 bc0felbcii 
 
 berjenige 
 begjenigen 
 
 Sing. 
 
 bicfelbe 
 betjclben 
 
 biejentge 
 bericnigeii 
 
 bagfelbe 
 bcSfelben, etc. 
 
 ba^jenige 
 bcSienigcn, etc. 
 
 Plu. 
 
 btcfelbeit 
 bcrfelben, etc. 
 
 bicjenigeti 
 bicienigcn, etc. 
 
 {b) As to the declension of the adjectives (here : fd^onc, 
 gute,'gro^c) the rule is that when the attributive adjective 
 is preceded by the definite article or an adjective pronoun of 
 three terminations (here : ber=, bie=, baSfelbe and ber=, bie=, 
 baSjentgc), it follows the laeak declension, that is, it takes 
 in the nominative sing, of all three genders, and in the 
 accusative sing, feminine and neuter, the termination ^e ; 
 and in all other cases of the sing, and plu., =en. 
 
 3. The regular forms of the personal pronouns {see Sixth 
 Lesson, Note 1) are also used reflexively for the first and 
 second persons, sing, and plu. : 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. I33 
 
 I. Pers. 
 Sing. Plu. 
 
 AcGus. : mid^ ^ we and myself un§ = us and ourselves 
 
 Dat. : mir = to me and to my- unS = to us and ^0 owr- 
 self selves 
 
 II. Pers. 
 
 Plu. 
 
 Accus. : btd^ = ^Aee and thyself t\x6:^ = you and yourselves 
 Dat. : bir = to thee and ^0 thy- eud^ = ^0 2/^m and to your- 
 self selves 
 
 For the third person the reflexive pronoun has its own 
 distinct forms, viz. : 
 
 III. Pers. 
 Sing. Plu. 
 
 Accu^.:'^ C him^self herself itself C themselves 
 
 Dat. : ] ^^\to himself, to herself, to itself ^^\to themselves 
 
 '\6) fe^e mtd^, I seat myself; er fe^t f id^, he seats A^m- 
 self; id^ fd^meid)le mir, I flatter myself; fie fd^meid^eln 
 f id^, they flatter themselves. 
 
 4. The impersonal form is much more usual in German 
 than in English. Some impersonal idioms are : 
 
 eg t^ut mir leib, "I _ c8 ge^t mir gut, I am doing well 
 
 e0 ift mir leib, i eS fe^lt mir etroag, something ails me 
 
 e0 gcfciUt mir, J like it e8 getingt mir, J succeed 
 ti ift mir wo^l, I feel well 
 
 (See Twenty-Sixth Lesson, Note 1.) 
 
134 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 5. {See Eighth Lesson, Note 6.) There are three classes 
 of dependent clauses 
 
 (a) substantive or declarative claitseSf always intro- 
 duced by „hai" (thai). 
 
 (b) adjective clauses, introduced by a relative pro- 
 noun or a relative adverb. 
 
 (c) adverbial clauses, introduced by the subordinating 
 conjunctions : roenn (t/, when), al§ (when, as), ba (as, 
 since), f o b a ^ (so that, that), ro e 1 1 (because), n a d^ b c m 
 (after), etc. 
 
 6. iS^ee Note 3, above. — The conjugation of reflexive 
 verbs offers no peculiarities. The reflexive object has the 
 usual place, before an infinitive or participle, but elsewhere 
 immediately after the verb form. The perfect auxiliary 
 of a reflexive verb is always ^abcn. 
 
 SEVENTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 1. See Third Lesson, Note 1 (c). 
 
 2. The adverb ^tx denotes motion toward the speaker ; 
 Ijtll, motion from the speaker. As : 
 
 2Bo ge^cn 6ie ^in? where are you going (^o)? 2So 
 !ommen ©ie ^ e r ? where do you come from ? 
 
 Or in composition : 
 
 2B ^ i n gc^cn ©ic ? 2B o ^ e r f ommen ©ie ? „'^6) gc^c 
 bort^in." „^6) fommc bort^cr." 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 135 
 
 Also in composition with prepositions (as : auf and au§), 
 ^er and ^in retain their original meaning, as : 
 
 „^ommen ©te ^erauf!" come up (here, ^.e., toward 
 the speaker). — ,,@e^en <Sie ^ i n auf !" go up (there, i.e., 
 from the speaker). Likewise : „^ommen <Ste ^erauS !" 
 and „@e^en ©ie ^inauS!" 
 
 3. (a) In the normal order of words the verb stands 
 next after the subject, as : 
 
 2lnberfen f a g t in fcitiem 33uc^e. 
 
 (b) In the inverted order of words the verb, instead of 
 following, precedes the subject, as : 
 
 3n feinem S3u^e jagt Slnberfen. 
 
 (c) In a dependent clause, the verb is transposed to the 
 end of the clause, as : 
 
 (2Bir fe^en), ba§ Slnberfcn in feinem S3uc^e fagt. 
 
 4. Most adjectives are used in their predicate form as 
 adverbs, not only in the positive, but also in the compara- 
 tive and superlative degrees. The following adverbs, how- 
 ever, form their comparative and superlative from other 
 stems : 
 
 roo^l, well beffcr, better am beften, best 
 
 balb, soon e^cr, sooner am el^eften, soonest 
 
 gem, ivillingly, I i e b e r , more willing- am I i e b ft e n , most 
 
 gladly ly, rather willingly 
 
136 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 EIGHTEENTH LESSON. 
 
 1. {See Ninth Lesson, Note 5.) The genitive is used 
 adverbially, expressing 
 
 (a) Place : red^ter §anb ; linfcr §anb, on the right, 
 — left. 
 
 (b) Tune (indefinite) : bcS ^KorgenS ; beS 2lbenbg ; 
 cineS XageS ; abenbS ; nad^tS. 
 
 (c) Manner, regularly with descriptive adjective: 
 fd^neHen Sd^ritteg, swiftly; fte^enben gu^eg, iminediately ; 
 frozen ^Jiutes, ^'^o^^^ ; biiftern SlicfeS, gloomily looking ; 
 etc. 
 
 2. (See Seventeenth Lesson, Note 3, h.) — The inverted 
 order occurs, if any other word but the subject heads the 
 sentence. 
 
 3. See Seventeenth Lesson, Note 3 (c), 
 
 4. See Fifth Lesson, Note 3. 
 
 5. See Thirteenth Lesson, Note 2. 
 
 6. With the verbs fcin {to he), roerbcn (to become), 
 b I e i b e n (to continue), ^ e i ^ e n (to be called), f d^ e i n e n (to 
 seem, to appear) ; and with the passive of some verbs (which 
 take in the active a second accusative as factitive or com- 
 plimentary object), such as nennen (to name, to call), 
 t a u f c n (to baptize), etc., the predicate noun will be a nomi- 
 native. As : 
 
 2)iefer (nom.) %\a% ^eifet ber (nom.) ^arlSpIa^. ®te 
 (nom.) ^rooence roirb baS (nom.) ^arabieS t)on granheid^ 
 genannt. 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. I37 
 
 NINETEENTH LESSON. 
 
 1. The passive voice is formed by the auxiliary verb 
 rocrben (wurbe [roarb], geroorben) in combination with the 
 perfect participle of a transitive verb. In the compound 
 tenses, the participle getoorben loses the augment ge=, as : 
 
 id^ bin gelobt n) o r b e n , / have been praised. 
 
 2. German has no special forms for the English the house 
 is building — is being built, etc. These are translated by 
 the simple, bag §au§ tnitb (impf. rourbe, etc.) G^zh(x\xi. — 
 „2[BctbCtt" is therefore combined with the perf. partic. only 
 to express the true passive — that is, the passive action. 
 
 In English the perf. partic. with be often expresses only 
 a state or result of the action ; in this case the German uses 
 fcin (not roerben). Thus : 
 
 bie %\)v:i, ttiutbe urn 8 Ul)r gefd)loffen, the door was 
 closed at 8 o'clock (the closing took place at that hour), 
 but bie %\)Xkx mar urn 8 U^r gefd^loffen — it was found 
 closed (had been closed earlier). 
 
 This distinction requires careful attention. 
 
 3. Kouns of quantity, weight, or measure, except 
 feminines in se, are used in the singular after a numeral. 
 The English ' o/' is not expressed. Thus : 
 
 brei ^funb (sing.) ^^ee, three pounds o/tea; gelin 
 gu^ (sing.) lang, ten/ee^ long — but brei Xaffen (pin.) 
 %\)zz, three cups of tea; jroei ©Ken (pin.) lang, two 
 yards long. 
 
133 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 4. In principal clauses, in the simple tenses of the verb 
 (pres. and past), the prefix is separated from the verb. As: 
 
 2)er 3wg fommt an; ber 3"9 ^awi on. 
 
 5. Whenever the verb is removed to the end of the 
 sentence, that is, in dependent clauses, the prefix is never 
 detached from the verb. As : 
 
 2Bcnn ber 3w9 a n f o m m t ; als ber 3ws a n fam. 
 
 6. Frequently the infinitive is used in Grerman, instead 
 of the English imperative. As : 
 
 ^©infteigen \" (on starting a train) get in! all aboard! 
 ^Slu^fteigen!" get out! all out! 
 
 The perf. partic. is likewise used instead of the English 
 imperative. Thus : 
 
 „@ingeftiegen \" — „5lu§geftie9en \" „§tite abgenommen !" 
 hats off! 
 
 TWENTIETH LESSON. 
 
 1. See Eighth Lesson, Note 1. 
 
 2. See Third Lesson, Note 4. 
 
 3. See Eighth Lesson, Note 6, and Sixteenth Lesson, 
 Note 5. 
 
 4. See Eighteenth Lesson, Note 1 (c) and Twenty- 
 fourth Lesson, Note 3 {e). 
 
 5. (a) ^M, half, is indeclinable when used alone before 
 the names of countries and places, but is elsewhere declined. 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 139 
 
 Thus: 
 
 ^alb (guropa ; ^alb Sonbon ; but ba§ ^albe Sanb ; eine 
 \)oXht ^JiiUio'n ; ein ^alber 2:^aler. 
 
 (^) Peculiar are the compounds of the ordinals with 
 ^ a I b following them ; as : 
 
 anbert^alb = Ij ; bntl(e)^alb = 2J ; t)iert(e)^alb = 3J ; 
 neunl(e)^alb = 8J ; meaning, „ba§ anbere (= gtueite) nut 
 ^alb" ; „bag britte nur ^alb" ; „ba§ oierte nur l^alb," etc. 
 
 6. Most strong verbs which have a for their root-vowel 
 modify a into a in the second and third persons sing, of the 
 present indicative, but not in the imperative : 
 
 id^ fade, bu fiiflft, er faUt ; imperative : fattc ! 
 
 TWENTY-FIRST LESSON. 
 
 1. baS %\)oX, dale, valley (plu. -et) 
 ber 2^^aler, thaler ; dollar (plu. — ) 
 
 bag %\)0X, gate (plu. -e) 
 bet ^^or, fool (plu. -en) 
 
 ba§ ©d^ilb, sign (plu. -et) 
 ber ©cl)ilb, shield (plu. -e) 
 
 2. The modified vowels are never doubled ; hence sub- 
 stantives which have a double vowel in the singular are 
 spelled with only one vowel, when modified, as : 
 
 ber ©ttol, hall, plu. bie ©ale (compare also : baS §car, 
 dimin. baS §dr(i^en). 
 
 3. See Sixth Lesson, Note 4 (a, b). 
 
140 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 4. The reciprocal pronoun has no special form ; as such 
 are used the accusatives and datives plural of the reflexive 
 pronouns : 
 
 un8, ourselves (= one another, each other ; or to our- 
 selves = to one another, to each other) — tnt^, your- 
 selves or to yourselves (= one another ; to each other) 
 — fi(^, themselves or to themselves (= one another ; to 
 each other). 
 As: 
 
 3^r fd^Iagt eud^ (accus. reciproc.) ; mx ^elfen wnS 
 (dat. reciproc.) ; fie ergd^Ien fid^ (dat. reciproc). 
 
 5. When = tnmtt, expresses time indefinite, future or 
 contingent (= whenever). 
 
 When = aU, expresses a definite past time. 
 When ? = toann ? is always interrogative, in questions 
 direct or indirect. 
 
 6. The close resemblance between Grerman and English 
 rests upon historical kinship. The Angles and the Saxons, 
 who conquered Britain before a.d. 500 — whence the 
 united name Anglo-Saxon, applied to the people and the 
 language — and from the Angles, the names England 
 (= Angle-land) and English — were German peoples. 
 These brought with them, of course, their own German 
 tongues, which with some other admixture, formed the 
 Anglo-Saxon (sometimes called Old English) — the basis of 
 the English language. 
 
 But, though of the same Germanic stock, these peoples 
 were of a different branch from those whose language has 
 given rise to the modern literary German. The Angles 
 and Saxons were Low-Germans, dwellers on the low, or 
 coast, lands, as distinguished from those who dwelt in the 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 141 
 
 high, or central, lands of the continent, whose language, 
 known as High-German, is the basis of the modern 
 German. The nearest kinship of English is thus with the 
 Low-German tongues, as the modern Dutch, and the dialects 
 of common speech in North Germany, called ^latt=®eutfc^ 
 — but all are included in the general term Germanic, or 
 Teutonic. 
 
 There were thus already considerable diversities of speech 
 between the High-German and the earliest English. These 
 diversities have been still further increased by historical 
 causes subsequently. Still, the kinship of English to 
 German is of fundamental importance, the more so, as it 
 shows itself especially in the most essential and important 
 elements of our own language — implying cognate origin, 
 not mere derivation. 
 
 TWENTY- SECOND LESSON. 
 
 1. See Seventeenth Lesson, Note 4. 
 
 2. (a) The future act. is formed by the present of the 
 aux. verb toetbett and the present infinitive of the principal 
 verb. 
 
 (b) The present passive is formed by means of the aux. 
 verb Uierben and the perf. partic. of the principal verb. As : 
 
 (Infinit. : to build, hanm ; perf. partic. : gebaut, built). 
 Fut. act. : er ro i r b ba§ §au§ b a u e n ; pres. pass. : baS 
 roirb gebaul. 
 
 3. Principal parts of the aux. t)aben, to have: l)ahcn 
 - ^atte — ge^abt. 
 
142 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 4. Principal parts of the aux. Jctii, to he: Jcin — wax 
 
 — gcroef en. 
 
 5. Principal parts of the aux. roerben, to he : to hecome: 
 roerben — rourbe [roarb] — getoorbcn. 
 
 6. {See Seventeenth Lesson, Note 3, c.) The com- 
 pound tenses of the modal auxiliaries (biirfen, fonnen, mogen, 
 tniiffen, foUen, rooUen) are formed like those of other 
 verbs (viz., geburft, gefonnt, gemod^t, gemufet, gefollt, gerooflt), 
 with the important exception that in the perf. and pluperf. 
 tenses, when used along with the infinitive of another verb, 
 the infinitive is put in place of the perf. partic, thus : 
 
 er foil ben 53nef fd^retben, perf. tense: er \)(xi ben 
 93rtef fd^reiben follen (infinit. instead of perf. partic. 
 g e f U t) ; fie ro i 1 1 bie 6tabt oerlaffen, perf. tense : fie 
 ^aX bie 6tabt oerlaffen to o U e n (in place of g e to o 11 1). 
 
 TWENTY- THIRD LESSON. 
 
 1. Of the cardinal numerals, citl is regularly inflected — 
 ein, cine, ein — when before a noun ; when without a noun, 
 einer, eine, eineS; or with the article bet @ine, bie (Sine, 
 ba§ @ine, etc. The neuter form einS (for etneS) is used ab- 
 stractly in counting. — '^V^tX unb bret have a genitive jTOeiet, 
 bteiet, and a dative groeien, breien, which may be used when 
 the case is not otherwise indicated. Other simple numerals 
 usually remain unaltered. 
 
 2. Agency — especially of passive verbs — is expressed 
 by the preposition Hon, hy ; (act.: bie goberaliften roa^Iten 
 i^n); pass.: er ronrbe t)on ben JiJi^^i^^^ipcn geTOd^lt. 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 
 
 143 
 
 3. See Eleventh Lesson, Note 4. 
 
 4. See Seventeenth Lesson, Note 3. 
 
 TWENTY-FOURTH LESSON. 
 
 1. Certain strong verbs undergo modification or change 
 of the root-vowel in the 2nd and 3rd persons sing, of the 
 present indie, and in the imperative sing. Thus : 
 
 Pres. indie. 
 
 (ic^ ne^me) 
 (bu nimmft) 
 (er nimmt) 
 {mx tie^men, etc.) 
 
 Imperat. act. 
 
 nimm ! 
 (ne^nxe er!) 
 (nel^men rair!) 
 nel)met! 
 (ne^men jie !) 
 
 Imperat. pass. 
 roerbc genommen! 
 
 roerbet genommen ! 
 
 2. See Eighteenth Lesson, Note 1 (c), and also Note 3 (e) 
 below. 
 
 3. The preposition bon (from, ofj hy), expresses 
 
 (a) Place: motion /T-om ; oon ber ©tabt ; won oben. 
 
 transition from: oon SBorten ju ©d^ldgen, from words to 
 blows. 
 
 separation from: yed^g SUieiten t)on . . ., six miles from , . . ; 
 fret t)on ©d^ulben, free of debts ; freigefprod^en con, ac- 
 quitted of. 
 
 (6) Time, from: Dom 5!Worgen bi§ 3lbenb ; t)on ^WQCitb auf. 
 
 (c) Source, from : t)on ^erjen, from the heart ; t)on felbft, volun- 
 tarily. 
 
 or Material, from, of: eine Sriicte t)on (Sifen; ein ^er3 t)on 
 etein. 
 
144 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 {d) Agency, by, especially of passive verbs : t)on bent SSoI!e ge= 
 xoaf)it, elected by the people. 
 
 (e) Specijicaiion, of (and here often for a genitive) : in terms 
 of rank and title, bie ^onigin t)on (Snglanb ; description, ein 
 Tlann oon ®§re ; cine grau oon 60 ^a^ren ; Slusroanberer beutjc^er 
 S'iationalitdt. 
 
 (/) Limiting object, of, concerning, with verbs like benfen, 
 ^alten, fagen, etc.; roa^ benfen ©ie t)on t^m ? (of him). 
 
 4. As a rule, the definite article is used in Grerman more 
 largely than in English. On the other hand, it is omitted 
 in German where used in English : 
 
 (a) in a few pronominal or adjective phrases ; as : 
 
 crflerer and Ic^tcrer, the former, the latter; 
 folgenber, the following. 
 
 (b) in phrases expressing direction to or from the points 
 of the compass ; as : 
 
 t)on 3^orben, na6) ©iiben, gegcn Often, from the north, 
 towards the south (east). 
 
 5. To express ^purpose,' in order to, the combination 
 
 tttn . . . JU is generally used ; um standing at the head of 
 
 the clause and gu in its usual position with the infinitive ; 
 
 as: 
 
 ic^ t^ue mein SBefleS, um bie beutfd^e ©prad^e ju lernen, 
 
 / do my best to learn the German language. 
 
 6. The subjunctive as Indirect Subjunctive (Oratio 
 obliqua) is used in dependent sentences, expressing the 
 statement of another as related — not quoted — and not 
 affirmed by the writer or speaker. Ex. : 
 
 he believes that he is sick er glaubt, ba^ er franf f e i 
 
 he asked how I had slept er frogtc, rote ic^ gefd^lafen ^cittc 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. I45 
 
 TWENTY-FIFTH LESSON. 
 
 1. @onj, whole, and ^a\h, half, are indeclinable when 
 used alone before the names of countries and places, but 
 are elsewhere declined. Thus : 
 
 Q^an^ (^no^lanh , all E7iffland ; but ba§ ganjc ©nglanb ; 
 \)alh Sonbon — ba§ l^albc Sonbon ; ber ^albc X^aler ; ein 
 ganger 2:^aler. 
 
 2. See Sixteenth Lesson, Note 4. 
 
 3. The preposition um, with accusative only (around, 
 about) expresses 
 
 (a) Place: urn ben 2;ifcl^ fi^en; um ben §al§ Mnben; bie 
 ©egenb um Softon. 
 
 (6) Time, or number : indefinite, about. 
 
 time of day, definite, at: um roelc^c 3cit ? um 2 U^r, at 
 two o'clock. 
 
 excess, by: nm ein '^af)v alter, a year older. 
 
 succession, after: einer um ben anbern, one after another. 
 
 (c) Rotation., around. 
 
 alternation, einen %a% um ben anbern, every other day. 
 
 exchange, 3luge uxa 2luge, an eye for an eye. 
 
 end or loss, um bag Seben bringen, to deprive of life ; um 
 bag ®elb fommen, to lose one's money ; bie ^t\t ift um, 
 time is over. 
 
 id) Remote object, about, for: um etroaS ftretten, to fight for 
 (about) ; um S3rot bitten, to ask for ; um diat fragen, to ask ad- 
 vice ; um §ilf e rufen, to cry for help 
 
146 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 4. See Seventeenth Lesson, Note 3 (c). — A dependent 
 clause preceding the principal, has the value of an intro- 
 ductory adjunct (adverb, etc.), and causes the inversion of 
 the principal verb. As : 
 
 21I§ roir anfamen, ro a r eg fd^on %<x% (= 33ei unfrer 2ln= 
 funft [adv.] roar e§ fc^on Xag). 
 
 5. A present participle used appositively, is, when de- 
 scriptive, usually expanded into a relative clause. As : 
 
 We met a man caiTying a fishing-rod, n)ir trafen einen 
 3Kann, roclc^er [bcr] einc Slngcltute trug. 
 
 6. The conjunctions a(§ oft, o(8 ttienn, ttiic ttictltl (as »/), 
 expressing an unreal condition, are followed by the (con- 
 ditional) subjunctive. As : 
 
 @r fie^t au§, al§ toenn cr front roarc, ^ fooA^s, as if he 
 were sick. 
 
 TWENTY- SIXTH LESSON. 
 
 1. Some verbs expressing states of body or mind are 
 used as impersonal^ with the person as object : 
 
 Accus. Dat. 
 
 ti ^ungert mid^, I am hungry e8 fc^roinbelt mir, I am giddy 
 
 ti biirftet mi(^, I am thirsty ed bangt mir, I feel afraid 
 
 t» friert mic^, / am cold ^^ ( gefdUt j ^.^^ j ^^^ ^ 
 
 L beliebt ) 
 
 {See SixTKBMTH Lrsson, Note 4.) 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 147 
 
 2. See Eleventh Lesson, Note 4. 
 
 3. Contrary to the English usage, verbs of electing, ap- 
 pointing, creating, etc., take the second object in the dative 
 with jtt and, in the singular, the contracted article. As : 
 
 @r na^m fie gur grau; man mad^te x\)n gum ^rofeffor. 
 
 4. Corresponding generally to English of, the genitive 
 is used with a number of adjectives and their opposites, as: 
 
 berou^t and unbetou^t 
 
 conscious — unconscious (of) 
 
 eingebenf " uneingebenl 
 
 mindful — unmindful (of) 
 
 fro^ " iiberbruffig 
 
 glad — weary {of) 
 
 geroi^ " ungeroi^ 
 
 certain — uncertain (of) 
 
 funbig " unfunbtg 
 
 acquainted (with) — ignorant (of) 
 
 TOiirbig " unroiirbig 
 
 worthy — unworthy {of), etc. 
 
 5. In changing direct quotations to indirect statements, 
 the rule is, that the mood is the (indirect) subjunctive and 
 that the tense is usually the same in Oratio obliqua, as 
 would be used in the indicative, if the words were directly 
 quoted. But frequently the past subjunctive will be used 
 for the present, especially when the present subjunctive 
 would be of the same form with the present indicative. As : 
 
 (a) Direct quotation : ^er ©d^netbet be^auptcte : „6ie 
 ^aben (pres. indie.) bte 9f{eci^nung nic^t bega^It." 
 
 (b) Indirect statement should be : ®er ©d)neiber be= 
 l^auptete, td^ ^abe . . . (pres. indie, and subjunct., there- 
 fore the past subj. to be used) : 
 
 ^cr ©djineiber be^auptete, x^ l^atte (past subjunct.) 
 bic 3Red^nutig nid^t bega^lt (or ba^ id^ bie Sted^nung nid^t 
 bega^It ^atte). 
 
148 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. 
 
 TWENTY- SEVENTH LESSON. 
 
 1. Foreign words usually take the accent on the last 
 syllable, unless they have become quite germanized. 
 
 2. As most adjectives are used in their predicate form 
 as adverbs, not only in the positive, but also in the com- 
 parative and superlative degrees, the adverb in German is 
 distinguished from the uninflected adjective only by the 
 sense. 
 
 3. Some adverbs take the sign of the genitive, g : 
 
 abenbg, in the evening re(^t5, to (on) the right 
 
 tnorgeng, in the morning {\nU, to {on) tJie left 
 
 mittagg, at midday fc^onfteng, in the best manner 
 
 nac^tg, at night fpdtefteng, at the latest 
 
 anfangg, in the beginning anberl, otJierwise 
 
 4. Instead of the usual formation of the comparative 
 (see First Lessox, Note 5), an adverb comparison with 
 me^r is used, when two qualities are compared in the same 
 subject, as : 
 
 ^arl ift m e ^ r I e i d^ t f i n n i g alS bofc, more thought- 
 less than bad. 
 
 5. The adverbial accusative expresses measure or extent, 
 duration of time in answer to the questions how far ? hotv 
 much ? how long ? 
 
 6. The partitive genitive names the whole of which a 
 part is taken. 
 
 7. See Twenty-fourth Lesson, Note 3 (/). 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 149 
 
 8. See Twenty-fourth Lesson, NotS 3 (c). 
 
 9. See Note 6, above. 
 
 10. See Twenty-sixth Lesson, Note 5. 
 
 TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. 
 
 1. The participles are verb-adjectives, having the mean- 
 ing of a verb, and the grammatical construction of an ad- 
 jective. Both present and perfect participles follow the 
 usual rules of adjective inflection, and may be used as 
 simple adjectives. When so used they may be compared. 
 
 2. Of two objects, the direct and indirect coming together, 
 the dative (indirect object) stands first. But if the accusa- 
 tive is a pronoun, it will usually precede the dative. 
 
 Ex.: @r ^at bcm ^nakn (dat.) bog ©ur^ (accus.) ge= 
 geben, but er ^at cS (accus.) i^m (or bent ^naben, dat.) 
 gegeben. 
 
 3. The preposition auf (with dative or accus.), on, upon 
 (a surface) expresses with dative : 
 
 Place, on, upon, Hterally, as: auf bem Xifd^e, auf bcm Serge, 
 auf ber See, auf bem ©c^iffe, auf ber ©tra^e fein, etc. Hence 
 with places implying eleuation or importance, at: auf meinem 
 dimmer {at my room up stairs); auf bem ©c^toffe {up at the 
 castle); and so auf ber Unioerfitat, auf bem Tlavtie, auf ber 
 ^oft, auf bem Salle fein. • 
 
 4. In certain phrases the simple infinitive is used with 
 blciben, to remain (fte^en bleiben, to remain standing = to 
 
150 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN. ' 
 
 stop) ; with the verbs of motion (fpajieren ge^en ; fpa^teren 
 reiten ; jpajieren fasten ; fd^Iafen ge^en), etc. 
 
 5. See Twenty-sixth Lesson, Note 3. 
 
 6. See Twenty-sixth Lesson, Kote 5. The same rules? 
 as to both mood and tense, apply also to the (dependent or) 
 indirect question. 
 
 7. An indirect question when not beginning with an 
 interrogative pronoun or adverb (roer? roa^? iDann? roie? 
 too ? loarum ? roofiir ? roogu ? etc.), is introduced by the con- 
 junction o( = wliether, if. 
 
 Ex. direct: „3ft §crr 9^. 9^. gu §auie?" — indirect : 
 (2Bir fragten ben Sebienten), ob §err 9^. '^. gu §aufe fei 
 (or rodrc). 
 
 TWENTY-NINTH LESSON. 
 
 1. The English ''hut'' = obcr, oflcin (obsolete); fonbcrit 
 (see Fourth Lesson, Note 10). 
 
 Meaning: Slber and syn. allein concede, fonbern 
 contradicts. 
 
 Position : © o n b e r n and a 11 e t n stand always at the 
 head of the clause ; abtx, in the sense of liowever^ 
 frequently after the introductory words. 
 
 2. The present participle is used as attributive (as : ein 
 liebenber Sruber ; ber bliil^enbe Saurn) or as an appo- 
 sition (as : er fa^ roeinenb ba), or though more rarely, with 
 a sort of predicative force (as: un§ freunbltd^ griifeenb, 
 petlie^ er unS, greeting us kindly^ he left iis). 
 
' GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 151 
 
 3. Often the transposed clause ends in the participle of 
 a compound tense, the auxiliary being omitted, when the 
 meaning is already clear. 
 
 Ex.: ©obalb er in baS Siwimer getreten (roar to be 
 supplied), fagte er. 
 
 4. See Twenty-sixth Lesson, Note 5. 
 
 5. See Twenty-sixth Lesson, Note 5. 
 
 6. See Twenty-eighth Lesson, Notes 6-7. 
 
 THIRTIETH LESSON. 
 
 1. The verb roerben ([1] auxil. for the formation of the 
 fut. act. and the whole passive ; [2] independent verb = to 
 become) has two forms for the past, the old (strong) form 
 lUtttb^ and the modern (weak) rourbe. — SBarb is more 
 common as independent verb; rourbe, as auxiliary. 
 
 2. See Fourteenth Lesson, Note 5. 
 
 3. See Twenty-fifth Lesson, Note 4. — For the same 
 reason, expressions like / think ; said he, etc., when pre- 
 ceded by any of the words referred to, will be inverted, 
 those phrases being logically the principal sentence, of 
 which the words quoted form the object. 
 
 4. The pure conjunctions cause neither inversion nor 
 transposition of the verb. These are : 
 
 unb, and — aber, but, however — allcin, hut, yet — 
 fonbern, but — obcr, or — benn, /o^. 
 
 5. See Twj:?^TT-siXTP XiessoN; Note 0» 
 
152 ^ COURSE IN GERMAN, 
 
 THIRTY-FIRST LESSON. 
 
 1. See Eighteenth Lesson, Note 1 (c). 
 
 2. See Twenty-sixth Lesson, Note 5. 
 
 3. See Twenty-second Lesson, Note 6. 
 
 4. See Eleventh Lesson, Note 4 (b). 
 
 5. The dative (usually to, for) sometimes corresponds to 
 the English from (of), both with verbs and adjectives. 
 This is sometimes called the Dative Privative, but is 
 really an indirect object, usually of disadvantage (removal, 
 dissimilarity, etc.). 
 
 6. The subjunctive in its past tenses is used in both 
 terms of a conditional sentence (the premise and the con- 
 clursion) stating an unreal condition. It is then called the 
 Conditional Subjunctive. 
 
 THIRTY- SECOND LESSON. 
 
 1. See Fourth Lesson, Note 10, and Twenty-ninth 
 Lesson, Note 1. 
 
 2. Contrary to the general rule (see Sixth Lesson, 
 Note 4, a) that " intransitives which express simple action, 
 7iot motion, take the auxiliary f^ahtn," the verb Bletktt (to 
 remxiin, to stay), forms its compound tenses with the aux. 
 fcin; thus: 
 
 id^ bin gebliebcn, I have remained, etc. 
 
GRAMMATICAL NOTES. 153 
 
 3. When an indirect statement is represented as a fact, 
 confirmed or admitted by the writer, the indicative will be 
 used, and in the usual tense. 
 
 4. The conditional (= dependent) clause may follow the 
 hypothetical (= principal) clause ; in that case the con- 
 junction „^o" is omitted and the normal word-order takes 
 place. Ex. : 
 
 First Place. Second Place. 
 
 Conditional (dependent) clause. Hypothetical (principal) clause. 
 
 wenn bag ^Better fc^on ware, (fo) | ^.^^^ .^^^^^ 
 
 Hypothetical (principal) clause. Conditional (dependent) clause. 
 
 I tDurbe augge^en, ^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^^ ^„^^ 
 
 ^ I gtnge aug, 
 
 5. Frequently the conjunction ,,tticnn" at the head of 
 the conditional (dependent) clause is omitted ; in that case 
 the inverted order takes place. Ex. : 
 
 First Place. Second Place. 
 
 Conditional (dependent) clause. Hypothetical (principal) clause, 
 
 roiirbe id^ augget)en 
 
 (a) roenn bag SBetter fc^on ware, (jo) j ^.^^^ .^ ^^^ 
 
 ,,, .. V ^ an XX rj." r 1 voux'oe trf) auggefjeti 
 
GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. 
 
 m. 
 
 9lll'd|ett^ Aix-la-Chapelle, a town 
 in the province of Rhenish 
 Prussia. 
 
 ttb, off, away. 
 
 ab^billien (w.), to paint, to portray. 
 
 Whtnti, m. (-g, pi. -e), evening, 
 night ; beg Slbenbg or abenb^, in 
 the evening ; am 2lbenb, in the 
 evening. 
 
 %'6enb0lorfe, /. {vl- -«)/ evening- 
 bell, curfew-bell. 
 
 o'fict, but, however. 
 
 5l6'f a^rt, /. , departure. 
 
 9lb'fttnft/., descent, origin. 
 
 9l6'laut ^- (-[e]g, vl- -e), change 
 of the radical vowel of verbs 
 {e.g., finbe, fanb). 
 
 ab^legen (w;.), to render (an ac- 
 count). 
 
 ab'fi^neilien (fc|nitt, gefc^nitten), 
 (to cut off), to separate. 
 
 ab'fegein {w.), to set sail, to put 
 to sea. 
 
 ?lb'fcnl)cr, m. (-g, pi. — ), sender, 
 writer (of a letter). 
 
 5l6'fl(^t, /. {pi. -en), intention, 
 design, aim. 
 
 abfolbie'ren {w.), to graduate 
 from. 
 
 ^b'teilung, /. {Vl -en), compart- 
 ment. 
 ttb'jic^cn (509, geaogen), to take 
 
 off. 
 %tttnt, m. (-[e]g, pi. -e), accent, 
 
 stress, emphasis. 
 obbic'rcn (w^.), to add up, to cast 
 
 up, to sum up (3 + 2, read brei 
 
 plug (or unb) 2. 
 ^Ibtron^bd^S, pZw., name of the 
 
 principal mountain-range of the 
 
 state of New York, traversing 
 
 Clinton-, Essex-, Franklin-, and 
 
 Hamilton counties. 
 5H)1cr, m. (-g, pi. — ), eagle. 
 ?H>mitarf^iff, n. (-[e]g, pi. -e), 
 
 admiral's ship, flag-ship. 
 Slbrcffof , m. (-en, pi. -en), receiver 
 
 (of a letter). 
 5(tHJCr'bium,n. {-^,pl. Slboerbien), 
 
 adverb. 
 ^Itmofa'tenftanb, m. (-eg), bar; in 
 
 ben 2lb»ofatenftanb aufne^men, 
 
 to admit to the bar. 
 5lfoilcmie^ /. {pi. -en), academy; 
 
 ^^iUipg Slfabemie in ©jeter, the 
 
 well-known preparatory school 
 
 of Exeter, N. H. 
 9Xa^t'm\\^, academic. 
 
156 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Hft, m. (-es, pi -e), act. 
 ^[rbre^t I^ Duke of Austria, was 
 
 Emperor of (Jermany, 1298- 
 
 1308. 
 aVit,plu.^ all, altogether. 
 aUfin' {conjunct.), but, yet. 
 oricrlei, all kinds of, of all kinds. 
 ariermetfl, most of all ; am aUex- 
 
 meiften, chiefly, particularly. 
 ttVltS, everything. 
 %U%t'%tntaaxt,f-, omnipresence. 
 ^Vptn,plu., Alps. 
 a\B {adv.), as, than, but ; {conjunct), 
 
 as, when ; = al^ o5 or al^ roenn, 
 
 as if; nic^t^ . . . alg, nothing . . . 
 
 but. 
 orfo, therefore. 
 ttit, old, antique, ancient; i^re 
 
 2llten, the old birds. 
 om = Qn bem. 
 9lma}o'neni}rom, m. (-[ejs), the 
 
 river Amazon (Maraiion). 
 9(mc'riftt H), America. 
 ?lmerifa'ncr, m. (-g, pZ.—), Ameri- 
 can; -in,/. (pZ.-nen), American 
 
 woman. 
 amerifa'ttifi^^ American. 
 ^Cm'^erjl, name of a village in 
 
 Hampshire county, state of 
 
 Massachusetts. 
 an {adv.), on ; prepos. {dot.), at, 
 
 near, by, on (dates); (occm^.), 
 
 to, towards, against ; am ^ifc^e, 
 
 at (by) the table. 
 9in'bM, m. (-[e]^), aspect, sight. 
 an'bltifen (to.), to survey, to look at. 
 9lnlia(u'ften (-e), Andalusia, one 
 
 of the southern provmces of 
 
 Spain. 
 
 Otl'licr {pL -e, or bie - n), other, 
 another. 
 
 an'tiern {w.), to change. 
 
 9ln'Iierfctt (©ans g^rifttan), a 
 Danish poet and story-teller, 
 born 1805, died at Copenhagen, 
 1875. In 1857 he spent several 
 weeks with his friend Charles 
 Dickens, at the latter' s coimtry- 
 seat, Gadsliill, near Rochester, 
 county of Kent (England). 
 
 an'Heitten {w.), to indicate, to 
 
 enjoin. 
 
 an'fa^ren (fu^r, gefa^ren), to drive 
 up ; f am angefa^ren, came driv- 
 ing up. 
 
 ttn'fttng, m. (-§, pi. ^e), beginning; 
 t)on Slnfang an, from the very 
 beginning. 
 
 an'gefallren, see anfa^ren. 
 
 an'ge^oren {w.), to belong to. 
 
 Sln'gclcgen^cit, /. {pi. -en), busi- 
 ness, affair. 
 
 Sln'gfl^afen, m. (-s, pi — ), fish- 
 ing hook, fishing tackle. 
 
 an'gettr^m, pleasing, agreeable. 
 
 an'gcnommen, see anne^men. 
 
 Mngfl, /. {pi ''e), anxiety, an- 
 guish. 
 
 att'^oren {iv.), to listen to. 
 
 on'fommen (fam, gefommen), to 
 arrive. 
 
 ttn'hinft,/., arrival. 
 
 an'Ugen {w.), to found. 
 
 an'tnelbflt (w?.), to announce, to 
 usher in. 
 
 Ott'mutig, pleasant, graceful. 
 
 9(nn %xhox, name of a town in the 
 state of Michigan. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 15T 
 
 an'ne^mcn (na^m, genommen), to 
 accept ; to suppose ; fid) an; 
 nef)men, to take care of (you = 
 eurer). 
 
 an^tetien (lo.), to speak to, to ac- 
 cost. 
 
 onS = an ba^. 
 
 ttn'fc^cn (fat), gefe^en), to look at. 
 
 5lnfttlort, /. {pi -en), answer; 
 2lntn)ort auf, an answer to ; jur 
 2lntn)ort geben, to answer, to 
 reply. 
 
 onfttlortCtt (w.), to answer, to 
 reply. 
 
 5lnf tDorlf(t)rciicn, n. (-g, pi. — ), 
 letter in answer, reply. 
 
 W\th m. (-g, pi ^), apple. 
 
 5Hi1cl6ttum, m. (-[e]^, pi ^e), 
 apple-tree. 
 
 ?lil'fclttJCin,m.(-[e]g), apple-wine, 
 cider. 
 
 ?l<l0t^e'fcr, m. (-g, pi — ), apothe- 
 cary, druggist. 
 
 SHirir, m. (-g), April. 
 
 ttr'bciteu {w.), to work. 
 5lr'6cit0froft, /. (i?^ ^e), faculty 
 
 of labor. 
 5lrm, w. (-e^, pi -e), arm. 
 ovm, poor; ber 2lrme, the poor 
 
 man, poor fellow ; ein 2lrmer, 
 
 a poor man ; bie 2lrmen, the 
 
 poor people. 
 ^Irmec',/. {pi -en), army. 
 5(rt^ /. {pi -en), kind, sort; etne 
 
 2lrt, some kind of, some little. 
 flf tig, polite, courteous. 
 %Xli, m. (-e^, pi ^e), physician. 
 Si'f^incg, a Greek, famous as a 
 
 public speaker, lived at Athens, 
 
 in the fourth century before 
 Christ. 
 
 31P, m. (-eg, pi ^e), branch. / 
 
 0^, see effen. 
 
 ttttarfic'ren {w.), to attack. 
 
 ttUl^, also, too, likewise ; auc^ ttid^t, 
 not . . . either, neither. 
 
 ^lulJicnj', /. {pi -en), audience 
 (with=bet). (Regarding Goethe's 
 audience with Emperor Napo- 
 leon, compare G. H. Lewes' I'he 
 Life of Goethe, vol. II, pp.311 
 sq.) 
 
 auf {dat), on, upon, at ; {accus.), 
 upon, to, towards; for (time); 
 after, according to ; auf einmal, 
 all at once. 
 
 auf bliifen {w.), to look up. 
 
 Sluf'cnt^ttlt ^^^' (-[e]^)/ stay, so- 
 journ. 
 
 auf'gc^eu (ging, gegangen), to rise. 
 
 auf'gefiftricbcn, see auffc^retben. 
 
 auf gcttJOt^fen, see aufraad^fen. 
 
 fief) auf ^altcu (^telt, ge^alten), to 
 stay, to remain. 
 
 aufmttii)cn {w.}, to open. 
 
 aufmcrffttm, attentive (ly), close- 
 
 (ly), careful (ly), watchful (ly), 
 
 thoroughly. 
 aufne^men (na^m, genommen), 
 
 to admit ; in ben Slboof atenftanb 
 
 aufne^men, to admit to the bar. 
 auftcd)t upright. 
 auffcftrcikn (fc^rieb, gefc^rieben), 
 
 to write down, to record. 
 ttufflc^en (ftanb, geftanben), to 
 
 stand up, to rise, to arise. 
 auf tutt^fen (n)ucf)g, geraarfifen), to 
 
 grow up. 
 
158 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 auf jubltifett, see aufblicfen. 
 %U'9C, n. (-g, pi. -n), eye. 
 ^Ittg'Iein, n. (-g, pi. — ), (pretty) 
 
 little eye, 
 and (dat.), out of, from. 
 aud'breitftt («>.), to spread. 
 QuScinan'JierleBcn (zo.), to explain. 
 ouScinttn'Hcrfci^eii («?•) = au^= 
 
 einan'berlegen. 
 Wug'jlug, m. (-[e]0, i)Z. ^e), excur- 
 sion. 
 Ottg'ge^cn (ging, gegangen), to 
 
 leave, to take a walk. 
 aud'gejeil^net/ eminent, excellent. 
 ou0'ruf en (rief , geruf en), toexclaim. 
 onrfc^en Hal), gefe^en), to look, 
 
 to appear. 
 %ng'fc^en, n. (-5), appearance, 
 
 air. 
 «ttrfl(^t/. {pl -en), view. 
 ourfpotten (m>.), to deride, to 
 
 ridicule. 
 %ViB'\pX(i(l^t,f', pronunciation. 
 
 tttt8'f|irc(^en (fprad^, gefprod^en), 
 to finish speaking. 
 
 ong'flcigen (ftteg, geftiegen), to step 
 out, to alight. 
 
 Ittg'fleanng, /. {pl -en), expo- 
 sition, exhibition. 
 
 Kng'dJttnbcrcr, m. (-g, pl. — ), 
 emigrant. 
 
 ttnS'tncnUig (adv.), by heart ; au^-^ 
 roenbig lernen, to memorize, to 
 commit to memory. 
 
 ^urjfic^nnng, /. {pL -en), dis- 
 tinction, honoi-s. 
 
 Ott'§cr (dat.), outside of, without, 
 except. 
 
 an'^tx^tm, moreover, in addition 
 to (this). 
 
 fiu'^ere^ outward, exterior, perso- 
 nal. 
 
 ttttler^ttlb (genu.), without, on the 
 outside of. 
 
 ttn§eror'lientlil^, extraordinary, 
 
 (-iiy). 
 
 ». 
 
 ©ttb, n. (-e§, pl. *er), bath. 
 
 ba^en (w.), to bathe. 
 
 ©O^n, /. (pl. -en), railroad, 
 rail. 
 
 So^n'lof, m. (-[e]g, pl. 'e), rail- 
 road-station. 
 
 bttli>, soon, soon after. 
 
 »oU, m. (-eg, pl. ^e), ball ; ^a\l 
 fpielcn, to play ball. 
 
 «o«o1ie,/. (pZ. -n), ballad. 
 
 (1) Sttnb, m. (-60, pl. '^e), volume. 
 
 (2) SantI, n. (-es, pl. ''ex), ribbon. 
 
 (3) Sonb, n. (-eg, pl. -e), tie, 
 bond. 
 
 (1) Sttnt/. {pl. ^e), bank, bench. 
 
 (2) Sent/, (p^ -en), commercial 
 bank, banking house. 
 
 ©on'ner, n. (-g, p/. — ), banner. 
 
 bttu'en (w.), to build. 
 
 San'er, »i. (-g, pZ. -n), peasant, 
 
 farmer. 
 Son'ern^onS, n. (-eg, p/. ^er), 
 
 farmer's house, farm-house. 
 Saum, m- (-eg, pl. ''e), tree. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 159 
 
 »0Um'60(^ (5RuboIf), bom 1840, a 
 popular poet and writer of short 
 stories. 
 
 fid) fiou'mcn {w.), to rear. 
 
 JBou'tticrt m. (-[e]g, pi. -e), 
 architectural structure, monu- 
 ment. 
 
 fiCttllf ttJOrtcn (i«.)> to answer. 
 
 a3c'c^cr, m. (-g, pi. — ), beaker, 
 goblet, bumper. 
 
 ftc^ beben'fen (bebacJjte, bebac^t), 
 to deliberate. 
 
 icllCU'tcnl), eminent. 
 
 SBclieu'tung, /., importance, sig- 
 nificance. 
 
 fict) bebie'nen (w.), to avail one's 
 self of. 
 
 JBcbtCtt'tc, m. (-n, pZ. -n), atten- 
 dant, footman. 
 
 ISBcbic'nung,/., service. 
 
 fid^ beeilen {w.)., to hasten, to 
 make haste. 
 
 ficfa^'rcn (beful^r, befa^ren), to ply 
 on, to navigate; nod^ nie be; 
 fal^ren, never before navigated 
 (plied on). 
 
 Iicf c^'Icn (befall, bef o^len),to oi-der, 
 to bid. 
 
 \\^ befin'tien (befanb, befunben), 
 to find one's self, to be. 
 
 M begc'ficn (begab, begeben), to 
 betake one's self, to go. 
 
 begeg'nen {w.), to meet. 
 
 (egin'nen (begann, begonnen), to 
 begin, to commence. 
 
 Hcgrii'^Ctt (wj.)> to greet. 
 
 (e^oarf , covered with hair ; ftar! 
 beliaart, thickly covered with 
 hair, thick-(bushy-)haired. 
 
 bell^au|)^ten («>.)> to maintain, to 
 
 assert. 
 
 6e|u'ten {w.), to guard ; ©ott be= 
 l^iite ! May the Lord guard ! 
 
 bci {dot.)., by, near, at, in, among, 
 at the house of, with, on the 
 occasion of; htx tnir felbft, in 
 my heart ; bet ftd^, within him- 
 self, in his heart; bei ©cf)ul^= 
 tnarf)er^, with the shoemaker's 
 family ; ©c^Iac^t bei ©raoelotte, 
 battle of Gravelotte. 
 
 Bet'k^alten (bef)ielt, be^alten), to 
 keep, to retain. 
 
 Bci'iJC, both. 
 
 a3ci'ftttt0ttu§crun0, /. {pi. -en), 
 means (mark) of approval. 
 
 bci'fiigen (iy.)» to add, to enclose. 
 
 6cim = bei bem ; beim ^itnmel 
 nid^t! for mercy's sake no! beim 
 Stamen, by his (her) name. 
 
 Sein, n. (-eg, pi. -e), leg. 
 
 bcina'^C, nearly, well-nigh. 
 
 Sci'nameLn], m. (-ng, pi. S3ei= 
 namen), surname, epithet. 
 
 befannf, well-known ; befannt 
 (mit), acquainted. 
 
 bcfom'men (be!am, befommen), 
 trans., to get, to receive; 
 ivtrans., to agree with, to do 
 good. 
 
 I^ergift^, Belgian, of Belgium. 
 
 belte^ben (w.), impers., to please. 
 
 Scmon'nung, /. , crew. 
 
 htmtxltn (w.), to notice, to remark, 
 to add (a remark). 
 
 aScmcr'fung, /. {pl. -en), remark. 
 
 benufsen (w.), to use, to make 
 use of. 
 
160 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 SfO^bai^tuitg, /. {pi. -en), obser- 
 vation. 
 
 bequem^ comfortable. 
 
 93cqucmU(^feitcn,joZ., comfort. 
 
 berei^'nfn (mj.), to charge. 
 
 htxt^'ix^X, just; gana berec^tigt, 
 perfectly just. 
 
 ©frcb'fomfcit/., eloquence. 
 
 ©erg, W2. (-60, pi. -e), mountain, hill. 
 
 Scrg'flli^C,/. (pi. -n), mountain- 
 top. 
 
 berit^mf , famous. 
 
 fid) befl^dftigen (m>.), to busy one's 
 self. 
 
 bef(^leu'ntgen {w.), to precipitate, 
 to hasten, 
 
 htSts^xtVhtn (befc^rieb, befd^rieben), 
 to describe. 
 
 Seft$^ m. (-es), possession. 
 
 beftf |en (bef a^, befeflen), to possess, 
 to hold. 
 
 Ibefonlier (ad/.), especial, particu- 
 lar. 
 
 bffottllfrd (ode), especially; gang 
 befonber^, more especially ; be= 
 fonbers gem, particularly. 
 
 beftian'nen (lo.), to put horses to ; 
 bejpannt (per/, partic.) tnit, 
 drawn by. 
 
 Jerfet, better; nic^tg bcffereS, 
 nothing better. 
 
 befl, best ; bag Sefte, best interests; 
 jum Seften, for the benefit. 
 
 (efle'^en (beftanb, beftanben), to 
 consist of (aug). 
 
 befienttt (lo.), to order, to sum- 
 mon ; jum ^aifer befteUen, to 
 summon to the Emperor's resi- 
 dence (palace, etc.). 
 
 bertend {adv.) = am beften, in the 
 best manner; beftens grii^enb, 
 with the best compliments. 
 
 be fttmmf ^ certain, fixed. 
 
 Sefuj^', m. (-[e]g, pi. -e), visit, at- 
 tendance, entrance, admission. 
 
 befu'l^ett (lo.), to visit, to attend 
 (school). 
 
 betraiti'tf n (to.), to look at, to watch. 
 
 bttidrfern {w.), to populate, to 
 
 colonize, 
 
 betoai^'fen {perf. partic.), over- 
 grown, covered. 
 
 httaaf^rt, trusty, tried. 
 
 SetOOll'ner, m. (-g, pi. — ), inhabi- 
 tant. 
 
 bfttiun1)ern (w.), to admire. 
 
 bcja^'Ien (w.), to pay. 
 
 bejeii^'ncn {w.), to point out. 
 
 Scaic'^ung, /. {pi. -en), regard, 
 respect. 
 
 bie'tcii (bot, gcboten), to offer. 
 
 btlliett (to.), to form. 
 
 bil'liefl . . . ein, see einbilben. 
 
 Sittcf , n. (-g, pi. -s or -te), ticket. 
 
 biriig, cheap. 
 
 bin (ic^), I am; {idiom.), I have 
 been. 
 
 btn^en (banb, gebunben), to bind, 
 to tie. 
 
 bid {adv.), so far as ; prepos., big 
 an {accus.), up to, till; big 3U 
 {dot.), up to, till ; {conjunct.) = 
 big baf;, until ; fo lange big, until. 
 
 bt§'4en, n., little, little bit. 
 
 bifte! please! pray! 
 
 bitten {bai, gebeten), to request. 
 
 matt, n. (-eg, pi. ^er), leaf. 
 
 blon, blue. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 161 
 
 MauitC^, bluish ; bluish-white. 
 
 ©let, n. (-eg), lead. 
 
 Iblet'ficn (blieb, geblieben), to stay, 
 to remain, to tarry, to stay out 
 (away) ; fte^en hleiben, to stop; 
 iibrig bleiben, to be left over, to 
 be remaining. 
 
 ©leriiift, m. (-[e]g, pi. -e), (lead) 
 pencil. 
 
 bltnil, blind. 
 
 blifjcn (w.), to glitter. 
 
 blu'^en (ty.), to bloom. 
 
 Slum'djcn, n. (-s, pL —), (pretty) 
 little flower. 
 
 ©lu'mc,/. {pi -n), flower, plant. 
 
 ©lu'mcntolJf, m. (-[e]g, pi. ^e), 
 flower-pot. 
 
 S3lut, n. (-eg), blood. 
 
 Slii'te, /. ipl' -n), flower, blos- 
 som. 
 
 ©o'gen, w. (-g, pi. —), (cross-) 
 bow. 
 
 Soot, n. (-eg, pi. -e), boat. 
 
 93orb, w*. (-[e]g), (ship-)board. 
 
 99ourbon% name of a French island 
 in the Indian Ocean, East of 
 Madagascar, once called Isle 
 Bonaparte, 1809-1814, and also 
 Reunion. 
 
 SBrttft'IiCtt (-g), Brazil. 
 
 ©rtt'tcn, m. (-g), roast (meat). 
 
 brau'(t)en (w.), to use, to make use 
 of, to need ; bie braud^en fid) 
 auc^ nic^t ju fc^dtiien, they do 
 not need feel ashamed. 
 
 braun, brown. 
 
 bre'i^cn (brac^, gebrod^en), to break. 
 
 bteit, broad, wide, large. 
 
 Srei'te,/., latitude. 
 
 fBttia^'tlt,/-, Brittany, the north- 
 western peninsula of France. 
 
 ©rett, n. (-eg, pi. -er), board; ju 
 Srettern, into boards. 
 
 ©ticf, m. (-eg, pi. -e), letter, 
 epistle. 
 
 brin'gctt (brac^te, gebrac^t), to 
 bring, to take, to offer. 
 
 ISBri'tc, m. (-tt, pi. -n), Briton. 
 
 ©rot, n. (-eg, pi. -e), (loaf of) 
 bread. 
 
 ©ritlTe,/. (p^. -n), bridge. 
 
 ©ru'bcr, w. (-g, pi. ^), brother. 
 
 Srii'lierc^cn, n. (-g, pi. — ), dear 
 
 (beloved) brother. 
 
 ©rutt'ncn, m. (-g, pi. — ), well, 
 
 spring. 
 
 ©riif fcl, Brussels, the capital of 
 Belgium. 
 
 ©rufi'fcbcr,/. (pl- -n), breast- 
 feather, pectoral feather. 
 
 Sttt^, n. (-eg, pi. ""er), book. 
 
 ©iin'iicl, n. (-g, pi. — ), bundle, 
 parcel, bag. 
 
 »un'bcg^au|)tfltti)t, /. {pi. ^e), 
 national capital. 
 
 bunt, gay-colored. 
 
 ©urg,/. (P^. -en), castle. 
 
 ©iir'gcr, m. (-g, pi. — ), citizen. 
 
 ©urg'fitttbCtt, wi. (-g, pi ""), castle- 
 moat. 
 
 ©urg'^err, m. (-n, pi. -en), lord of 
 the castle. 
 
 ©tttg'^of, m. (-[e]g, pl ^e), castle- 
 yard. 
 
 ©urfiUnb', Burgundy. 
 
 Sufd), m. (-eg, pl ^e), bush, 
 thicket. 
 
 ©after,/., butter. 
 
162 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ®, 
 
 g^ttHfot'nten H), California. 
 
 ©tt'rotJfl, n. (pZ. -g) or g^araoerie, 
 /. (pf. -n), the Span, name of a 
 small ship used by the Spaniards 
 and Portuguese in the XV and 
 XVI centuries for long voyages. 
 It was in command of three such 
 caravels that Columbus crossed 
 the Atlantic and discovered 
 America. 
 
 6cntrttrs§0^'f(^ule, /., central 
 high-school. 
 
 ••c'est bien" (French) = bag ift 
 rec^t, that 's so. 
 
 @^^am|iag'nf ,/•> Champagne, one of 
 the eastern provinces of France. 
 
 g^tttof ter,rM. (-g, pi (S^arafte'rc), 
 character. 
 
 ©^oronerjeii^nung, /. {pi. -en), 
 characterizing description. 
 
 e^i'ntt (-6), China. 
 
 6^ri|l, m. (-en, pi. -en), Chris- 
 tian. 
 
 6^tifl'5ttttm, m. (-[e]Q, pi. ^e), 
 Christmas-tree. 
 
 S^rtfl^ftttb^ n. (-[e]5), infant 
 Christ. 
 
 e^riftttS {gen. (S^riftt), Christ. 
 
 ©itro'ne,/. {pi -n), lemon(-tree). 
 
 6!itltItfatioit%/., civilization. 
 
 @^OlM)^, n. (-5, pZ. -5), "coup^," 
 compartment. 
 
 2), 
 
 ba (adt).), there, then ; {conjunct.), 
 
 when, as, since. 
 tiahtV {emphat. ba'bei), thereby, 
 
 thereat, at the same time, withal ; 
 
 babei'fein, to be present, to take 
 
 part. 
 tad^'it, see ben!en. 
 Jiofttr' {emphat. ba'fiir), instead of 
 
 it, in return. 
 bal^er^ {emphat. ba'^er), therefore, 
 
 for that reason ; with a verb of 
 
 motion, along. 
 lia^in" {emphat. ba'^in), thither, 
 
 there ; big bal^in, till then, up 
 
 to that time, 
 fit^ Jio^in'fi^longclii (w.), to glide 
 
 along. 
 
 ba'tnalig {adj.), of that time; bcr 
 bamaltge ^onig, the then reign- 
 ing king. 
 
 ba^mal0 {adv.), then, at that time. 
 
 bamtf {emphat. ba'mit), with it, 
 with them, therewith; {conjunct), 
 in order that. 
 
 ^omll'fer, m. (-g, pi. —), steamer, 
 steam-boat. 
 
 ^a'nemarf (-g), Denmark. 
 
 ba'nifi^, Danish. 
 
 ^anf, m. (-eg), thanks. 
 
 ban'fen («>.), to thank. 
 
 bttnn, then. 
 
 liarait' {emphat. bar'an), thereon, 
 thereat; baran 5te^en, to pull 
 it. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 163 
 
 tiatauf (emphat. bar'auf), there- 
 upon, after that, to that. 
 
 tiarauS" {emphat. bar'aug), out of 
 this, of it. 
 
 bttrin' {emphat. bar'in), therein, 
 in it (them), with them. 
 
 bttr'ftcttcn {w.), to represent. 
 
 2)ttrfmOttt^ e^oKegC, Dartmouth 
 College, of Hanover, N. H. 
 
 tiarum' {emphat. bar'um), there- 
 fore, for this reason. 
 
 bad {demonstr.), that, they. 
 
 ))a§ {conjunct), that, because. 
 
 ^a'ttttn, n. (-g, pi. 2)a'ten), 
 date. 
 
 bau^ern {w.), to last, to keep, to 
 take (time), 
 
 baDon' {emphat. ba'oon), thereof, 
 from it, from them. 
 
 bcitt, bei'nc, bcin, thy, your. 
 Xtmotxaf.m. (-en, pi. -en) , Demo- 
 crat. 
 bemolra'ttf^. Democratic. 
 be'nen {relat), (to) whom, (to) 
 
 which. 
 ben'fen (bad^te, gebad^t), to think. 
 bcnit {adv.), then = I wonder; 
 
 {conjunct), for, as, since. 
 ben^noi^, nevertheless, yet. 
 bcr, bic, bttS {relat), who, which, 
 
 (that). 
 bcr'cn {relat), whose, of which, 
 
 of whom. 
 berglei'^en^ the like, such like. 
 bcr'ienigc, bic'ienigc, bttg'icnioc 
 
 that (one), he; berjenige . . . ber, 
 
 he who. 
 bcrfcrtic, biefcrbc, H^eVhe, the 
 
 beffcit {relat), whose, of whom, 
 of which. 
 
 bcutf^, German. 
 
 2)CUtft^ or baS ^Cttf fc^C, German 
 (the study of). 
 
 bCtttfl^ 5 frttnjb'ftf (^, German- 
 French; ber beutfc^sfrangofifc^e 
 ^rieg, the Franco-German War 
 of 1870-71. 
 
 2)CUtf^sSot^'rttt0Cn, German-Lor- 
 raine, that part of Lorraine 
 which after the Franco-German 
 War, 1870-71, was annexed by 
 the German empire. 
 
 bcutfj^'s llttttonor, German-"na- 
 tional" (and not merely "pro- 
 vincial" interests, etc.). 
 
 ^cuffrf)c(cr), m. (-en, pi. -en), 
 German ; 3)eutfci^e, /. {pi. 
 beut[c^e[en] ^rauen), German 
 woman. 
 
 ^eutf^lanb (-§), Germany. 
 
 ^Cjcm'bcr, m. {-§), December. 
 
 ^ittlcfff rn. (-eg, pi. -e), dialect; 
 ber fc^rocibifd^e S)iale!t, the Sua- 
 bian or Upper German dialect is 
 characterized by the preference 
 of fuller and harder sounds, and 
 the predominance of the lower 
 organs of speech, as the chest 
 and throat. 
 
 bi^'tcn {w.), to write, to compose. 
 
 ^WttVr m. (-g, pi. — ), poet. 
 
 bid, thick, big. 
 
 ^tcfcng (S^arleg), born 1812, 
 the great English novehst, died 
 at Gadshill, his country-seat 
 near Rochester, county of Kent, 
 on June 9, 1870. 
 
164 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 We«/orbtcfe3. 
 
 Jite'fcr, btc'fe, btc'feS, this, this 
 one, the latter. 
 
 bicd'feit or btrrfeit^ {genii.), on 
 this side of. 
 
 bit {dot.), (to) thyself, (to) your- 
 self ; bu bilbeft bir ein, you 
 imagine, you fancy. 
 
 ^iftelflnfc, m. (-n, pi -n), thistle- 
 finch, goldfinch. 
 
 ^ifiriff , m. (-e^, pi. -e), district. 
 
 btDibte'ren (u;.), to divide. 
 
 llO^, yet, after all. 
 
 2)0'nQU,/., Danube (river). 
 
 t)0|)'|ielt^ double, twofold. 
 
 ^orf, n. (-e^, pi. ^er), village. 
 
 2)orff(^uIe, /. {pL -n), village- 
 school. 
 
 ^orot^e'a (-^ or 2)orot^e'eng), 
 Dorothy. 
 
 bor'ren iw.), to dry. 
 
 Jort, there. 
 
 '^nxa^tt' {emphat. bort'^er) , (thence) 
 from yonder. 
 
 bort^itl' (emphat. borf^in), 
 (thither) to that place. 
 
 borf 19 (ad;.), of that place, there. 
 
 ^a'mtt,n. (-g,i)i.2)tamen), drama. 
 
 tnYtt . . . Ijemm', see ^crum= 
 
 bre^en. 
 brei, three. 
 
 bret'betnig, three-legged. 
 brei'^igfte, thirtieth. 
 brci'je^n, thirteen ; brei'^e^nte, 
 
 thirteenth. 
 brin'gfn (brang, gebningen), to 
 
 enter into, to reach. 
 Jirirtf, third. 
 
 brif tel^alb, two and a half. 
 bu, thou, you. 
 burten (uj.), to exhale sweet scent 
 
 (or fragrance). 
 ^tt'ne, /. {pi -n), dune, down, 
 
 sandhill. 
 bun'feL dark, black. 
 biinn, thin. 
 burt^ {accus.), through, by means 
 
 of, owing to, by ; {adv.), through ; 
 
 burc^ unb burd^, throughout, 
 
 thoroughly. 
 ^ur^'fu^rnng, /., accomplish- 
 ment, execution. 
 ^urj^'gong, m. (-[c]g, pi ^e), 
 
 passage. 
 buri^g = burd^ bag. 
 biirr, dry, arid, barren. 
 
 e'benfo, likewise ; ebenfo . . . wie, 
 just as ... as. 
 
 f^t, genuine, thorough(ly). 
 
 SiTfrmanit (^o^ann ^eter), bom 
 in Hanover m 1792. In 1823 
 he was called to Weimar where 
 he lived in Goethe's house as 
 
 the poet's private secretary. 
 After Goethe's death in 1832 
 he became the librarian of the 
 grand-duchess Maria Paulowna. 
 He died at Weimar in 1854. Of 
 world-wide fame is his work 
 ConverscUions with Goethe. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 165 
 
 e'bcl {attrih. ebler, eble, ebleg), 
 generous, noble-hearted. 
 
 ©'ilcUannc, /. {pi. -n), silver fir- 
 tree. 
 
 6^'re,/. {pL -n), honor. 
 
 Ci! why! ay! 
 
 6i'(^c,/. (p^. -n), oak. 
 
 ©i'c^cl,/. (pi. -n), acorn. 
 
 tin, cin'c, ein (iwde/. artic), a, an; 
 {numeral), one. 
 
 etnatf'lier, each other, one another; 
 unter einanber, among them- 
 selves. 
 
 fid^ ein'HIben (w.), to imagine, to 
 fancy. 
 
 ^itt'brttrf, m. (-[e]§, pZ. ""e), im- 
 pression. 
 
 ein'cr, cin'e, cin'(e)5 (pron.), (the) 
 
 one, some one. 
 
 Ctn'fttd), plain, simple. 
 
 etn'fattcn (ftel, gef alien), to inter- 
 rupt. 
 
 C^tn'gcfiung, /. {pi -en), dictate, 
 inspiration. 
 
 cin'Bclaticn, see einlaben. 
 
 cin'BC^jflttnjt, see einpflanjen. 
 
 cin'^ttltctt (i)ielt, ge^aIten),tokeep, 
 to follow. 
 
 tin% ; cinig^c, some ; some, few. 
 
 ein'Iatien (lub, gelaben), to in- 
 vite. 
 
 ftc^ etn'Iaffen (Ite^, getaffen), to 
 enter into, to engage one's self 
 in. 
 
 etnmar {indefin.), once, once upon 
 a time ; auf einmal, all at once, 
 suddenly; nod^ einmal, once 
 more; ein'ntal {dqfin.), once, 
 one time. 
 
 ein^lifianjen (w.)» to implant, to 
 
 inculcate, 
 fic^ ctn'qutttticren (w.), to take up 
 
 one's quarters. 
 cittg = eineg {neuL). 
 ein'f^rei^en (fc^rieb, gefd^rieben), 
 
 to register. 
 cinfl, once. 
 etn^fietgen (ftieg, geftiegen) , to enter 
 
 (a railroad-car). 
 cin'trcten (trat, getreten), to enter ; 
 
 bet tl)m eintreten, to enter his 
 
 private room. 
 cin'lUanlJCrn {w.), to immigrate, 
 
 to intrude, to invade. 
 eitt^tuitligen {w.), to consent to, to 
 
 acquiesce in. 
 tin'ttJO^ner, m. (-g, pi — ), in- 
 habitant. 
 citt'jicften (jog, gejogen), to gather, 
 
 to collect; ©rfunbigungen ein= 
 
 jie^en, to make inquiries. 
 tin'm, only. 
 
 ctn'jujic^ctt, see einjie^en. 
 (irfcn, n. (-g), iron. 
 @i'fCttbo!^n, /. {pi. -en), railroad. 
 ©i'fcnbtt^nbcttm'lc (ber); ©i'fen= 
 
 bal^nbeam'ter (ein) (-n, pi. -n), 
 
 railroad-employe. 
 
 (gi'fenbtt^nttJttficn, m. (-g, pi. — ), 
 
 railroad-car. 
 
 @rftt§, m. {gen. ©Ifafjeg), Alsace, 
 formerly belonging to France, 
 since 1871 a German province, 
 on the left bank of the Upper- 
 Rhine. 
 
 Wtetn.pl, parents. 
 
 tVitxnloB, (parentless), orphan, 
 orphaned. 
 
166 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 C^migranf , m. (-en, j>l. -en), emi- 
 gi-ant. 
 
 em^fan'gett (empfing, empfangen), 
 to receive. 
 
 em|ife^'Un (empfa^I, empfo^Ien), 
 to recommend, to remember. 
 
 ©mpfitt'Dttng, /. (pZ. -en), feeling. 
 
 cmpor', up, upwards. 
 
 d^n'lie, n. (-g, pi. -n), end. 
 
 cn'ben («?.), to end, to close. 
 
 enb'lit^, at last, finally. 
 
 Anergic',/., energy. 
 
 ener'gifc^, energetic. 
 
 Cng, narrow. 
 
 en'geBgut, as kind as an angel. 
 
 ^ng'Ianb {gen. -s), England. 
 
 ^ng'liinber, m. {-%, pi. —), Eng- 
 lishman ; -in, /. {pi. -nen), 
 English woman. 
 
 cng'Hft^, English, of England. 
 
 entlteif en (w), to discover. 
 ©nttetrung,/. (pi. -en), discovery, 
 fic^ entfer'neii («>.), to withdraw. 
 entfcmf, off; roeit entfernt, far 
 
 from. 
 entge'Sett {dat.^ follows its case)^ 
 
 against. 
 entge'gettfifiiifen (u).), to send to 
 
 meet one {dot.). 
 tni%i^ntn (w.), to reply, to rejoin. 
 ent^ortcii (ent^ielt, ent^alten), to 
 
 contain. 
 entfl^Itt^'fcn (w.), to slip away ; fte 
 
 cntfd^Iiipften mir, they slipped 
 
 away from me. 
 entflJirin'gcn (entjprang, entjpmn= 
 
 gen), to spring, to rise. 
 entflc^'ung,/., origm. 
 tnttntUt . . . o'Uer, either ... or. 
 
 er, he (it). 
 
 erbctt'tcn («>.), to take as booty. 
 
 txhlittttt (w.), to see, to behold. 
 
 6r'l>e, /., earth. 
 
 greig'niS, n. (-f^e§, pi. -ffe), in- 
 cident, event. 
 
 erfwricn {w.)^ to fill, to replenish. 
 
 ^f art, a (formerly fortified) town 
 of Thuringia, where in the au- 
 tumn of the year 1808 Napo- 
 leon met in conference Emperor 
 Alexander I, of Russia, and a 
 large assemblage of German 
 sovereigns. 
 
 erge'Ben {perf. partic.), devoted, 
 attached ; ^^r ergebener. Your 
 obedient servant, Yours truly. . . 
 
 crgrei'tcn (ergriff, ergriffen), to 
 affect, to touch, to strike (heart ; 
 feelings). 
 
 erl^ortcn (er^ielt, er^alten), to get, 
 to obtain; fid^ er^alten, to be 
 preserved. 
 
 jic^ er^c'beii (er^ob, er^oben), to 
 rise, to arise. 
 
 etlllii^'cil (w.), to increase. 
 
 erin'ncrung,/. {pi. -en), memory, 
 remembrance. 
 
 erflo'ren (w.), to explam, "to 
 render." 
 
 fid^ crfun'Uigcn («;.), to make in- 
 quiries. 
 
 erfuntiigung,/. {pi -en), inquiry. 
 
 rr(au'ben {w.), to allow, to permit; 
 fic^ eriauben, to beg leave to. 
 
 erie'bcn («>•)» to exi)erience. 
 
 @rr!bnig,wi. {lU. alder-king), elfin- 
 king, king of the elves ; the title 
 of a famous ballad by Groethe. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 167 
 
 ermotlieit (w.)> to murder, to kill. 
 
 crnfl, grave, stern. 
 
 CttC'fien (i«-)» to stir up, to inspire. 
 
 crret'C^cn {w.), to reach, to arrive at. 
 
 crrij'tcn (w.), to blush. 
 
 @rftt$', wz. (-e^), reparation. 
 
 etf^offen (erfc^uf, erfc^affen), to 
 create, to cause to exist. 
 
 crfc^ct'nctt (erfd^ien, erfd^tenen), to 
 appear, to make one's appear- 
 ance, to arrive. 
 
 C^rfi^ei'nung,/. {pi -en), appear- 
 ance. 
 
 erfdircifett (erfd^ra!, erfc^rodfen), 
 trans., to startle, to terrify; 
 intrans. , to be startled, terrified ; 
 erfc^rotfen, per/, partic, terri- 
 fied. 
 
 Ctfl (adv.), not before, not until ; 
 erft . . . alg, only when. 
 
 etfiatt'nen (w.), to be astonished, 
 to be amazed; ba§ ®rftaunen, 
 surprise, amazement. 
 
 er^aunltd^/ stupendous, wonder- 
 ful. 
 
 I erf tc, first. 
 
 ! crmii^'len (w.), to choose. 
 ertoar'mcn {w.), to warm, to heat. 
 ertoci'fcn (erroieg, erroiefen), to 
 
 prove, to demonstrate, to render, 
 
 to show (a favor). 
 erttli'iicrtt (w.), to rejoin, to reply. 
 erjaj^'len (w.), to tell, to narrate. 
 ©rjci^'luttg,/. {pi -en), tale, story. 
 Ci8, it, there ; „e^" finb, they are, 
 
 there are. 
 W\tl, m. (-g, pi — ), ass. 
 erfen {a% gegefjen), to eat. 
 ©t^nogroli^', m. (-en, pi -en), 
 
 ethnographer. 
 et^nogra^ll^if^, ethnographic (al). 
 tt toaB, somewhat, a little, slightly. 
 Ctt^ {dat or accMS.), you. 
 ctt'er, ctt'(c)re, cu'er {possess.), 
 
 your. 
 gtt'rc {poss. sing.), your. 
 ©uro'^lO {gen. -g), Europe. 
 Excersior! (Lax.), on higher! 
 
 the title of a poem by Long- 
 fellow. 
 
 3r* 
 
 Sftt'bcl,/. (p/. -n), fable. 
 
 Sfft^'nc,/. (p^ -n), flag, banner. 
 
 fttft'rcn (fu^r, gefa^ren), to sail, 
 to go. 
 
 fo^rcn . . . fort, see forffa^ren. 
 
 Sftt^OIttn, m. (-[e]g, pi -^c), time- 
 table. 
 
 Sfo^rt,/. {pi -en), voyage. 
 
 3folir'5CU0,n. (-[e]g,pi. -e), vessel, 
 craft. 
 
 SfttH, wi. (-e§, pZ. ^e), case; auf 
 
 jeben §aU, at any rate, by all 
 
 means. 
 fanctt (fiel, gefaUen), to fall (on = 
 
 auf, accus.); in^ 3iotlid^e fallen, 
 
 to incline to reddish. 
 Sfamnie,/. {pi -n), family. 
 fttnb . . . fltttt, see ftatf finben. 
 fttn'gen (fing, gefangen), to catch, 
 
 to take. 
 
168 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ^ax'fft,/. {pl -n), color. 
 
 for'bcn {w.), to color, to paint, to 
 tinge. 
 
 gttr'benfttflen, m. {-^, pi. — , or 
 •*), color-box, paint-box. 
 
 fttlll, rotten, putrid. 
 
 ,,3fOtt|l," the title of Goethe's 
 dramatic masterwork. 
 
 3fe'bruor, m. (-g), February. 
 
 fci^'ten (foc^t, gefod^ten), to fight. 
 
 gfclJer,/. {pi. -n), feather, pen. 
 
 fei'em (w.), to celebrate. 
 
 gei'ge,/. (pi. -n), fig(-tree). 
 
 gfeig'Iing, m. (-g, pi. -e), coward. 
 
 fein, fine, delicate, elegant. 
 
 Sfiltb, m. (-eg, pi -e), enemy; 
 bie ^einbin, enemy. 
 
 gcin'fj^merfer, m. (-g, pi. —), 
 nice feeder, 'gourmet.' 
 
 geHl'ttrteit, /. {pi. -en), agri- 
 cultural labor, work in the 
 fields. 
 
 Sfcn'flcr, n. (-g, pi. —), window. 
 
 fer'ncr, furthermore, moreover. 
 
 fern'Hegenb, far. 
 
 fer'tiB, ready, done, created. 
 
 gfcfl, n. (-eg, pi. -e), festival, 
 holiday. 
 
 fen, firm(-ly). 
 
 flcl . . . tin, see ein'fQlIen. 
 
 linden (fanb, gefunben), to find; 
 fid^ finben, to be found, to be ; 
 ft(^ in etroag finben, to conform 
 one's self (to reconcile one's 
 self) to (in, accus.). 
 
 %\W\an%, m. {-%), fishing. 
 
 gfla'l^e, /. {pi. -n), plain, sur- 
 face. 
 
 gflo'fi^c,/. {pi. -n), bottle. 
 
 flaf tern (u>.), to flutter, to stream. 
 
 gflcifj^, n. (-eg), meat. 
 
 nie'gen (flog, geflogen), to fly; sum 
 j^ltegen (for flying), to fly. 
 
 f[ie'§en (fto^, gefloffen), to flow. 
 
 flo'gen, see fliegen. 
 
 glii'Bel, »w. (-g, pi. — ), wing; 
 i^nen bie j^Iiigel, their wings. 
 
 ffiifl'flC/ fledge, fledged, able to 
 fly. 
 
 3fltt§, m. (-eg, pi. H), river. 
 
 %\ni,f. {pi. -en), flood, water. 
 
 ^olieralifi^ m. (-en, pi. -en), 
 Federalist, one of the old po- 
 litical party of the "Feder- 
 alists." 
 
 forgett (w.), to follow, to pursue; 
 folgenb, pres. partic.^ follow- 
 ing. 
 
 gform,/. {pi. -en), form, shape. 
 
 foremen {w.), to form, to shape. 
 
 fort, away, along. 
 
 forf ftt^ren (fu^r, gefa^ren), to con- 
 tinue ; fasten Bie ja fort ! go on 
 by all means ! 
 
 forfgclcn (ging, gegangen), to go 
 away, to start. 
 
 forf fe$cn {w.), to continue. 
 
 forftreiben (trieb, getrieben), to 
 drive (chase) away. 
 
 Sfrtt'ge, /. {pi. -n), query, ques- 
 tion, inquiry. 
 
 fra^gen (w.), to ask, to question, 
 to inquire; ber ©efragte, one 
 asked, interrogated. 
 
 Sfronfreir^ {gen. -g), France. 
 
 grOttJO'fc, m. (-n, pi. -n), French- 
 man ; ^ranjo'fin, /. {pi. -nen), 
 French woman. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 169 
 
 ftonjo'TO, French. 
 
 gtau, /. {pi. -en), woman, lady, 
 wife; Mrs., "Frau." 
 
 ^t'm'kin, n. (-g), young lady of 
 noble birth (= damsel), Miss. 
 
 frci, free; bag ^reie, the open 
 air. 
 
 ^XtV^tpM, n. (-[e]6), amount 
 of baggage allowed to travel- 
 lers. 
 
 3frertO0, w. (-g), Friday. 
 
 frcmb, strange, foreign. 
 
 grett'be,/. {pi -n), enjoyment. 
 
 jicf) frCtt'cn (io.)» ^o rejoice (at = 
 iiber, accus.), to delight (in = 
 iiber, accus.). 
 
 gfrcunl), m. (-eg, pZ. -e), friend, 
 ally; bie ^reunbin {pi. -nen), 
 lady-friend. 
 
 freunb'lid), friendly, kind. 
 
 Sreunb'li(^!eit, /., pleasantness, 
 pleasing demeanor. 
 
 Srie'iJCn, m. (-g), peace, peace- 
 fulness. 
 
 Sfricb'rit^ {gen. -g), Frederick; 
 ^riebric^ ber ©ro^e, king of 
 Prussia, 1740-1786, the hero of 
 the Seven Years' War (1756- 
 1763). 
 ftifd), fresh. 
 
 fro^lic^, merry, happy (-ily). 
 SruJ^t,/. (pi. "e), fruit. 
 gru^f bttttm,TO. (-g/ Pl ""e), fruit- 
 tree. 
 
 friil^, soon, early, at an early 
 
 hour. 
 Sfrit^'^erbfl, m. (-eg), beginning 
 
 of autumn. 
 gru^'ling, m. (-g), spring (a 
 
 season). 
 Sfru^'Unggttttfttng, m. (-g), com- 
 mencement of spring. 
 fru^'flutfcn {w.), (to breakfast), 
 
 to lunch. 
 fii^'lctt {w.), to feel; ftc^ fii^len, 
 
 to feel. 
 fiil^'tCIl {w.), to guide, to lead, to 
 
 conduct, to manage, to take, 
 
 to wage (war). 
 gfii^'rcr, m. (-g, pi — ), leader, 
 
 captain. 
 funfte, fifth. 
 
 fiinf tell alb, four and a half. 
 fiir {accus.), for, in exchange for, 
 
 instead of; roag fiir? {adv.), 
 
 what kind of ? 
 ficJ) fiir^'tCtt {w.), to be afraid. 
 furs = fur bag. 
 Sfiitfl, m. (-en, pi -en), prince, 
 
 reigning prince; ber j^iirft (p. 
 104) refers to Goethe's friend 
 
 Karl August of Saxe- Weimar ; 
 bie ^iirftin, the latter' s wife, 
 Louisa. 
 furfi'Iic^, princely. 
 gftt^, m. (-eg, pi ^e), foot; ju 
 
 ^u^, afoot. 
 fttftcrn {w.), to feed. 
 
170 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 9. 
 
 gag, see gebcn. 
 
 @al)0'l^tU/ name of a mountain in 
 
 the county of Kent (England), 
 
 northwest of Rochester, known 
 
 through a scene in Shakespeare's 
 
 "Henrj'IV." 
 galopliie'rett (w.), to gallop. 
 Oong, m. (-e^), gait, step, course, 
 
 run. 
 gattl {odj.)^ whole, all, entire; 
 
 {adv.)^ quite, very, exceedingly; 
 
 ein ©anje^, a rounded whole; 
 
 ein gan} flein roenig, a very 
 
 little bit; ganj roie . . ., just 
 
 as . . . 
 gttt, at all ; gar nic^t, not at 
 
 all. 
 ©orlli'ne,/. {vl. -n), curtain. 
 @arf $fn^ n. (-g, pi. —), pretty 
 
 (little) garden. 
 ®tLtUn, m. (-g, pi. *), garden. 
 @ar'ten6aum, m. (-§, pi. *e), 
 
 garden (orchard)-tree. 
 @afl, m. (-es, pf. ^e), guest. 
 gafl'ftettllbUlJ), hospitable. 
 ©or^of, m. (-[e]^, pi. ^e), hotel, 
 
 inn. 
 ge'ben (gab, gegeben), to give; e^ 
 
 giebt, there is, there are. 
 ©cbicf, n. (-g, pi. -e), territory, 
 
 tract of the country. 
 @ebir'ge,n. (-§, pi.—), mountains, 
 
 mountain-range. 
 geblte'^en, see bleiben. 
 gebo'gen, curved, bent. 
 gcbo'ten, bom. 
 
 gebrai^f , see bringen. 
 
 Oeburf,/. (pi. -en), birth. 
 
 ©Cburtg'ort, m. (-eg, pi. -e), birth- 
 place, native place. 
 
 ©fbttrtrtag, w. (-[e]g, pi. -e), 
 birthday. 
 
 ®ebuf(^% n. (-eg), bushes, shrub- 
 bery. 
 
 @ebtt(^fni0, n. (-ffeg), memory. 
 
 ®eJ)an'fc[n], m. (©ebanfeng, pi. 
 ©ebanfen), thought. 
 
 geliei'^en (gebie^, gebie^en), to 
 thrive. 
 
 ©elJid^f, n. (-[e]g, pi. -e), poem. 
 
 gcbil^'tct «ee bitten. 
 
 ©cfo^r'tc, m. (-n, pi. -n), (com- 
 panion), pL^ crew. 
 
 gefonen (gefiel, gefaUen), to 
 please, to be pleased with, to 
 like. 
 
 gcfonigH {adv.), please, if you 
 please. 
 
 gefan'gen, see fangen. 
 
 gefotbf, see fdrben. 
 
 gcflcr, see gefaUen. 
 
 geflo'gcn, see fliegen. 
 
 gefoi^'ten, see fec^ten. 
 
 ge'gen {accus.), towards, against. 
 
 ©C'genb, /. {pi -en), neighbor- 
 hood. 
 
 ©e'genfloiib, m. (-[e]g, pi. ^e), 
 subject, object; 3um ©egenftanb, 
 for its subject. 
 
 @c'gentcil, n. (-[e]s, pi. -e), con- 
 trary; im ©egenteil, on the con- 
 trary. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 171 
 
 gegenu'ber {dot., follows its case)^ 
 opposite, face to face ; ein= 
 anber gegeniiber, facing one 
 another. 
 
 gcl^ttbt', see f)aben. 
 
 gc'^cn (gtng, gegangen), to go, to 
 walk; „eg" ging, they went, 
 they started ; roie ge^t eg S^nen ? 
 how are you ? eg ge^t mir gut, 
 I am well off ; b em Tlanne gel^t 
 eg befjer, that man is better off ; 
 beim ©el^en, when walking, for 
 walking. 
 
 ©Cplj', n. (-eg), grove, wood, 
 copse. 
 
 ®Cpr% w. (-g)/ "audience." 
 
 gc^or'^cn (w.), to obey. 
 
 gep'tcn (w.), to belong. 
 
 @eifl, m. (-eg, pf. -er), spirit. 
 
 BCfdm^ff , see fampfen. 
 
 gcfttuft', see faufen. . 
 
 gclii^mf , see lawmen. 
 
 gelan^gen (w.), to reach, to arrive 
 at. 
 
 9ClB, yellow; ber©elbe, the yellow 
 (one); gelbs (for gelbgeftreift), 
 with yellow stripes. 
 
 ©elb, n. (-eg, pi. -er), money. 
 
 gctebf , see leben. 
 
 ©clc'gcn^eit /. (pi. -en), chance, 
 opportunity. 
 
 gclc'gentlic^, incidentally, occa- 
 sionally. 
 
 ©ele^r'te, w. (-n, pi. -n), scholar. 
 
 gelcrnt', see lernen. 
 
 gelin'gen (gelang, gelungen), im- 
 pers.^ with dat, to succeed; eg 
 ift i^m gelungen, he has suc- 
 ceeded (in, ju, ivith infin.). 
 
 gemai^f , see madden. 
 
 ©cmtt^lin, /. {pi. -nen), wife; 
 ^f)ve ^rau ©ema^Un, your 
 wife. 
 
 Ocmiiriie, n. (-g, pZ. — ), picture, 
 painting. 
 
 gcmtt'^igt, subdued. 
 
 gemitt^Iil^^ pleasant, comfortable. 
 
 9cnic'^cn (geno^, genoffen), to 
 receive, to enjoy. 
 
 ©c'niuS, m. {—, pi. -f je or ©enieg')/ 
 genius, man of genius. 
 
 gcoffnct, see i)ffnen. 
 
 ®tpM', n. (-[e]g), baggage, lug- 
 gage ; ©epac!=2lnnal)me, /., bag- 
 gage-room. 
 
 ®c<iarf'fit)cin, m. (-[e]g, pi. -e), 
 baggage-ticket (certificate). 
 
 ©C^Jrii'gC, n. (-g), stamp, charac- 
 ter. 
 
 gc^Jtiiff , see priifen. 
 
 gcta'iic (adv.), just. 
 
 Bering', lightly, inferior (in quali- 
 ty). 
 
 gem (adv.), gladly, willingly, read- 
 ily; gem l^aben, to like; nid^t 
 gem ^aben, to dislike. 
 
 gern'gefc^cn, welcome. 
 
 gefanbf, see fenben. 
 
 gef^c^'en (gefc^a^, gejc^e^en), to 
 happen. 
 
 ®ef(^i(i)'te, /. {pi -n), story, his- 
 tory. 
 
 @cfd)i(^t0'momcnt, m. (-g, pi. -e), 
 historical moment. 
 
 ®cfc^irtid)fcit/., ability. 
 
 geft^rte'bcn, see fc^reiben. 
 
 ©efi^tua'iicr, n. (-g, pi. —), 
 squadron. 
 
172 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ©efj^toif'tet, pl-y brothers and 
 
 sisters. 
 @efett'f(^aft, /. {pi -en), company. 
 gcfef'fen, see fi^en. 
 gcfel^f , see fe^en. 
 @cft(^f, n. (-[e]g, i)Z. ©cjic^ter, 
 
 faces; ©efic^te, visions), face, 
 
 vision. 
 ©efin'llttttjj,/. (pl.-en), sentiment, 
 
 conviction, opinion. 
 ©eflittt^', n. (-[e]g, pi. -e), talk, 
 
 conversation. 
 gef))ro'(^en, see fprec^en. 
 ©efla'lie, n. (-g, pZ. — ), shore, 
 
 (sea-) coast. 
 ©efiolf,/. (p^ -en), form, figure. 
 gefic^'cn (geftanb, geftanben), to 
 
 confess, to acknowledge, 
 geftem, yesterday; geftem 2lbenb, 
 
 last night. 
 gefnnd^ sound, healthy, strong. 
 @efunb'^eit /-■, health, state of 
 
 health. 
 @e§'Ifr (Hermann), in SchUler's 
 
 play the Imperial Governor of 
 
 the counties of Schwyz and 
 
 Uri. 
 get^on% see t^un. 
 gettcnnf , see trennen. 
 getroif net, see trorfnen. 
 @eft^§6urQ, name of a town in 
 
 the state of Pennsylvania, where 
 
 July 3, 1863, the confederate 
 
 army mider Gen. Lee was de- 
 feated by Gen. Meade, 
 getoc'fcn, see aux. jein. 
 ®ttoi^t, n. (-[e]^, pi. -e), weight. 
 getDtn'nen (geroann, geroonnen), to 
 
 gain. 
 
 OettJiffeil, n. {-%), conscience; 
 ntit gutem ©eroiffen, conscienti- 
 ously, in conscience. 
 
 getlli§% certain(ly), no doubt. 
 
 getoo'gen, see roiegen. 
 
 gCtDO^n'Hl^, generally, usually. 
 
 getob^nf , accustomed (to = an, 
 accus.). 
 
 getoorlien, see roerben. 
 
 gejo'gen, see jie^en. 
 
 gittg, see ge^en. 
 
 ging . . . fort, see forf ge^en. 
 
 gtng . . . ^erbor, see ^eroor'ge^en. 
 
 @(att3, m. (-e^), splendor. 
 
 glan'jen (u>.), to gleam, to glitter. 
 
 @Io5, n. (-eg, pi. Hx), glass. 
 
 glau'kn, to believe (in = an, 
 accus.). 
 
 glcil^ (=fogIetc^), immediately. 
 
 glet(^'giltig, unimportant; ganj 
 gleid^giltig, all the same. 
 
 gIei$'mQ§tg, even, miiform. 
 
 glcil^'jcitig, simultaneous(-ly). 
 
 @ltetl, n. (-eg, pi. -er), member, 
 individual. 
 
 ©lore,/. (pZ. -n), bell. 
 
 ®{vii, n. (-e§), (good) luck, suc- 
 cess. 
 
 gliilf Ii(^, happy. 
 
 @oet]^e (So^ann 2BoIfgang, Bon), 
 the greatest poet of Germany, 
 bom at Frankfurt-on-the-Main, 
 Aug. 28, 1749. In 1775 he 
 went to Weimar, where he lived 
 till death, on March 22, 1832 ; 
 his last words being: "More 
 light ! " His only son, Augustus 
 G<)ethe, bornl789, died at Rome 
 in 1830. — He is the author of 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 173 
 
 the dramas Faust, Iphigenia, 
 Egmont, Torquato Tasso, Goetz 
 von Berlichingen, of the novels 
 The Sorrows of Wertlier, Elec- 
 tive Affinities, and Wilhelm 
 Meister, of the epic Hermann 
 und Dorothea, and a great num- 
 ber of the finest ballads and 
 lyric poems. 
 
 ®OC't^cf(^, of (by) Goethe. 
 
 ®0lil, n. (-eg), gold. 
 
 goriien, of gold, gilt. 
 
 ©olti'lioub, m. (-[e]g), gold-dust. 
 
 ®oit, m, (-eg, pi ^er), God, the 
 Lord, god ; ber liebe ©ott, Our 
 Father in Heaven. 
 
 ©rail, m. (-eg, pi -e), degree. 
 
 @rttf, m. (-en, pi -en), count. 
 
 ©roffli^ttft, /. (pi. -en), county. 
 
 ©rantffittat ^- (-[e]g), "Granite 
 State" (= state of New Hamp- 
 shire). 
 
 grtt'fcn (w.), to graze. 
 
 @ttt8'^U<)fcir, m. (-g, pi. — ), grass- 
 hopper. 
 
 ©rabelof te, name of a village near 
 Metz (German Lorraine), the 
 scene of a great battle between 
 the German and the French 
 armies, Aug. 18, 1870. 
 
 grttjibg^ graceful. 
 
 ©rcnttbier', m. (-g, pi -e), grena- 
 dier; „bie ©renabiere," the 
 
 title of a popular ballad of 
 Heine. 
 
 (Bren'je, /. {pi -n), boundary, 
 verge, line. 
 
 grcn'jcn (^w.), to border (on = an, 
 accus.). 
 
 ©ric'^cntanl) {gen. -g), Greece. 
 
 ©ric'^ifi^ or bag (Sinecf)if(^e, Greek 
 (the study of) ; griec^tf c^, Greek. 
 
 9ro^, great, large, big, tall. 
 
 ©ro&'ftiiilter, m. (-g, pi — ), in- 
 habitant of a large city. 
 
 griin, green. 
 
 ®runb, w. (-g, pi ^e), ground, 
 back-ground, reason. 
 
 (Srunb'IogC, /. (pi. -n), funda- 
 ment. 
 
 ©ru^l'^lC, /. (pi.-n), group, cluster. 
 
 grii'^en (w.), to greet; Qrii^enb, 
 pres. partic. = with the best 
 compliments. 
 
 ©uanal^a'ni, the Indian name of 
 San Salvador, one of theBahama 
 islands. 
 
 ®ut, n. (-eg, pi. ''er), goods, per- 
 sonal property, estate. 
 
 0ttt {adj.), good, nice; {adv.), 
 well, nicely. 
 
 @Qmna'ftum, n. (-g, pi ©t)mna= 
 jten), "gymnasium," in Ger- 
 many a high-school intended 
 to give immediate preparation 
 for the university. 
 
174 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ^. 
 
 §ttor, n. (-eg, pi. -e), hair. 
 
 ^a'be, /., goods; §ab unb ©ut, 
 goods and chattels. 
 
 f^a'btn (^atte, ge^abt), to have (for 
 a = 5u); 5um SSonminb ^aben, 
 to have for a guardian. 
 
 ^ttcfe,/. (pZ. -n), pick-axe. 
 
 §a'fett^ »i. (-6, pi. ^), harbor. 
 
 ^ai'ti or ©antO:2)omin'go, in size 
 the second of the Antilles or 
 Leeward islands of the West 
 Indies ; auf §aiti, in Haiti. 
 
 Ittlb, half. 
 
 ^alb'infel, /. (pi- -n), peninsula. 
 
 #ttl8, m. {^alfeg, pi. fealfe), neck, 
 throat, collar. 
 
 Ijarten (§ielt, ge^alten), tohold; 
 Diel l^alten auf, to set great value 
 upon, to make much of. 
 
 ^al'tung,/., carriage, bearing. 
 
 §onb,/. ipl- "'e), hand- 
 
 §onblung,./".{pi--eu),action,story. 
 
 ^onH'tOCrfgjCUg, n. (-[e]5), im- 
 plements, tools. 
 
 ^an'gen (m^.), trans., to attach, to 
 fasten ; often used for ^an'gen 
 (^ing, ge^angen), intrans., to 
 hang, to hang loose, to be sus- 
 pended; pngen lafjen, to let 
 hang, to droop. 
 
 ^orf natftg, severe, i)er8istent. 
 
 Wtt. ^ttf ten, had. 
 
 ^Qu'ett (^ieb, ge^auen), to cut up, 
 to break open. 
 
 ^att'ff n, m. (-g, pi. — ), multitude, 
 *' numbers." 
 
 ^an|)t, n. (-e§, pi. 'er), head, chiet 
 ^dujining, m. (-g, pi. -e), chief. 
 ^amif fiic^Uc^, particularly, main- 
 ly- 
 §OU|jf flow,/, {pi *e), capital (city), 
 ^ttttg, n. (-es, pi. ^er), house, 
 
 home; nad) ^aufe, home; ju 
 
 ^aufe,athome; t)on§aufe,from 
 
 home. 
 ^m^'i^tn, n. (-5, pi. —), pretty 
 
 (little) house. 
 ^ouS't^ur,/- (i>^ -en), street^oor. 
 §ttUt,/. ipl. ^^e), skin. 
 §ouf forbe, /. (pi. -tt), color of the 
 
 skin. 
 ^f'ben {f)ob, ge^oben), to lift, to 
 
 help. 
 §ei1)e, m- (-n, pi. -n), heathen, 
 
 pagan. 
 ^eilicfrottt n. (-[e]^, pi. ^er), 
 
 heather, sweet-broom. 
 „§ri1»cnro«Icin/' n., 'Rose on 
 
 the Heath,' the title of one of 
 
 Goethe's popular ballads. 
 ^tVhn (lo.), to cure. 
 ^ei'mat, /. , home, native land. 
 ^et'matlo0, homeless. 
 ^eim'c^en, n. (^, pZ. — ), cricket; 
 
 ,,2)a§ ^eimc^en am ^erb," the 
 
 title of a novel by Charles 
 
 Dickens (1845). 
 Itl cim'f e^ten (w.), to retm-nhome. 
 ^ein'ri^ {gen. -e), Henry. 
 \ftV%tn (^ie^, ge^ei|en), to be 
 
 called, to be named ; roie ^ei|t ? 
 
 what is the name ? 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 175 
 
 jj^er^en {w.), to heat, to make a fire. 
 ^cli, m. (-en, pi. -en), hero. 
 ^tVhin,/' {pi- -nen), heroine. 
 lerfen (^alf, ge^olfen), to help, to 
 
 mean, to amount to (much) ; 
 
 fic^ ju f)elfen raifjen, to know 
 
 how to shift for one's self. 
 ^ell, briglit(-ly), clear(-ly), dis- 
 
 tinct(-ly). 
 
 I^ett'braun, lightbrown. 
 ^elm, m. (-eg, pi. -e), helmet. 
 ^clm'bttf^, m. (-eg, pi. -^e), plume 
 
 of the helmet, crest. 
 f^tX, (hither, this way). 
 ^cran'fommcn {tarn, gefommen), 
 
 to come nearer, to approach. 
 ^crttUf , up (hither). 
 ierttUS', out (hither). 
 ^crttug'finticn (fanb, gefunben), to 
 
 find out, to discover. 
 ^crttug'fommcn (!am, ge!ommen), 
 
 to come out or forth, to emerge, 
 
 to appear. 
 #crb, rn. (-eg, pi. -e), hearth. 
 ^crcin'fommcn (fam, ge!ommen), 
 
 to come in, to enter. 
 ^erein'tretcn (trat, getreten), to 
 
 enter. 
 ,,^tfmann unb J)orot^C V "Her- 
 man and Dorothy," the title of 
 
 Goethe's greatest idyllic poem. 
 §crr, m. (-n, pi. -en), gentleman, 
 
 master, Mr., Sir. 
 ^crr'Ii^, magnificent. 
 ^err'fi^ttftcn iplu.), ladies and 
 
 gentlemen. 
 Iierum', about, around. 
 t^txum'tvtf^tn {w.\ to turn around. 
 ^erum'jiantien, see t)erum'fte^en. 
 
 I^crum'jlc^cn (ftanb, gcftanben), to 
 
 stand about ; um . . . ^erum= 
 
 ftel^en, to stand round about. 
 ^cttiot'bringcn (brac^te, gebrac^t), 
 
 to produce, to reach. 
 ^crtior'9C^Ctt (ging, gegangen), to 
 
 come off. 
 ^ertJOr'tttgcnb, prominent. 
 ^crj, n. (-eng, pi. -en), heart. 
 ^crjlid), hearty(-ily). 
 ^cr'jOQtn, /. (pi -nen), duchess; 
 
 ^erjogttt 2lma'tie, the duchess 
 
 dowager, mother of the then 
 
 reigning Duke Karl August of 
 
 Saxe-Weimar, the friend of 
 
 Goethe. 
 I^eit^te^ to-day, nowadays. 
 Ileu'ttg (adj.), modern, of this day. 
 ^eut'jutttgC, nowadays. 
 ^elj'fe (^aul), born 1830, the most 
 
 artistic of the living novelists 
 
 of Germany. 
 ^icr, here. 
 ^tc^, see ^eif;cn. 
 ^ilfrei^, helpful, benevolent, 
 
 charitable. 
 ^ilft, see l^elfen. 
 ^im'mcl, m. (-g), heaven, sky; 
 
 betm §immel! O heavens! O 
 
 dear! 
 ^im'mclgriditttng, /. {pi. -en), 
 
 point of the compass. 
 ||tn, (hence, that way). 
 ^mh\ down. 
 ^inouf% up (thither). 
 ^inaufful^ren {w.), to lead up (to 
 
 = m)' 
 ^inttufgc^cn (ging, gegangen), to 
 
 walk up (the hill). 
 
176 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ^inaud^ out (hence). 
 
 ^inein'f(^IiM)fcn {w.), to slip in. 
 
 ^inein'fliringctt (fprang, gefprun= 
 gen), to jump in. 
 
 ^inein'jttfliringcii, see ^inein'fprin^ 
 gen. 
 
 ^itt'fen (w.)» to limp; ^infenb, pres. 
 partic., limping. 
 
 Ijin'malen {w.), to depict, to por- 
 tray. 
 
 ^in'ter {dot. or clccus.), behind. 
 
 Winter . . . f^tt, after, behind. 
 
 linu'ber, across, over there ; l^in= 
 ii'ber galoppieren, to gallop over 
 (the bridge). 
 
 I^tnun'ter, down. 
 
 fid^ ^inttJC0'fc^Ctt(w.), to disregard 
 
 (something = Uber, accus.). 
 fic^ ^in'gic^Ctt (3og, gegogen), to 
 
 protract, to extend. 
 ^injtt'fugcn (w?.), to add. 
 ^inju'fc^cn (m>.), to add. 
 ^iflo'rif^, historic(al). 
 I|0(^ {compar. f)'6f)ev, superl. ^od^fle), 
 
 high ; am ^bd^ften, the highest. 
 
 ^Ol^'itttereffanf , highly interest- 
 ing. 
 
 §0(^'f(^ttle, /. (pi -n), high- 
 school. 
 
 W\ttt (m).), to hope. 
 
 I^off entity (ddv.), as I hope, let 
 me hope. 
 
 §of?'nttttg,/. {pi -en), hope. 
 
 ^Wt,f- ipl- -n), height. 
 
 f^Wtt, see \)od). 
 
 ^O^rtueg, m. (-[e]g, pi. -e), hollow 
 way, defile. 
 
 ^olj, n. (-eg, pi. ^er), wood. 
 
 ^Ola'^ouer, m. (-g, pi. — ), wood- 
 cutter. 
 
 lld'rett (w.), to hear, to listen. 
 
 ^Otn, n. (-eg, pi. ^er), horn. 
 
 ^um'boIHt (2lIejanberoon), 1769- 
 1859, the greatest naturalist of 
 the XIX century. 
 
 ^Uttb, m. (-eg, pi. -e), dog. 
 
 ffWUn {w.),U) hop; sum Wiipfen, 
 (for hopping), to hop. 
 
 §uftcn, m. (-5), cough, 
 
 ^^Ojin't^e, /. ipl. -n), hyacinth. 
 
 3* 
 
 i^m (dot.), (to) him, (to) it. 
 
 U^n (occtts.), him. 
 
 i^'nen {dot.), them, to them; t^neti 
 
 bie ejliigel, their wings. 
 3^'llCll (dot.), (to) you. 
 i^r {pers. pron.)^ nominat., you ; 
 
 dot., to her (to it) ; {possess. 
 
 pron.)^ her (its), their. 
 
 3^r, 3rte, 3^t, your. 
 
 ^^'rigen {pi), her folks, her 
 
 people. 
 ^IW/ name of the river on which 
 
 Weimar is situated. 
 im (=in bent), in the. 
 im'met, always. 
 in {dot. or accus.), in, into. 
 inbetn^ {conjunct.), while, whilst. 
 ^nbto'nerfttgf,/. {pl -n), Indian 
 
 legend. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 177 
 
 Snbttt'nerflttmm, m. (-[e]g, pL'^e), 
 
 Indian tribe. 
 Sn'^ttlt m- {-^)f contents. 
 Sn'^ttltSttltgafte, /., statement of 
 
 contents, argument. 
 in^nerllalb {genu.), within, on the 
 
 inside. 
 in'nig, intimate(ly). 
 ^n'fcl,/. {pi -n), island. 
 intercffttttf , interesting. 
 ^tttcrcf fc, n. (-e^, pi. -tt), interest, 
 
 character. 
 
 intim', intimate, close. 
 
 ir'rcn or fic^ itr'rcn {w.), to be mis- 
 taken. 
 
 ^faderia, Isabella of Castile, 
 whose marriage to Ferdinand 
 of Aragon (1469) laid the 
 foundation of the power of 
 Spain. 
 
 tH, is. 
 
 ^ttt'Iicn {gen. -g), Italy. 
 
 % 
 
 jo, yes, indeed; {explet), why! 
 you know, by all means ; fa^ren 
 ©ie ja fort ! go on by all means ! 
 
 ^ittfib,/- {pl- -en), chase, hunting. 
 
 3a^r, n. (-e^, pl. -e), year. 
 
 ^tt^'rcSjcit,/. {pl. -en), season. 
 
 ^tt^r^un'bert, n. (-g, pl. -e), 
 
 century. 
 j|e, ever. 
 je'iJCr, jc'ilC, jc'llcS, each, every ; 
 
 ein jeber, each (every) one. 
 iebo^^ however. 
 fe'mant), somebody. 
 jc'ner, jc'nc, fc'neg, that, that one. 
 ien'feit or jen'feit^ {genu.), on 
 
 (that) the other side. 
 
 ie^'ig {adj.), present. 
 
 jc^t, now, (then), at present. 
 
 ^0^, n. (-eg, pl. -e), chain (ridge) 
 
 of mountains. 
 ^o^an'ncg {gen. SoEianni^), John. 
 ^tt'bel, m. (-g), loud rejoicing, 
 
 exultation. 
 ju^beln {w.), to rejoice, to exult. 
 ^u'iJttS (s^en. ^uba), St. Judas. 
 ^U'bc, m. (-n, pl. -n), Jew. 
 itt'i)if(^, Jewish. 
 ^tt'gcnil, /. , (period of) youth. 
 
 jung, young. 
 
 Sung'frau,/. {pi. -en), maiden. 
 ^ung'Ung w. (-g, pi. -e), youth. 
 ^U'ni, m. (-g), June. 
 
 fto'flgf wi- H^ P^- -e); (bird-)cage. 
 ftt^l, bare, bald. 
 
 ftttHer, w. (-g, pl. —), emperor. 
 ftai'fcrin,/. (pi. -nen), empress. 
 ^alifor^nien {gen. -g), California. 
 
 fttlt, cold; falter Sraten, cold 
 
 roast-meat. 
 fttm, see Jommen. 
 fttm ... an, see an'fommen. 
 f om . . . f^tvmS, see ^eraug'f ommen. 
 
178 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 ftamerab^ m. (-en, pi. -en), com- 
 rade. 
 fiompf, m. (-es, pi. ^e), fight. 
 !om|j'fcn {w.), to fight. 
 ftono'ricniiogel, m. (-g, pi. ^), 
 
 canary-bird. 
 !ttna'rif(^, Canary. 
 ^ano'nenfugel,/. (pi. -n), cannon- 
 ball. 
 Canton', m. (-5, pi. -e), county. 
 ^o'lJcr,/. (pi. -n), caper(-bush). 
 ftttrl ((/en. -e), Charles. 
 ^or'te,/. (pi. -n), card, billet. 
 ftofla'nie, /. (pi. -n), chestnut- 
 
 (-tree). 
 fau'fen (lo.), to buy. 
 !ein, fei'nc, fcin, no, not a ; {pi.), 
 
 feine, not . . . any. 
 ItVitm (w).), to press. 
 len'nen (fannte, gefannt), to know 
 
 {(juxus.), to be acquainted (with\ 
 Sttni, the county of Kent which 
 
 forms the southeastern part of 
 
 England. 
 ftinb, n. (-eg, pi. -er), child. 
 ftnb'lit^, childlike. 
 ^inn, n. (-eg), chin, 
 ^ir'i^e,/. (pi. -n), church; inbte 
 
 5tirc^e, to chui-ch. 
 ftlang, m. (-eg, pi. ^e), sound, peal. 
 Hor, clear(ly). 
 
 ftlor'^eit,/., brightness, splendor. 
 marie,/, (pi. -n), class. 
 StUxIS, n. (-eg, pi. -er), clothes, 
 
 dress. 
 flei'llcn (to.), to clothe, to attire; 
 
 fic^ fletben, to dress one's self. 
 ftlei'tlung,/., articles of clothing, 
 
 clothes. 
 
 flfin, small, little ; ein flein roenig, 
 a little bit ; ber ^leine, the little 
 one, pigmy. 
 
 ^li'ma, n. (-g), climate. 
 
 Hir'rcn (iw.), to clink, to clatter; 
 ba^er'flirren, to move along 
 clattering. 
 
 flug, intelligent, shrewd. 
 
 ^na'be, m. (-n, pi. -n), boy, lad, 
 page, attendant. 
 
 ^nv^'lfit, m. (-n, pi. -n), squire. 
 
 ^nif , w. (-eg, pl.-e) , bow, court€sy. 
 
 ftnoflie,/. {pi. -n), bud. 
 
 ftiic^'ill,/. (pi. -nen), (female) cook. 
 
 ^d(n, Cologne, a fortified city on 
 the left bank of the Rhine in 
 the province of Rhenish Prussia, 
 famous on account of the great 
 cathedral. 
 
 fom'mcn(fam, gefommen),tocome. 
 
 ^om|)Iimenf, n. (-[e]g, pi. -e), 
 compliment. 
 
 ftongre^O m. (-eg), (U. S.) Con- 
 gress. 
 
 ftb'ntg, m. (-g, pi. -e), king. 
 
 ^b'nigin,/. {pi. -nen), queen. 
 
 fb'niglii^, royal. 
 
 fbn'nen (fonnte, getonnt), mod. 
 aux., can, to be able, to have 
 power. 
 
 fonn'ten, see fonnen. 
 
 fonfcqucnf , consistent. 
 
 Contribution", /. {pi. -en), con- 
 tribution. 
 
 ftonjerf, n. (-[e]g, pi. -e), concert. 
 
 Cojif, m. (-eg, pi. -^e), head. 
 
 Corb, 7n. (-eg, pL ^e), basket. 
 
 Corn'feO), n. (-[e]g, pi. -er), corn 
 (= rye-)field. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 179 
 
 ^or'ftfa (gen. -g), (island of) Cor- 
 sica. 
 
 ,,^O0'mO0/' the title of the prin- 
 cipal work of Alex. v. Humboldt, 
 in 5 vols. , the second of which 
 contains a history of geography 
 and cosmography. 
 
 ^Oft, /., (table-)board ; ^oft unb 
 ^itttttter, room and board. 
 
 f of ten {w.),to cost, to be (the price). 
 
 f bfili^, costly, precious, excellent. 
 
 firan'it^, m. (-g, pi. -e), crane 
 (bird). 
 
 franf, sick, invalid ; ^xante, pl.j 
 sick people, invalids. 
 
 tvdnfliiii, sickly, ailing. 
 
 ^rci'lic,/., chalk. 
 
 I^rei'liebotien, m. (-g), chalk-soil. 
 
 Ilrieg, m. (-e^, pi. -e), war. 
 
 ^rtegg'alabemie, /. (pi. -en), 
 military academy. 
 
 ^ncgS'rat, m. (-[e]g), council of 
 war. 
 
 ^riid'c,/. {pi -n), crutch. 
 
 ^rii|l'|)Cl, m. (-g, p;. — ), cripple, 
 invalid. 
 
 ^n^,f- ipl- "e), cow. 
 
 ^unfJ'griff, 'w. (-[e]^, pi. -e), arti- 
 fice, stratagem. 
 
 funfl'tioa, artistic(ally). 
 
 flUJ'ferf ttrtcn, copper-colored ; ber 
 ^upferfarbene, copper-colored 
 man. 
 
 ^urS, m. (-eg, pi. -e), course. 
 
 ^urS'ttnbcrung,/. {pi. -en) , change 
 of the course. 
 
 ^ur'fuS, m. {—, pi. 5^urje), course. 
 
 furg, short. 
 
 fitrjli^ {adv.), lately, a short time 
 ago. 
 
 ftuffd)e, /. {pl. -n), coach, equi- 
 page. 
 
 fittborato'rium, n. (-g, pl. Sabora= 
 torien), laboratory. 
 
 lii'^eln (mj.), to smile ; bag :^acl^eln, 
 smile. 
 
 Ia'(^en {w.), to laugh; bag Sac^en, 
 laughing, laughter. 
 
 Itt0, see Uegen. 
 
 Ctt'gcr, n. (-g, i)i. ^ or — ), camp. 
 
 Itt^m, lame ; ein Saunter, a lame 
 man (person). 
 
 lal^'men {w.), to paralyse. 
 
 Sanb^ n. (-eg, pf. ^er), land, coun- 
 try {oppos. town); iiber Sanb, 
 into the country. 
 
 lan^lien {w.), to land, to disembark. 
 
 fitttliJ'gut, n. (-[e]g, pi. ^er), estate. 
 
 Sttltb'^ttUS, n. (-eg, pl. ^er), farm- 
 house. 
 
 Sttnb'ft^ttft,/. (pi. -en), landscape. 
 
 fianil'fcc, m. (-eg, pZ. -en), (inland) 
 lake. 
 
 fionb'ft^, m. (-eg, pi. -e), country- 
 h6me. 
 
 Sttnb'firtt&C, / {pl -n), high- 
 way. 
 
 lang {adv.), long, during, far; mein 
 ganjeg Seben (ang, (during, for) 
 my whole life (long). 
 
180 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Ittll'ge {adv.), a long time, a long 
 while ; fo lange h\^, imtil. 
 
 langS {genit.), along (alongside of). 
 
 longfl {adv.), long since. 
 
 "L'Arrabbia'ta" (Ital.), the title 
 of one of the most popular of 
 Paul Heyse's stories. 
 
 Itt0, see lefen. 
 
 lag . . . nor, see oor'Iefen. 
 
 loffcn (lie^, gelaffen), to let, to 
 allow, to make, to have . . . 
 done, to order ; fid^ geben lafjen, 
 to order; fic^ fiifiren laffen, to 
 have one's self led ; fie lie^en 
 fic^ Don i^ren Sllten fiittern, they 
 had the old birds feed them ; ju 
 roiinfc^en iibrig laflen, to leave 
 to be wished for. 
 
 Stttcin'ifi^ or Da0 fiatcin'ifr^e, 
 
 Latin (the study of). 
 fiouf, m. (-e^), course. 
 lou'fi^cn (to.)» to listen. 
 lout loud. 
 8olienlJeI,w.(-g),(spike-)lavender, 
 
 bot. *'Lavendula Spica." 
 Se'fien, n. (-5), life, stir, livmg; 
 
 fcin ganjeg Seben, all his life 
 
 long. 
 leHcil (to.), to live. 
 leer, empty. 
 
 le'gen (lo.), to lay, to put. 
 legte . . . dor, see oor'Iegen. 
 gell'rer, m. (-^, pi. —), teacher. 
 ge^'reriii, /• {pi- -nen), (lady) 
 
 teacher. 
 geib, m. (-es, pi. -er), body. 
 \tW, light (of weight), easy(-ily). 
 leiH, sorrowful ; e^ t^ut mir leib, 
 
 I am sorry. 
 
 Seilien, n. {-^, P^- — )/ suffering, 
 sorrow. 
 
 leilJer {interj.), alas! unfortunate- 
 ly! (I am sorry 10 say). 
 
 ler'nen (t«.), to learn. 
 
 le'fen (la^, gelejen), to read. 
 
 gefftng (©ott^olb ©p^raim), 1729- 
 1781, a German poet and 
 critic. 
 
 lerte, last. 
 
 le^'tere, latter ; le^terer, the latter. 
 
 (ent^'tett {w-), to shine, to glisten, 
 
 ^tu'it {pi.), people. 
 
 lieb, dear, beloved ; ber liebe ©ott, 
 Our Father in Heaven. 
 
 fiie'be,/., love. 
 
 lie'ben {w.), to love ; bie ©eltebte, 
 
 the beloved (one). 
 lie'ber, rather, better; lieber 
 
 tcoUen, to prefer, 
 gie'belbricf, m. (-[e]^, pi. -e), 
 
 love-letter. 
 gie'beSbrief^en, n. (-^, pi. —), 
 
 love-letter, "billet-doux." 
 gieb'IingSUiiftter, m. (-g, pi. —), 
 
 favorite poet. 
 gieb'Iinggforae,/. (pf.^-n), favorite 
 
 color. 
 gieb'IinggfluDium, n. {-^, pi. 
 
 -ftubien), favorite study. 
 liefifl, dearest ; am liebften ^aben, 
 
 to like best. 
 lie'fern («>.), to furnish. 
 Ue'geti (lag, gclegen), to lie, to be 
 
 situated. 
 Uefe . . . ein, see ein'Iafjen. 
 lie'^en, see lafjen. 
 li'Io, lilac (colored). 
 gnie,/. {pl -V), lily. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 181 
 
 Stncoln (2l6ral^am), the sixteenth 
 
 president of the U. S., born 
 
 Febraary 12, 1809. 
 fii'nic, /. {pi. -n), (steamboat-) 
 
 line. 
 lint, left; linfg, to (on) the left. 
 8iriJC,/. {pi. ~n), lip. 
 fiittcrtttur',/. {pi. -en), literature. 
 (o^6en (w>.)» to praise. 
 Soifton, m. (-[e]g, i>f. "e), call. 
 fioi'rc, /. (pronounce : Iwar), 
 
 Loire (river). 
 gololitttf,/. {pl. -en), locality. 
 
 fiot'kct, ^w. (-^, i?^. -en), laurel, 
 bay (-tree). 
 
 ,,8orclei%" the title of one of 
 Heine's best-known ballads. 
 
 Wfen (w.)» to take, to procure. 
 
 loS'gcl^cn (ging, gegangen), to start 
 quickly; auf einen lo^gei^en, to 
 advance towards one. 
 
 fittft, /. {pl. ""e), air, atmosphere. 
 
 Sufi,/, {pl. -e), desire. 
 
 luftig, merry, jolly. 
 
 gufl'f^liel, n. (-g, pZ. -e), com- 
 edy. 
 
 m. 
 
 mtt'r^eit (m>.), to make. 
 
 mii^'ttg^ mighty, potent, strong, 
 huge, immense. 
 
 2Wob'(^cn, n. (-g, pl. — ), girl. 
 
 mtt0, see mogen. 
 
 3Jlo^l, n. (-eg, pZ. SKal^Ijetlen), 
 meal, banquet. 
 
 a^a^racit, /. (p^. -en), meal (re- 
 past). 
 
 Wtai, w- (-eg)r May (month). 
 
 SRain, w. (-eg), Main (river). 
 
 SRatlt}^ Mainz (Mentz or Mayence), 
 a fortified town of western 
 Germany, at the confluence of 
 the Main and Rhine rivers. 
 
 aWttieflttf,/. {pl. -en), majesty. 
 
 Wlaiof, m. (-g), major. 
 
 ma'len (w.), to paint, to color. 
 
 man, one, we, they, people, or by 
 passive. 
 
 mott'i^er, mttn'i^c, mttn'i^c«, many 
 a. 
 
 Wlm'titi,/. (pi. -n), almond (-tree). 
 
 mttn'gcl^ttft, deficient, imperfect. 
 
 Wlann, m. (-eg, pl. ^er), man. 
 
 3Ran^ntgfaUigIeit /•» variety, di- 
 versity. 
 
 mitnttlit^, manly. 
 
 SHano'tier, n. (-g, pl. — ), ma- 
 noeuvre, dexterous movement. 
 
 ^'atititn, n. (-g, pl. — ), fairy- 
 tale. 
 
 Wafd^tntv^affltv, m. (-g, pl. —), 
 writer of fairy-tales. 
 
 ajlori'nef^ulc, /. {pl. -n), naval 
 academy. 
 
 SJlttr!,/. , ' ' mark," a German silver 
 coin, equivalent to an English 
 shilling. 
 
 WtWcU, m. (-eg, pl. ^e), market; 
 auf bent aJiar!te, in the market, 
 
 arittr'fiiioa, m. (-g, pi. m^xxs^mt), 
 
 marshal. 
 
 marfc^ie'ren (w>.), to march. 
 
182 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 8Rort^tt8 aBein'gortcn, Martha's 
 Vineyard, an island in the At- 
 lantic Ocean, E. of the town of 
 Newport, R. I. 
 
 aRtttro'fc, m. (-n, pi. -n), sailor. 
 
 aRttu'er,/. (pi. -n), wall. 
 
 9Mccr, n. (-eg, pi. -e), sea, ocean. 
 
 mfiU n. (-eg), flour. 
 
 me^r, more, longer, any longer. 
 
 mci'ICtttoeit, for miles, extending 
 several miles. 
 
 aWcrienjtt^I, /., number of miles, 
 mileage. 
 
 mein, tnerne, mcin, my. 
 
 aRci'nung, /. (pi. -en), thought, 
 notion. 
 
 meift, mostly, generally, usually. 
 
 aRei'fierttlcrt n. (-g, pi. -e), master- 
 work. 
 
 melani^O^Iiff^^ melancholy. 
 
 SKcUf'fO//., balm, balsamint ; bot. 
 "Melissa officinalis." 
 
 aRen'iiellfo^n (2JZofeg), 1729-1786, 
 a distinguished philosopher and 
 wi'iter. 
 
 SKcnft^, m. (-en, pi. -en), man 
 {oppos. to animal), human being, 
 fellow, individual. 
 
 SRen'f(^enrofff , /. (pi -n), race of 
 mankind. 
 
 aRcnfl^'li^tcit /• ^ humanity. 
 
 mcr'fcit (lo.), to notice, to perceive. 
 
 merf tourlltg, remarkable, curious. 
 
 2Re^, a (formerly French) fortress 
 in German Lorraine. 
 
 mir^ (pers. and reflex.) ^ me (my- 
 self). 
 
 mie'teit (w.), to rent 
 
 9RiI^,/., milk. 
 
 miO), mild. 
 
 SRilitiir'! 9lf alicmie', /-, military 
 academy. — Schiller was a 
 student in the military academy 
 of Stuttgart, 1773-1780. 
 
 mtlttar'ifl^^ military, soldierly. 
 
 aWiUion',/. (pi -en), million. 
 
 fic^ min'iicrn (w.), to decrease. 
 
 ,Minm Don Sorn'^clm/' the title 
 of one of the greatest German 
 plays. 
 
 aUinu'te,/. {pi. -n), minute. 
 
 mit {pers. and reflex.), (to) me (to 
 myself). 
 
 9Ri^'M0tgttn0, /., disapproval. 
 
 mit {dot.), with (of, from). 
 
 mifbringcn (brac^te, gebrac^t), to 
 bring along with one's self. 
 
 9Rtf gliel), n. (-eg, pi. -er), member. 
 
 aRifleii), n. {-§), pity, commis- 
 eration. 
 
 mtf nel^men (na^m, genommcn), to 
 take along. 
 
 mitta^mafiU n. (-g, pi. 2Ritta9g= 
 ma^Ijeiten), dinner. 
 
 9Wif te, /. , center, central part. 
 
 miftetlen (w.), to communicate, 
 to impart, to make acquainted 
 with. 
 
 3Rit'tcl5«me'riItt (grew. -g). Central 
 America. 
 
 mif tclmtt§i0, ordinary, mediocre. 
 
 SRiftcImeer, n. (-eg), Mediter- 
 ranean Sea. 
 
 aRiftcIflaot, m. (-[e]g, pi. -en), 
 middle state. 
 
 Ulif ten {adv. , used with a prepos. 
 following), midway ; mitten 
 burc^, through the middle. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 183 
 
 mif gunc^mcn, see mifne^men. 
 
 mobUc'rcn(iw.), to furnish (a room). 
 
 mo'gen (morf)te, gemoc^t), mod. 
 aux., may, to be allowed. 
 
 SKo^ttmmcbo'ncr, m. (-6, pi. — ), 
 Mahometan. 
 
 momcntttn', momentary, tempo- 
 rary. 
 
 aWo'not, m. {-^, pi. -e), month. 
 
 SUonb, m. (-e^, pZ. -e), moon. 
 
 3Konol09% m. (-^, pi. -e), mono- 
 logue. 
 
 mora'Hfii), moral. 
 
 Wlox'titX, m. (-g, pL — ), murderer. 
 
 mor'gcn, to-morrow. 
 
 9Ror'9Cn, m. {-g, pZ. — ), morning. 
 
 91Ro'fc0, Moses ; aJJofes unb bie ^ro= 
 pE)eten, Moses and the prophets 
 = the books of Moses (= Penta- 
 teuch) and the books of the 
 Prophets = the Bible from a 
 Jewish standpoint. 
 
 ^Otto, n. (-g, pi. -g), motto, 
 
 "device." 
 mu1)C, tired. 
 muIti^iUjic'rctt (w.), to multiply 
 
 (3X2, read: 3 ma I 2). 
 3)lunb/ m. (-g), mouth. 
 mun^beit (w.), to fall, to flow (into 
 
 = in, accus.). 
 gRiitt'iiung, /. {pi. -en), mouth. 
 3Run'ficr, a town in the province 
 
 of Westphalia (Prussia). 
 mUn^n (mu^te, Qemu^i), mod. aux., 
 
 to be obliged, to have to. 
 mu^'tc, mu§'ten, see miifjen. 
 Wlni,m. (-e^), cheer; gutenSIluteg, 
 
 of (with, in) good cheer. 
 mnrttX,/. {pi. "), mother. 
 9Jlttf tcrflJrai^C,/. {pi. -n), mother- 
 tongue. 
 aRiifac/. {pi. -n), cap. 
 gjl^r'tc, /. {pi -n), myrtle 
 
 (-tree). 
 
 91. 91, {ahhrev. of Lat. : nomen 
 nescio), I don't know the name; 
 §err ^, 91., Mr. * * *, Mr. . 
 
 na^ {dat), to, toward, after, be- 
 hind, according to. 
 
 9laiifhat, m. (-g, pi. -n), neigh- 
 bor; bie^iad^baritt,/. (pf.-nen), 
 (female) neighbor. 
 
 91ot^'6arfd^ttft, /., neighborhood, 
 vicinity. 
 
 nai^tiem^ {conjunct.)., after, when. 
 
 nadi'iicnfUd), thoughful(ly), pen- 
 sive (ly). 
 
 nad)'0C^cn (ging, gegangen), to go 
 
 after. 
 no^liifitg, negligent, careless. 
 nai^'rufctt (rief, gerufen), to call 
 
 after. 
 nii^^fie^ next, nearest. 
 nactl^'ft^ttltt^ second heaviest, 
 
 next in weight. 
 9la(t)t /. {pl. ^e), night, "shades 
 
 of night"; nad^t^, at night. 
 ^la'UcI,/. {pl. -v), needle, leaf of 
 
 a pine. 
 9la'^C,/-, neighborhood, vicinity. 
 
184 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 na'^e, near. 
 
 nal^m, see ne^men. 
 
 ^lo^'rung,/., food, victuals. 
 
 S'io'mcLn], m. {-^, pi. —), name ; 
 namen^, named. 
 
 ttam'lif^, namely, to wit, that is 
 (to say). 
 
 nttnn'te, see nennen. 
 
 9lontutf ct (-5), Nantucket, a North 
 American island in the Atlantic 
 Ocean, off the coast of Massa- 
 chusetts. 
 
 92a)io'(eon (Suonapar'te), emperor 
 of France, 1804-1814, was born 
 at Ajaccio, island of Corsica, 
 Aug. 15, 1769, and died on the 
 island of St. Helena, May 5, 
 1821. 
 
 Sltttjine,/. {pi. -n), narcissus. 
 
 9lo8'(^eil, n. (-§, pi. —), (pretty) 
 little nose. 
 
 9ltt'fe,./". {pi -n), nose. 
 
 ndrfcr, see nafe. 
 
 ttO§, wet. 
 
 9lttlion',/. {pi. -en), nation. 
 
 9ltttionttlitof, /. {pi -en), natio- 
 nality. 
 
 9ltttur', /., nature, character of 
 nature; t)on Diatur, naturally, 
 
 . originally. 
 
 ntiivLX'%tTm.%, natural (-ly) ; nitl^t 
 naturgemdf;, contrary to nature. 
 
 natiir'Iid^, natural (-ly), unaffected, 
 artless(ly). 
 
 ne'belig, misty, foggy, hazy. 
 
 nt'htXi {dot. or accits.), close to, 
 near, by the side of. 
 
 9lfd'0t, wi. (-g), Neckar (river). 
 
 yitY\t, m. (-n, pi. -n), nephew. 
 
 ne^'men (na^m, genommen), to 
 take, to take up (the word). 
 
 netllif(J^, envious, jealous. 
 
 nein^ no. 
 
 nett'ncn(nannte, genannt),toname, 
 to give (name). 
 
 9lefl, n. (-eg, pi -er), nest. 
 
 neu, new, unfamiliar. 
 
 9{eU:=@ng'(antl, New England. 
 
 neu'gierig, curious. 
 
 neun, nine. 
 
 ,,9ltc^oItt5 9lii«c6^/' title of a 
 novel by Charles Dickens (1839). 
 
 nil^t, not ; gar nic^t, not at all. 
 : ni(^t5, nothing ; nic^tg alg, nothing 
 1 but (besides). 
 
 niifeit {w. ) , to nod ; m i t bem ^opf , 
 his head. 
 
 nic, never ; nie me^r, never any 
 more; noc^ nie, never before. 
 
 nic'Jicr, down. 
 
 fic^ nielierlafTen (Iie§, gelaffen), to 
 settle, to establish one's self. 
 
 ^lielietlttffung, /. {pi -en), settle- 
 ment, colony. 
 
 nie'mald, never. 
 
 nie^attb {gen. -[e]g), nobody, no 
 one. 
 
 yixna {pronounce Nilinja), Span. 
 = "maid." 
 
 nit, stands for nid^t. 
 
 no^, still, yet, besides, in addi- 
 tion. 
 
 norbamertfa'nifl^. North Ameri- 
 can. 
 
 fflOT^tn, m. (-g), North. 
 
 norll'Ii^, northern. 
 
 ^lotboYitn, m. (-g), northeast. 
 
 9lortltlief ten, m. (-g), northwest. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 185 
 
 Jlotb'fec, /., North Sea, German 
 Ocean. 
 
 IWormonilic',/., Normandy, one of 
 the northern provinces of France. 
 
 nor'lDCgifd)^ Norwegian. 
 
 9loi,f- {pi. ^e), need, distress. 
 
 nii'tigcn (w.), to compel. 
 
 not'toentitg, necessary, indispen- 
 sable. 
 
 nun (adv.), now, then; (explet), 
 
 well! 
 nut, only; with an imperative : just 
 
 or do! fei nur, just be! fomme 
 
 nur, do come ! 
 9lnhf- ipL mm, nut. 
 DJttfjcn, rn. (-g), profit. 
 nu^ii(^, useful. 
 
 O, 
 
 oh (conjunct), if, whether; ob= 
 
 {adv. =iiber), over, above. 
 o'berlial^ (genit.), above, over. 
 O^glcic^^ (conjunct), although. 
 Obfit, n. (-es), fruit. 
 Or^'fc, m. (-n, pi. -n), ox. 
 o'Hcr, or. 
 
 D'fcn, m. (-g, pL ^), stove, oven. 
 orfcnbttt, apparent(ly). 
 bnentli(^, pubnc(ly). 
 off'ncn (w.), to open (trans.); jid) 
 
 offnen, to open (intrans.). 
 0\t, often. 
 
 O'^cim, m. (-g), uncle." 
 0^'nc (acci(s.), without; (conjunct), 
 
 ot)ne. . .gufagen, without saying. 
 O^r, n. (-e^, pZ. -en), ear; mir ju 
 
 Dt)ren !ommen, to reach my ears. 
 Olr'f cigc,/. (pZ. -n), box on the ear. 
 
 Oh n. (-eg), oil. 
 
 Olltt,/. (pi. -n), olive(-tree). 
 
 ,,01itier XttJifi/' title of a novel 
 
 by Charles Dickens (1837). 
 Om'nibttg, m. (-eg, pi. -e), 
 
 omnibus. 
 Dr'lcon0 (French, pronounce or- 
 
 la-on'), a town in France. 
 Ort, m. (-eg, p/. -e or ^er), place, 
 
 locality. 
 O0ceo'(a^ name of a chief of the 
 
 Seminoles, an Indian tribe, and 
 
 their leader in the war of 1835- 
 
 1842. 
 Often, m. (-g), East. 
 Dfiin'lliett (gen. -g). East Indies. 
 "oui"' (French) = ja, yes. 
 Djcon', m. (-g, pi. -e), ocean. 
 
 ^* 
 
 ^ttar, n. (-eg, pi. -e), couple. 
 iJOttr, pair, couple ; ein paar, a 
 
 couple, a few. 
 pad'tn (w.), to pack (up), to stow 
 
 away. 
 
 ^o'gc (French = pa'hschg), m. 
 (-n, pi. -n), page, young atten- 
 dant (on nobles). 
 
 ^olafl^ m. (-eg, pi. ""e), palace. 
 
 ^ttlmertoflattt, m. (-eg), "Pal- 
 
186 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 metto-State " (= state of So. 
 Carolina). 
 
 ^tt^iicr', n. (-g, pi. -e), paper. 
 
 ^oroiJicr, n. (-eg), paradise. 
 
 Moris', Paris, the capital of France. 
 
 "Panici'da" (Lat.), "Parricide," 
 the by-name of Duke John of 
 Suabia. 
 
 ^ttrtci% /. {pl -en), (political) 
 party. 
 
 ^Offortllinb, m. (-[e]g), trade- 
 wind. 
 
 ^Of'tor, m. (-^, pZ. ^afto'ren), 
 clergyman. 
 
 ^atenfsftmt n.(2lmteg, pi. tmter), 
 patent-ofl&ce. 
 
 $ennft)Itia'nten {gen. -g), Penn- 
 sylvania. 
 
 per, by. 
 
 |irr'(en («>.)» to pearl, to sparkle. 
 
 ^crfon%/. (pi. -en), person. 
 
 Iierfdn'li^, personal. 
 
 ^fcil, m. (-eg, pi. -e), arrow. 
 
 ^fcn'nig, m. (-g, pi. -e), penny. 
 
 ^ferb, n. (-eg, pi. -e), horse. 
 
 (1) ^ftr'fit^, ?n. (-g, pi. -e), peach. 
 
 (2) ^ftr'fij^c,/. (pi. -n), peach. 
 ^flr'ftc^baum, m. (-g, pi. ^e), 
 
 peach-tree. 
 
 ^funt), n. (-eg, pi. -e), pound. 
 
 5p^ilofo|i^', m. (-en, pi. -en), 
 philosopher. 
 
 „^ic'<litt9" (a name), Peeping, 
 Peep, Pip. 
 
 ^in'fel, m. (-g, pi. — ), brush (of 
 a painter). 
 
 ^lan, rn. (-eg, pi. "e), plan, de- 
 sign. 
 
 Illan^lod/ planless, purposeless. 
 
 |i(aff(^ern («>.), to splash; ^lat= 
 fc^ern, n. {gen. -g), splashing. 
 
 ^Io$, w. (-eg, pi. -e), place, seat, 
 public square. 
 
 $0'(rn (s^en. -g), Poland. 
 
 ^Olitif,/., pohtics, policy. 
 
 portion',/, {pi. -en), order, plate. 
 
 ^O^f /•> post-ofl&ce ; auf ber 'poft, 
 at the post-oflBce. 
 
 ^Ot^'bam, name of a Prussian 
 town, southwest of Berlin. 
 
 Iiroift'tig, splendid, gorgeous. 
 
 )irai^f tloH, splendid, magnificent. 
 
 Iiraf tif^, practical. 
 
 ^roftlicnf , rn. (-en, pi. -en), presi- 
 dent. 
 
 ^re'biBer, w. (-g, pi. —), clergy- 
 man. 
 
 $retg^ m. (-eg, pi. -e), price, term, 
 charge. 
 
 ^rctt'fee, m. (-n, pi. -n), Prus- 
 sian. 
 
 ^rcu'^Cn {gen. -g), Prussia. 
 
 ^rcu'BenfiJnig, "j. (-g, pl- -e), 
 king of Prussia. 
 
 <ircu'0if(^, Prussian. 
 
 ^rinj, m. (-en, pi. -en), prince. 
 
 ^rinjefTtn. /• (P^- -nen), princess. 
 
 ^ritiaffcfrctdr, wi. (-g, pl- -e), 
 private secretary. 
 
 ^ro'bc,/. (pi. -n), proof, test. 
 
 ^ro|l^cf , m.(-en,pi.-en), prophet; 
 bent fonnen ajiofeg unb bie 
 ^rop^eten ntc^t ^elfen, him 
 even the teachings of Moses 
 and the Prophets cannot con- 
 vince. 
 
 fjroncngalc, m. (-n, pi. -n), native 
 of Provence. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 187 
 
 ^rotien^ce^ /. , Provence, the south- 
 eastern extremity of France. 
 iirtt'fcn {w.), to try, to test. 
 
 ^unft, m. (-eg, pi. -e), point, 
 
 topic, item. 
 iJiinff U(^, prompt, punctual. 
 
 O- 
 
 Qu'en dit M. Goet?" (French) 
 = „3Sag fagt ^err ©oet^e baju?" 
 
 What does 
 about that ? 
 
 Mr. Goethe think 
 
 m. 
 
 IRob'ftt^rcn, n. (-g), riding on a 
 bicycle. 
 
 9ta))'|ie/ fn. (-n, pi. -n) , black horse. 
 
 9lorfc, /. {pi. -v)j race, type. 
 
 roffcln {w.)^ to rattle, to clatter. 
 
 to'lcn (riet, geraten), to advise. 
 
 tof fam, advisable. 
 
 92aU(^, m. (-eg), smoke. 
 
 9ic'^cnf(ftttft, /., account, "satis- 
 faction." 
 
 Sict^'nung, /. {pi -en), bill, ac- 
 count. 
 
 9iC(^t, n. (-eg, pZ. -e), right ; niit 
 gtec^t, rightfully, justly; rec^t 
 {)aben, to he right. 
 
 rec^t {adv.), right, very. 
 
 tCC^tS (adv.), (on) to the right 
 (hand). 
 
 IRcifttrttnttittU, m. (-[e]g, pi. "e), 
 lawyer, attorney-at-law. 
 
 IRc'ilC, /. {pl. -n), speech, talk, 
 words. 
 
 rc'lien (w>.)> to speak, to deliver a 
 speech. 
 
 rebctc . . . Stt, see ju'reben. 
 
 »leb'ner, wi- {-^, pi. —), orator. 
 
 JRe'gen, m. (-g), rain. 
 Slc'QCnbogcn, m. (-g, pi. — ), rain- 
 bow. 
 rcgic'rcn (w.), to rule, to govern. 
 JRcgic'rungSottficttttng,/. (pi. -en) , 
 
 government-position. 
 rcg'ncn {w.), impers., to rain. 
 rci^, rich (in = an, dai.); ber 
 
 9iei'd^e {gen. -n, p^ -n), rich 
 
 man; p?., rich people. 
 Xti%tXi {w.), to reach, to extend. 
 tetd)'(td)/ ample, abundant. 
 Oici'^C,/. {pl. -n), file, row, line, 
 
 course, turn ; id^ fomme an bie 
 
 Jtetl^e, my turn comes. 
 rein, clean, pure. 
 JRci'fe,/. {pl.-n), journey, voyage. 
 IRcrfcnbc, m. (-n, pl. ~n), traveller. 
 rei'^cn (ri^, geriffen), to pull. 
 9lc|irttfcntan'tcn^oug, n. (-eg), (U. 
 
 S.) House of Representatives. 
 9{e|)ublif, /. {pl. -en), republic, 
 
 commonwealth. 
 rc<lubUftt'nif(^, Republican. 
 UtpnWta'ntx^m. (-g,pi.— ), (the) 
 
 Republican. 
 
188 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Rcfttttof, n. (-g, pi. -t), result, 
 inference. 
 
 Wl^txn, m. {-e§), Rhine (river). 
 
 Sl^cin'ufer, n. (~^, pi. —), bank 
 of the river Rhine. 
 
 R^O'nc,/., Rhone (river). 
 
 rii^'tcn (io.)» to direct (to = an, 
 accus.). 
 
 rit^'tig, correct(ly). 
 
 9li(^'tung, /. {pi. -en), direction, 
 course. 
 
 rief . . . nat^, see nac^'rufen. 
 
 rings (adv.), around, in a circle ; 
 ring^ l^erum, round about. 
 
 mrUt, m. (-g, pi. —), knight. 
 
 9lom (sre/i. -^), Rome. 
 
 fHoman", m. (-6, p/. -e), novel, 
 romance. 
 
 TOman'ttfl!^, romantic. 
 
 rd'mif(^, Roman. 
 
 9lo'fc,/. {pi. -n), rose. 
 
 9ioft'ne,/. (pi. -n), raisin. 
 
 9l0Smaxin% m. (-^), (wild) rose- 
 mary; bot. "Rosmarinus offi- 
 cinalis." 
 
 I 9lo^, n. (-eg, pZ. -e), horse; ju 
 ! 3lof; ! to horse ! mount ! 
 i rot, red ; bas 3iot, red color, 
 i rof biilfig, red-cheeked. 
 
 rof gcflreift, with stripes of red. 
 , 9lof!c^l(^cn, n. (-5, pi. —), 
 1 (European) redbreast, the "Ery- 
 THACus rubeccla" of the scien- 
 tists. 
 I riit'Iir^, reddish. 
 i 9loftttnne, /. {pi. -n), red pine, 
 pitch-pine. 
 9iuifetl, m. (-g, pZ. — ), back; 
 Winter feinem 9iiicfen, behind 
 his back, without his knowl- 
 edge. 
 IRttf, wi. (-eg), reputation, fame. 
 ru'feii (rief, gerufen), to ciy, to 
 
 shout. 
 9tlt'^e, /.» quiet, peace, calmness. 
 ru'len (lo.)^ to rest. 
 ru'l^ig/ quiet, calm, tranquil. 
 9itti'nen, pZ., ruins. 
 runb, round, full. 
 9lu§'laiHJ {gen. -s), Russia. 
 
 Saat »»• (-e^f P^- ©ale), hall. 
 Sa(^'fe, wi. (-n, pf. -n), Saxon. 
 SttJ^'fen (sre^i. -s), Saxony. 
 Sai^'fensSBei'mar, the duchy 
 
 (since 1815 "grand-duchy ") of 
 
 Saxe-Weimar. 
 @a(^'ftn, /. {pi. -nen), Saxon 
 
 woman, native of Saxony. 
 fai^'ftfi^/ Saxon; bag fac^fijc^e 
 
 Sanb, Saxony. 
 
 Stt'ge,/. {pi. -n), legend. 
 
 fo'gen (u).), to say. 
 
 fo^, see fe^en. 
 
 ftti . . . Oilg, see aug'fe^en. 
 
 ftt^ . . . 3M, see ju'fe^en. 
 
 Sorbet, /., (garden-)sage ; bot 
 
 *' Salvia officinalis." 
 famfli^, all, altogether. 
 SattI), rn. (-eg), sand, ground. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 189 
 
 <Sonft ®0tf ftaril, w. (-g), Mount 
 St. Gothard. 
 
 @ttnft fio'renjfirom, m. (-e^), St. 
 Lawrence (river). 
 
 San0^fOUCt (French : " Sans 
 Souci" = free from cares), 
 name of a well-known palace 
 near the town of Potsdam, 
 Prussia, the favorite country- 
 seat of king Frederick II. 
 
 <Sa^tQnac fiofe, a village charm- 
 ingly situated, in Franklin 
 county, state of New York. 
 
 ftt^, see fi^en. 
 
 fott, satisfied, fed, supplied to the 
 full. 
 
 Battth m. (-^, pi. -), saddle. 
 
 S(^of, n. (-eg, pi. -t), sheep. 
 
 fd)offcn (fc{)uf, gefc^affen), to 
 create, to call into existence. 
 
 SdlttfTttCt, m. {-^, pi. — ), con- 
 ductor (of a railroad-train). 
 
 Sf^iir^en, n. {-^, pi. —), small 
 bowl, saucer. 
 
 fl^ttlf ^ttft cunning, roguish. 
 
 ©(garter, m. (-g, pi. —), ticket- 
 window. 
 
 Sl^alf jtt^r, n. (-[e]g, pi. -e), leap- 
 year. 
 
 fic^ fdjii'men {w-)-, to feel ashamed. 
 
 fdjam'rot blushing with shame. 
 
 ^d)ttr, /. {pi. -en), band, troop, 
 crowd. 
 
 fl^ttt'rctt {w.), to paw. 
 
 St^a^, ni. (-eg, pi. "■€), treasure. 
 
 jic^ f(^ttf jcn iw.), to value, to ap- 
 praise one's self. 
 
 fdiau'rig^ dreadful, awful. 
 
 @(|att'H)ieI, n. (-g, pi. -e), drama. 
 
 f^ci'nen (fd^ten, gefd^ienen), to 
 shine, to seem, to appear. 
 
 St^c're,/. {pl'-xC), shears, scissors. 
 
 St^erj, m. (-eg, pi. -e), jest, 
 joke ; im ©d^erj, for fun, jest- 
 ingly. 
 
 f^iifcn {w.), to send. 
 
 ec^irfttl, n. (-g), fate. 
 
 e(^iiffol0tro9b'i»ic, /. (p^ -n), a 
 tragedy in which fate plays a 
 part. 
 
 ft^tctt, see fc^einen. 
 
 (S(^tff, n. (-eg, pi. -e), ship, 
 boat. 
 
 (1) Sl^ilb, w. (-eg, pi. -e), shield. 
 
 (2) @(l)iH>, n. (-eg, p^ -er), sign- 
 board. 
 
 ft^irUcrn (io.)i to describe. 
 
 Sf^iruerung, /. (pZ. -en), descrip- 
 tion. 
 
 ©^tttC^t/. (P^ -en), battle. 
 
 fj^la'fen (frf)Itef, gefrf)Iafen), to sleep. 
 
 @(^lttfC0U|lC^ n. (-g, pi. -g), berth 
 in the sleeping-car. 
 
 SiJilttfttittgen, m. (-g, pi. — ), 
 
 sleeping-car. 
 ((^la'gcn (fc^Iug, gefrf)Iagen), to 
 
 strike. 
 St^Iamm, m. (-eg), slime, mud. 
 fli^lttm'mig, slimy, muddy. 
 ft^Ianf, slender, thin. 
 f(i^lc^t, bad, evil ; fc^lec^t fprec^en 
 
 t)on, to speak evil of. 
 fdjltefen, see fc^Iafen. 
 fr^Uc'^en (fc^to^, gefc^lofjen), to 
 
 close, to shut (traMsit.) ; [id) 
 
 fcfllie^en, to close, to shut (m- 
 
 trans.). 
 fj^limm, bad. 
 
190 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 @I^Utff(^tt^, m. (-[e]9, pL -t), 
 skate ; ba^ ©c^Uttjc^u^laufen, 
 skating. 
 
 @t^lo§, n. (-e^, pi. ^er), castle, 
 palace. 
 
 ©(^lOB'bcrg, m. (-g, pZ. -e), castle- 
 hill. 
 
 ^i^bxdr in. (-eg, p^ -e), gulp, 
 draught. 
 
 Sr^IuffcI, m. (-g, pi. —), key. 
 
 fic^ fd)mei'(^e(n {w.), to flatter 
 one's self. 
 
 ©i^mcftcrUng, m. (-g, pi. -e), 
 butterfly. 
 
 fr^mcftern (?«•)> to clang, to ring. 
 
 Si^no'bcl, »M. (-g, pi. ''), bill, beak. 
 
 ft^nau'ben {w.)^ to hufi and puff. 
 
 @i^nee, m. (-es), snow. 
 
 fi^nei'Hen (fc^nitt, gefc^nitten), to 
 cut. 
 
 Sj^nci'ber, m. (-g, pi. — ), tailor. 
 
 fl^neU, swift, quick, speedily, 
 quickly. 
 
 f(^on, already. 
 
 ft^Olt, beautiful. 
 
 8(^orn'(tein, m. (-[e]g, pZ. -e), 
 chimney. 
 
 <S(^otf lanb (flren. -g), Scotland. 
 
 ^(^ronf, w. (-eg, pi. *e), cup- 
 board, wardrobe, book-case. 
 
 Sc^reif^ett/ m. (-5), dismay, panic. 
 
 f^rei'bcn (fc^rieb, gefc^rieben), to 
 write. 
 
 <2(^rcib'tif(^, m. (-eg, pi. -e), study- 
 table. 
 
 fc^rci'en (fc^rie, gefc^rieen), to cry, 
 to shout; „e6" fc^reit, "they" 
 shout. 
 
 fl^ttf, see fc^affen. 
 
 S(^U^, m. (-eg, pi. -e), shoe. 
 
 8(^u^'mttc^er, w. (-g, pi. —), shoe- 
 maker ; iSc^uJ^mad^erg, the shoe- 
 maker's family. 
 
 Si^u'Ie, /. (pi. -n), school ; eine 
 t)of)ere ©c^ute, a higher institu- 
 tion of learning, school for ad- 
 vanced studies. 
 
 Si^u'Icr, in. (-g, pi. —), pupil, 
 student, disciple, follower. 
 
 Sc^iifjen^ou^, n. (-eg, pi. ^er), 
 hall of the City Rifle Corps. 
 
 Bi^toa'btn {gen. -g), Suabia. 
 
 fl^toa'bif^, Suabian, southern 
 German. 
 
 Sj^ttJO'gcrin, /. {pi. -nen), sister- 
 in-law. 
 
 Si^tDonj, m. (-eg, pi. ^e), tail. 
 
 fj^toarj, black. 
 
 Sl^tottrj'tottlil, m. (-[e]g), Black 
 Forest, on the right bank of the 
 Upper Rhine. 
 
 ^^totin, n. (-eg, pi. -e), swme, 
 hog. 
 
 ^^toei) (bie), Switzerland. 
 
 SJ^tDei'acmoIt n. (-eg), Swiss 
 (Helvetic) people, people of 
 Switzerland. 
 
 f(t)tlier, heavy (bundle), hard 
 (labor), severe, fatal (injury). 
 
 Si^toert, n. (-eg, pi. -er), sword. 
 
 ^J^mertcr,/. {pi -n), sister. 
 
 fi^toim'mcn (fc^roamm, gefc^n)om= 
 men), to swim ; bag ©c^roimmen, 
 swimmmg. 
 
 fer^rte, sixth. 
 
 Wm, sixty. 
 
 (1) See, m. (-eg, pi. -en), lake. 
 
 (2) <See,/., sea, ocean. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 191 
 
 fce'fron!, sea-sick. 
 Scc'offtjicr', m. (-g, pi. -e), naval 
 officer. 
 
 fc'gein (w.), to sail. 
 
 fe^'cn (ja^, gefe^en), to see, to look. 
 
 fc§r, very, very much, most. 
 
 fe^t ... an, see an'fefien. 
 
 fei! (imperat.), be! fei nur, just 
 
 be! (subjunct.), may be. 
 fci'ilCIt (adj.), silk, of silk. 
 
 (1) fcin,fci'nc,fcm (posses.), his, its. 
 
 (2) fcin {injinit. of aux.), to be. 
 Sci'llC, /., Seine (river). 
 
 fcit (dat), since. 
 
 6ci'tc,/. (p^. -n), side, page (of a 
 book). 
 
 fclfifl {indec. adj.), (him, her), it- 
 self; bag t)erfte[)t fic^ oon felbft, 
 that is self-understood ; (adv.), 
 even. 
 
 (^elb'flttntligf eit /. , independence. 
 
 Sclftfi'ftiogrtt^^ic', /. {pL -en), 
 autobiography. 
 
 fcrtcn, rare(-ly), scarce (-ly), ex- 
 ceptionally. 
 
 ^tmino'itttpPl-, name of an Indian 
 tribe, a branche of the Choctaw 
 Indians, left in 1750 their old 
 home in Georgia, and settled 
 down in Florida. Under their 
 chief Osceola they waged a 
 cruel war against the U. S., 
 1836-1842. After their defeat 
 they were transported to the 
 Indian Territory. 
 
 Scnttf, m. (-[e]g, (U. S.) Senate. 
 
 @entt'tor, m. (-g, pi. ©enato'ren), 
 Senator. 
 
 fen'ben (fanbtc, gefanbt), to send. 
 
 ScntimcntttUtiif , /• , sentimental- 
 ity. 
 
 fcfjcn (w.), to put, to place. 
 
 fcuf JCtt {w.), to sob, to sigh. 
 
 flt^ (reflex.), him-(her-, it-)self ; 
 your-(them-)selves. 
 
 @id)t,/., sights in ©ic^t fommen, 
 to come (heave) in sight. 
 
 fie (pers.), she (it), they; her (it), 
 them. 
 
 Sic, you. 
 
 fic'bcn, seven. 
 
 fic'ficnjtt^rig, seven-years'; ber 
 fiebenja^rige ^rieg, 1756-1763, 
 the war waged by Austria, Rus- 
 sia, France, Saxony, Sweden 
 and Poland against Prussia 
 under her king Frederick II, 
 the Great, who in the end was 
 the conqueror of his numerous 
 enemies. 
 
 ficg'rcil^, victorious. 
 
 figntttific'rcn (w.), to signal. 
 
 firOcrn, silver, of silver. 
 
 Sil^oucfte, /. ipl. -n), "sil- 
 houette," the representation of 
 an object in black color. 
 
 Si'mon (gen. -g), St. Simon. 
 
 fin'gcn (fang, gefungen), to sing ; 
 gum ©ingen, (for singing), to 
 sing. 
 
 fin'fen (fanf, gefunfen), to sink, 
 "to fall." 
 
 finn'doU, clever, ingenious. 
 
 Sitting 93uU, name of a chief of 
 the Sioux Indians, who in July, 
 1876, massacred a cavalry-divi- 
 sion under the command of 
 Gen. Geo. A. Custer. 
 
192 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 @i^, m. (-eg, pi. -e), seat, chair. 
 
 flf jcn (fa^, gefefjen), to sit, to be 
 seated. 
 
 Stji'lien {gen. -s), Sicily. 
 
 <Sfla't)r, m. (-n, pi. -n), slave. 
 
 fo, so, thus, therefore, then; fo 
 . . . iDte, as. 
 
 fobalU^ as soon as. 
 
 foDannO then, afterwards. 
 
 foc'bcn, just now. 
 
 Sola, n. (-g, pi. -q), sofa, couch. 
 
 foforf , at once, immediately. 
 
 fogttr', even. 
 
 fo'gcnonnt, so-called. 
 
 fogleit^^ at once, immediately. 
 
 So^n, m. (-65, pi. -e), son. 
 
 Bo'txattS, of Athens, 470^99 b.c, 
 a sculptor by trade, was one of 
 the most original thinkers and 
 teachers of philosophy. Of his 
 numerous disciples the greatest 
 was Plato, who after the master's 
 death further developed the 
 latter's peculiar method of dia- 
 lectical reasoning. The philos- 
 opher's wife, Xantippe, is said 
 to have caused him a great deal 
 of trouble. 
 
 fol^, such. 
 
 forc^fr, fori^e, forced, such (a). 
 
 Soll)af , m. (-en, pi. -en), soldier. 
 
 foU, is to be, is to become. 
 
 foritn (w.), mod. a MX., shall, ought, 
 to be destined to, 
 
 foU'tf, foU'ten, should. 
 
 ^om'mtX, rn. (-g, pi. —), sum- 
 mer. 
 
 Sorn'mernoc^tStroum, m. (-g, pi. 
 ■*), summemight's dream. 
 
 fottlient, but ; nic^t nur — fonbem 
 auc^, not only — but also. 
 
 Son'ne,/., sun. 
 
 8on^nrnf(^ein, m. (-5), sunshine, 
 sunlight. 
 
 fon^, else, otherwise. 
 
 Sonn'tag, m. {-^,pl. -e), Sunday. 
 
 fotoic', as well as. 
 
 Slia'nirn {gen. -s), Spain. 
 
 ^^ti'nxtx, m. (-g, pi. —), Spaniard. 
 
 flJQ'nifj^, Spanish. 
 
 \pat, \pd'itr, late, later, after- 
 wards. 
 
 Bpa'ttn, m. (-g, pi. —), spade. 
 
 ©liQjier'gong, m. {-5rPl. -e), walk. 
 
 BpttX, m. (-es, pi. -e), spear. 
 
 Bpttiin%, wi. (-g, pi. -e), sparrow. 
 
 S|liel, n. {-e^,pL -e), play, motion, 
 working. 
 
 ftiie'Ien {w.), to play. 
 
 \pii^, pointed. 
 
 <Bpitit,f. {pi. -n), tip, point. 
 
 flJliftcm (10.), to splinter. 
 
 S|iorn, m. (-[e] g, pi. ©poren), spur. 
 
 'Bpott, ni. (-es), ridicule, scorn. 
 
 ftioften (uj.), to scoff, scorn. 
 
 Bpotitv, m. (-§, pi. — ), scoffer, 
 derider. 
 
 fpof tctc . . . ou8, see aus'fpotten. 
 
 f|ira^, see fprec^en. 
 
 „S|iro(^'s unb ^c'fcbui^/'n.(-[e]g, 
 pl. ^er)," Grammar and Reader." 
 
 SlJttt'll^e, /. {pl. -n), language. 
 
 8))rtt(^'lc^rcr, m. (-5, pi. — ), 
 
 teacher of languages. 
 @<)ro(^'fiuiiium, n. (-g, pl. -ftubicn), 
 
 language-study. 
 \pxm% . . . ^incin, see ^inein'fprin= 
 
 gen. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 193 
 
 f|jrc'(^ett (fprad^, gefproc^en), to 
 
 speak, to say. 
 f<iref, stands for fpred^en. 
 ftjrin'gcn (fprang, gejprungen), to 
 
 jump, to leap, to throw one's 
 
 self. 
 Stttttt, w. (-eg, pi. -en), state; bie 
 
 SSeretnigten ©taaten, the United 
 
 States. 
 Stotttrmann, m. (-eg, pi. ^er), 
 
 statesman, politican. 
 @tttttt0'fcfrctor, m. (-g, pi. -e), 
 
 (U. S.) Secretary of State. 
 Stttb, ?n. (-eg, pi. -^e), staff. 
 StttH/. (pi. "e), city. 
 Stiitit'dicn, n. (-g, pZ. — ), (small) 
 
 town. 
 BtaU, m. (-eg, pi. ^e), stable. 
 Stttmm, m. (-eg, pZ. "'e), tribe. 
 fittm'mcn (w.), to be sprung, to be 
 
 a native (of = aug). 
 fittm|J'fcn (w.), to stamp, to pound. 
 fittnil, see fte^en. 
 fianii . . . auf, see auf fte^en. 
 flarb, see fterben. 
 ftarf, strong, big, thick, powerful. 
 Stiir'fc,/., strength, force. 
 fitttt or anfiatt (genit), instead of. 
 fitttfflniJcn (fanb, gefunbeu), to 
 
 take place. 
 ^atf (id)^ stately, distinguished. 
 StttuHoi^cr (SBerner), in Schiller's 
 
 play, a citizen of the county of 
 
 Schwyz. 
 ftcrf'en {w.), transit, to put, to 
 
 place ; intrans., to lie hidden. 
 fic'^en (ftanb, geftanben), to stand, 
 
 to be written ; fte^en bleiben, to 
 
 stop. 
 
 ficrgcn (ftieg, geftiegen), to rise. 
 
 Stein, m. (-eg, pi. -e), stone. 
 
 flcin'rcit^, mighty rich. 
 
 Stetic, /. {pl. -n), spot, place, 
 passage (in a book). 
 
 flcricn (w.), to put. 
 
 jicttctt . . . tJOr, see cor'ftellen. 
 
 Stclj'fu^, in. (-eg, pl. ^e), wooden 
 leg. 
 
 ficr'bcn (ftarb, geftorben), to die. 
 
 Stie'fcl, m. (-g, pl. — or-n), boot. 
 
 flieg . . . ttui, see aug'fteigen. 
 
 Stift, m. (-eg, pl. -e), stick. 
 
 Stim'mc,/. {pl. -n), voice. 
 
 Stirn,/. (pL -en), forehead. 
 
 fjolj, proud. 
 
 fio'tCtt (w.), to disturb. 
 
 Storm (X^eobor), 1817-1888, a 
 popular novelist, whose best- 
 known story is eAtitled Immen- 
 see. 
 
 fio'^en (ftie^, ge[tof;en), to blow 
 (a horn). 
 
 fira'fcn {w.), to punish. 
 
 Strttl^l, m. (-eg, pl. -en), beam, 
 
 ray. 
 Stra'^C, /. {pl. -n), street, road, 
 
 highway. 
 firci'dien (ftric^, geftric^en), to 
 
 stroke, to rub, to spread. 
 Strcit, m. (-eg), dispute. 
 fireng, strict(ly). 
 
 Stu'be, /. {pl. -n), room, parlor. 
 Stucf, n. (-eg, pl. -e), piece, slice, 
 
 piece (drama). 
 flubic'rcn {w.), to study, to read 
 
 thoroughly. 
 Sttt'btum, n. (-g, pL ©tubien), 
 
 study. 
 
194 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Stul^I, rti. (-e§, pi. -e), chair, stool. 
 StunllC,/. {pL -n), hour. 
 ftur'tnifl^/ stormy, tumuhuous. 
 flttfjen (lo.), to hesitate. 
 M ^ttfjcn («?.)» to lean, to rest. 
 
 fuHtro^ie'ten («?•)' to subtreu^t (3—2, 
 read 3 minu^ or roeniger 2). 
 Su'Hcn, m. (-5), south. 
 Suboften, in. (-6), southeast. 
 Sitlittierien, w. (-s), southwest. 
 
 3:. 
 
 Xo'fel,/. (pZ. -n); table. 
 2o'fcI(^cn, ?i. (-5, pi. —), tablet. 
 2og, wi. (-e^, pi. -€), day; eineg 
 
 %a%z^ {genit. of time, when), one 
 
 day. 
 
 "Daily and Yearly Journal," 
 the title of Goethe's diary, ex- 
 tending from 1794 to 1822. 
 
 tag'Iij^, daily, every day. 
 
 3^ttn'nc,/. {pi. -v), pine, pine-tree. 
 
 ^ttng, m. (-e^, pi. ^e), dance. 
 
 tan'gett {w.), to dance. 
 
 Ja'f^c,/. {pi -n), pocket. 
 
 2o'f(^cntu(^, /I. (-[e]^), pi. -er), 
 pocket-handkerchief. 
 
 tttUb, deaf. 
 
 Xou'be,/. (p^ -n), dove, pigeon. 
 
 tau^'flumm^ deaf and dumb. 
 
 tau'f(^en {w.), to (ex)change situ- 
 ations (places). 
 
 Se'cumfe^ {gen. -s), name of a 
 chief of the Shawnee Indians, 
 who was defeated by Gen. 
 Harrison in the battle of Tippe- 
 canoe, in the state of Indiana, 
 Nov. 6, 1811. 
 
 2eil^, ni. (-eg, pi -e), pond. 
 
 %t\{, m. (-eg, pi -e), part. 
 
 tei'Icn (w.), to divide, "to part." 
 
 %tVi (SBil^elm), m Schiller's play, 
 a huntsman and citizen of the 
 county of Uri. 
 
 2crmin% m. (-g, pi -e), term. 
 
 ^errito'num, n. (-g, pi 2;em= 
 torien), territory. 
 
 ten'cr, dear, expensive. 
 
 2eft ^i- (-65, pi. -e), text. 
 
 X^ol, n. (-eg, pi. ^er), valley. 
 
 %\iti'{tX,m-{-^,pl —), "thaler" (a 
 German silver coin, equivalent 
 to 75 American cents), dollar. 
 
 X^at,/. {pl -en), deed. 
 
 t^ot t^tt'tcn, see t^uen. 
 
 ^^eo'tcr, n. (-g, p/. — ), theatre. 
 
 %\^tm'\t,f.t Thames (the river). 
 
 (1) 2^or, m. (-ett, pi. -en), fool. 
 
 (2) X^or, n. (-eg, pl -e), gate. 
 S^rii'nc,/. {pl -n), tear. 
 t^tt'cn orti^un (t^at, get^an), to do, 
 
 to occupy one's self with. 
 
 2pr,/. {pl -en), door. 
 
 S^tt'ringcn {gen. -g), Thurmgia, 
 one of the old provinces of 
 central Germany ; 2^pringer 
 SBalb, Thuriugian Forest. 
 
 i\t\, deep(ly), profound(ly). 
 
 %\t'\ViXi, name of a village beauti- 
 fully situated on the river Ilm, 2 
 miles NE of Weimar (Germany). 
 
VOCABULAMY. 
 
 195 
 
 2tcr, n. (-e§, pi. -e), animal, 
 
 beast, brute. 
 Zitt'lthtn, n. (-g), animal life. 
 %m'it,f., ink. 
 2if(^, wi. (-e^, 1)^. -e), table. 
 ^i'tct, m. (-§, pi. — ), title. 
 2olJ, w. (-eg), death; bei feinem 
 
 ^ob, at (the time of) his death. 
 2^on, m. (-eg, jpl. ^e), sound, 
 
 melody. 
 2o<)f, m. (-eg, pi. H), pot. 
 Xorfmoor, m., n. (-[e]g, pL -e), 
 
 peat-bog. 
 tttt'gcn (trug, getragen), to bear, 
 
 to carry, to wear. 
 tranf, see trin!en. 
 trot . . . Hot, see Dor'treten. 
 2rau'cr,/., grief, sorrow. 
 2rttU'crf<iicI,n.(-g,i)Z.-e), tragedy. 
 Sraum, w. (-eg, pi. ^e), dream. 
 treffcn (traf, getroffen), to meet 
 
 with, to encounter. 
 trcn'nen {w.), to separate. 
 
 ttc'tcn (trat, getreten), to step (in), 
 
 to enter. 
 triefi . . . fort, see forf treiben. 
 trin'fcn (tranf, getrunfen), to drink. 
 trojf'cn, dry. 
 troif ncn (w.), to dry. 
 ^romlie'te, /. {pi. -n), trumpet. 
 tro^ (geiiit.), in spite (of). 
 Srou'babourd (pl-), Troubadours, 
 
 or Provencal bards, early lyric 
 
 poets who first appeared in the 
 
 Provence, and flourished there 
 
 in the XII century. 
 tru'6e, turbid. 
 trug, see tragen. 
 2ut^, n. {gen. -eg, pi. "er), cloth, 
 
 kerchief. 
 2Wd)cn, n. (-g, pi. — ), little 
 
 (dear, darling) tulip. 
 XuVpt,f. {pi -n), tulip. 
 ^iirfci' (bie), Turkey. 
 Xurm'toart, m. (-[e]g, pi. -^er), 
 
 warder of the (castle-) tower. 
 
 n. 
 
 n'htv {dot. or accus.), over, above; 
 
 Jig., at, with, of, in, on, after, 
 
 concerning. 
 uberaH' {adv.), everywhere, 
 
 throughout. 
 iibcrMirf'cn (w.), to survey. 
 ii'berfroi^t,/., overweight. 
 U'bcrgcttitc^t, n. (-[e]g), excess of 
 
 weight. 
 ubcrgic'^Ctt (iibergo^, iibcrgofjen), 
 
 to cover, to suffuse. 
 ii^er^autif , in general. 
 
 ukrloffctt (iiberlie^, iiberlaffen), 
 to let one have, to yield up to 
 one. 
 
 Ubcrlc'gcn^cit,/-, superiority. 
 
 U'bermOfflt,/-, superiority. 
 
 Ubcrfet'^cn {w.), to translate. 
 
 Ubcrfcfjung, /. {pl- -en), trans- 
 lation. 
 
 ttbcrmttt^'fett(iibern)uc^g, ixbexxva^- 
 fen), to overgrow, to cover with. 
 
 it^brig, left (over), remaining, the 
 rest of ; ju roiinfdien itbrig lafjen, 
 
196 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 to leave ... to be wished for ; 
 iibrig bleiben, to be left over, to 
 be remaining. 
 
 U'^rigend (adv.)^ moreover. 
 
 Ul^r, /. {pi- -en), watch, clock, 
 time; roie oiel U^r? what 
 time? 
 
 um (accus.), about, around; um 
 . . . ju, imfinit.^ in order to. 
 
 Umge'bttllB,/. {pi. -en), surround- 
 ings. 
 
 Um'gCfiCnil,/., environs, neighbor- 
 hood. 
 
 Umlout, m. (-[e]5, vl -z), modi- 
 fication of one of the vowels a, 
 0, u, au into d, o, ii, du, e.g., 
 ^onb, ^iinbe ; groB^ grower. 
 
 fi(^ um'fe^cn (fa^, gefe^en), to look 
 around. 
 
 fic^ um'ttJcnlicn (roanbte, geroanbt), 
 to turn around. 
 
 ttit'angene^m, unpleasant. 
 
 nn'beloeglid^^ motionless, without 
 moving. 
 
 Itnb, and. 
 
 unrntl'lic^^ endless, vast. 
 
 ttn'cntfi^ieticn, doubtful. 
 
 Un'fatt, m. (-6, jtl. -e), accident. 
 
 ttn'fcrn or un'toeit {genu.), not far 
 from. 
 
 Utt'flCilttni,/., impatience. 
 
 un'gc^CUCr {adv.), exceedmgly. 
 
 un'gettlO^nt unusual, strange. 
 
 tttt'fleaogtll, bad, mischievous, 
 naughty. 
 
 Un'gliirf, n. (-[e]§), misfortune, 
 calamity. 
 
 ttll'glntfli^^ imhappy, miserable, 
 imfortunate. 
 
 ttn'giinfiig/ unfavorable, deroga- 
 tory. 
 
 tttt'^ifiorif^, not historical, lack- 
 ing historical evidence. 
 
 Union',/. (pZ. -en), (Northameri- 
 can) Union, U. S. 
 
 Uni!icrfttdf,/.(pi.-en), university. 
 
 Un'^iiinftlij^f cit,/. , lack of punctu- 
 ality. 
 
 ung {dot.), (to, for) us. 
 
 un'f ^Ql^bar, inestimable, priceless. 
 
 un'fj^irflic^, improper. 
 
 un'fcr, un'fcrc, un'fer, our. 
 
 un'ter(da^. or accus.), under, below, 
 beneath, among; unteretnanber, 
 among themselves. 
 
 Un'tergang, m. (-[e]^, pi. ^e), 
 setting, sinking. 
 
 nn'tcrge^cn (ging, gegangen), to 
 set. 
 
 un'ter^alb (genit), below. 
 
 fic^ unter^arten (unter^ielt, unter= 
 f)alten), to converse. 
 
 Unter^artung, /. {pL -en), con- 
 versation, talk. 
 
 Un'terlHiJic, /. {pi. -n), under- 
 lip. 
 
 Untcmc^'men, n. (-^), enterprise. 
 
 Un'tcrrid^t "i- (-[e]^)/ instruction, 
 schooling. 
 
 untcrflufaen («?.)» to assist, to 
 second. 
 
 Unterfiiifaung,/., assistance. 
 
 un'ubcrtrcff1i(^, unsurpassable. 
 
 un'jufriclicn, discontented. 
 
 Ur'flirung, m. (-[e]s), origm. 
 
 Ur'tcil, n. (-g, pi. -e), opinion. 
 
 tt. f. tn. {abhrev. for unb fo wetter), 
 and 80 on, etc. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 197 
 
 »♦ 
 
 ©a'tcr, m. (-§, pi. ^), father. 
 JBa'tctlttnU, n. (-[e]g, pi. ^er), 
 
 fatherland, native land. 
 JBa'terjittlit /. (p^ ^e), native 
 
 (place) town. 
 95cr. {abhrev. = SBerei'nigte) 
 
 Staa'tcn, P?-, United States. 
 fic^ nerttb'fr^iciicn {w.), to take 
 
 leave of, to bid good bye to. 
 fid^ Herbeu^gen (w.), to bow. 
 berbin'ben (oerbanb, cerbunben), 
 
 to connect. 
 Herblei'ten (oerblieb, cerblieben), 
 
 to remain, to be. 
 nertirau't^en (w.), to consume, to 
 
 use (up). 
 titxhxti'ttn («>.)» *o spread, to dis- 
 seminate. 
 Sctbrci'tung,/., diffusion. 
 tjcrtirin'gcn (tjerbrad^te, t)erbrad^t), 
 
 to spend (time). 
 
 tierbie'nen (w.), to deserve. 
 
 tterbtonett/ ill-humored, peevish. 
 
 ttere^l'tetl (w.), to respect, to rever- 
 ence. 
 
 bererntgen (w.), to unite ; bie 3Ser= 
 einigten ©laaten, the United 
 States. 
 
 ©Crfarfct, m. (-g, pi. — ), author. 
 
 Ucrforgen (w.)» *o follow, to pur- 
 sue. 
 
 ttcrgcrfen (Derga^, cergefjen), to 
 forget, to ignore. 
 
 Hetglei'i^eii (oerglit^, oerglic^cn), 
 to compare. 
 
 tiergol'ben (w.), to gild. 
 
 l!Bcr|ttlfttt8, n. (-e§, pi. -fe), 
 
 situation, condition, relation (s), 
 
 proportion. 
 tierl^ei'rtttet, married. 
 ticrfnu<i'fett (w.), to unite. 
 tJCtlttn'gCIt (w.), to request, to 
 
 demand. 
 tterlttrfcn (Derlie^, ©ertafjen), to 
 
 leave, to abandon. 
 S5erle'8Ctt^Ctt/., embarrassment, 
 
 unpleasant situation. 
 HCrlcfjCtt (w.), to injure. 
 tjcrlic'ren (werlor, oerloren), to 
 
 lose, 
 fid^ berlo^ben (w.), to become en- 
 
 a^crlo'fiung,/-, betrothal. 
 Ucrmu'tctt (w.), to suppose, to 
 
 suspect. 
 ticr^ijlidi'tett (w.), to oblige. 
 Uerra'tcn (oerriet, oerraten), to 
 
 betray, to show. 
 tlcrf(^ie'iJCn, different. 
 bcrf(ittiei'9cn(Derfc^n}teg,t)er|d^n)ie= 
 
 gen), to conceal (from one = 
 
 dat). 
 Ucrfd^teJinliett (tjerfd^tDanb, t)er= 
 
 fd^raunben), to disappear, 
 fid^ tJcrfc^'cn (oerfaf), uerje^en), to 
 
 provide one's self. 
 Hcrfcfjcn {w.), to put, to place, to 
 
 transfer, to promote ; to reply, 
 
 to rejoin. 
 bcrfll often {to.), to scoff, to deride. 
 JBcrflttllb', m. (-eg), reason, com- 
 mon sense. 
 
198 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 Derfie^'en (ocrftanb, t)crftanbcn),to 
 understand ; fid^ oerfte^cn, tx) be 
 understood ; bas rerfte^t ftc^ »on 
 felbft, that is self-understood. 
 
 berfu'^cn (w.),xa try, 
 
 bcrtcilcn (lo.), to distribute, to 
 dispense. 
 
 tlcrtDttrtCtt (to.)» to manage, to 
 conduct. 
 
 lieTje^'tett (w-)» ^ consume, to 
 dispose of. 
 
 Ucrsci'^ett (cerjie^, rerjie^en), to 
 pardon; e^ ift bem ^ic^ter ju 
 Derjei^en, the poet might (must) 
 be pardoned. 
 
 JBeratnciriung, /., despair, de- 
 spondency. 
 
 did. Hide, much, many. 
 
 DieUeil^f , perhaps. 
 
 t)iertierft)rei!^enb, promising. 
 
 tiier, four. 
 
 tiier'te, fourth. 
 
 Dter'te^alb, three and a half. 
 
 ©icriOttliJ'fiottet Sec, m. (-ee), 
 ♦*Lake of the Four Forest 
 Counties" in Switzerland. 
 
 tiier'je^n, fourteen ; Dter'se^nte, 
 fourteenth; oierje^n Xage, two 
 weeks. 
 
 ©irgi'nictt {gen. -%), Virginia. 
 
 JBo'gcI, m. (-g, pi. ^), bird. 
 
 JBoge'fett {pi), Vosges, a moun- 
 tain-range on the left bank of 
 the Upper Rhine. 
 
 Sdg'Iein, n. (-g, pi. —), little 
 bird, birdie. 
 
 SJoIt n. (-eg; pi "'er), people, 
 nation. 
 
 tiott, full. 
 
 Hollig ((wir.), wholly, completely, 
 altogether. 
 
 ttoU'fommen, perfect(ly). 
 
 DoU'fidnDig, complete(ly). 
 
 SoUoi'rc, 1694-1778, a famous 
 French historian, philosopher, 
 critic, poet, dramatist and 
 romancer. One of his trage- 
 dies is entitled Mahomet. 
 
 bom = oon bem. 
 
 bon {dxit.), of, from, by; Don . . . 
 aug, from. 
 
 bor {dat), before, in front of, ago; 
 {accus.)^ before, to the front of ; 
 t)or bem 2)orfe, outside the 
 village. 
 
 bottturfe^en (fal^, gefe^en), to fore- 
 see, to forebode. 
 
 fid^ bor'derciteii {w.), to make 
 ready, to prepare. 
 
 fic^ bor^rangen {w.), to press for- 
 ward, to be obtrusive. 
 
 bor'fu^rett (io.)» ^ produce, to 
 present. 
 
 bor^geflem, the day before yester- 
 day. 
 
 bor'l^altett (^telt, ge^alten), tohold 
 before (one = dot.). 
 
 bo'ng, last, previous. 
 
 bor'Iegen (w.), to put (place) be- 
 fore, to produce, to exhibit. 
 
 bor'Icfctt (lag, gelefen), to read 
 aloud. 
 
 S5or'Uc6e, /m predilection. 
 
 JBor'mittog, m. (-g, pi -e), fore- 
 noon ; oormittagg, in the fore- 
 noon. 
 
 S^or'mttitb, rn. (-eg, pi 'cr), 
 guardian, trustee. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 199 
 
 S5or'nttme[n], m. (SSornamen^, pi. 
 SSornamen), first name, Chris- 
 tian name. 
 
 tJOr'nc^m, of gentle people; of 
 people of rank. 
 
 Sor'fittbt/. {pl. ^e), suburb. 
 
 tJOr'licUcn {w.), to introduce. 
 
 tJOr'tcil^ttft, profitable. 
 
 tjor'ltctcn (trat, getreten), to step 
 forth, to come out. 
 
 dotii'Oer, past, by; er mu^te vox- 
 ii6er(ge^en to be understood), 
 he must pass by. 
 
 uoru'ticrjic^en (509, gejogcn), to 
 pass by. 
 
 ^ormurf, m. (-[e]g, pl. ^e), ob- 
 jection. 
 
 Dor^getgen (w.), to show, to pro- 
 duce. 
 
 IBor'jug, m. (-[e]g, pl. -^e), merit. 
 
 tlorjiig'U^, excellent. 
 
 "Vous etes un homme" (French) 
 = „6te jinb ein [ganjer] aJiann/ 
 "You are a man [indeed]." 
 
 tutti^'fen (roud^g, geicac^fen), to 
 grow, to increase. 
 
 SBtt'gcn, m. (-g, pl. —), carriage, 
 car, wagon. 
 
 tua'gen (w.), to dare. 
 
 tuiil^^len (w.), to choose, to make 
 choice, to elect. 
 
 totter, true. 
 
 ttJO^'rcttb (genit), during; {con- 
 junct), while. 
 
 SBa^r'^cit/., truth, fidelity, re- 
 ality. 
 
 tUtt^r'fl^cittlic^, probably, likely. 
 
 SBttlb, m. (-eg, pl. ^er), wood, 
 forest. 
 
 SBttttJ'fittum, m. (-[e]g, pl. ^e), 
 forest-tree. 
 
 ttJarbig, wooded. 
 
 SBan'ii'rer (= SSanberer), m. (-g, 
 pl. — ), wanderer, pilgrim, 
 "youth." 
 
 toanbte . . . urn, see um'roenben. 
 
 SBttlt'gc,/. {pl. -n), cheek. 
 
 ttJttnn, when. 
 
 tear, ttJtt'rCtt, was, were. 
 
 ttii're (subjunct), was, had been. 
 
 ttiarm, warm, tender, sympathetic. 
 
 SBar'tcfaal, m. (-[e]§, pl. 2Barte= 
 fcile), waiting room. 
 
 ttiotum' {emphat. wa'rum), why, 
 wherefore. 
 
 tt)O0, what, which; \va^ fiir, what 
 (kind of). 
 
 SBii^fd^e/ /., linens, linen articles. 
 
 aBaffcr, n. (-§), water. 
 
 aSarfcrttliifJe,/., watery waste. 
 
 SBa'terloo^ name of a village near 
 Brussels (Belgium), where June 
 18, 1815, Napoleon was defeated 
 by the united English and Pras- 
 sian armies under Wellington 
 and Bliicher. 
 
 teic'iier . . . not^, neither . . . nor. 
 - w*. (-eg, pl. -e), way, manner. 
 
200 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 toeg (ddv.), away. 
 
 toe'gen (genit.), on account of. 
 
 toel'miitig^ pitiful, doleful. 
 
 SBeib, n. (-e^, pi -ex), wife. 
 
 tati^, soft, downy. 
 
 SBet^'nai^ten {or t)te 2Set^nac^tcn, 
 pZ. ), Christmas ; ju 2Bei^nac^ten, 
 at Christmas. 
 
 Hieil, because. 
 
 SBeHe,/., while. 
 
 fS^tlmax, the capital of the grand- 
 duchy of Saxe-Weimar (Ger- 
 many), for some time the home 
 of a number of great poets as 
 Groethe, Schiller, Herder and 
 Wieland. 
 
 ffiein, m. (-65, pi. -e), wine, gi-ape- 
 vine. 
 
 tUtVntn (w.), to weep, to cry. 
 
 aSetn'Ianb, n. (-[e]s, pi. ^er), 
 wine-district. 
 
 aBci'fe,/., manner. 
 
 toei'fc, wise. 
 
 toci§, white ; ber SBei^e, the white 
 (one). 
 
 tDett, far; roeit f)ex, from afar, and 
 also, roeit ^er fein, to be from 
 afar, to be of great value, to 
 be distinguished. 
 
 tOtVttV, further, along, away, ad- 
 ditional. 
 
 tueri^er, totViit, toert^ed {inter, 
 and relat.), who, which, what. 
 
 SBelt/. (pi. -en), world. 
 
 SBclfougfleattng, /. {pi -en), 
 world's (universal) exhibition. 
 
 SBelf 0f fl^i(^tf , /. , world's history. 
 
 SScIfiibcrlDinDcr, m. (-5, pi —), 
 conqueror of the world. 
 
 toe'nig, toe'nige, little, a few; ein 
 flein iDenig, a little bit. 
 
 toenn, if, when, whenever. 
 
 locr? who? roer {relat.), he who; 
 roer , . . bem . . ., him who . . . 
 
 toer'Uen (rourbe [roarb], geraorben), 
 intrans., to become, to grow, to 
 get ; as auxil it forms future, 
 conditional, and passive. 
 
 Iiier'fcn (rcarf, geroorfen), to throw. 
 
 SScrt n. (-e^, pi -e), work. 
 
 loert, esteemed, dear. 
 
 fS&ttt, m. (-e^), worth, standard. 
 
 ,,aScr't^er/' i.e., „3)ie Seiben beg 
 jungenSBert^er," "The Sorrows 
 of young Werther," Goethe's 
 first great novel (1774), which 
 was Napoleon's companion, 
 when in Egypt. 
 
 SB('feI/ a fortified town on the 
 Rhine, in the province of 
 Rhenish Prussia. 
 
 SBe^fttt/ n. {-^), character, con- 
 duct. 
 
 toed^alb^ {interr. and relat.), why, 
 wherefore. 
 
 SBcftc, /. {pl -n), waist coat, vest. 
 
 agcrtcn, m. (-g), West. 
 
 tncfl'Itl^, western. 
 
 SBefl ^oittt, U. S. military acade- 
 my, in Orange county, state of 
 New York. 
 
 SScfter, n. (-§), weather, air. 
 
 tutl^'ttg^ important. 
 
 tot'Jifr {accus.), against. 
 
 ttlie {interr.), how; {relat.), how, 
 as, when ; roie ift bte ©itro'ne ? 
 of what color is . . . ? rote oiel ? 
 roie oiele? how much? how 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 201 
 
 many ? ber toieoielte ? which (of 
 the number) ? 
 
 tnie'Dcr (adv.), again. 
 
 tuieiicr^olcn (w.), to repeat, to 
 reiterate. 
 
 taic'iicrttitt^Ien (w?), to re-elect. 
 
 toic'gctt (n)og, geroogen), to weigh. 
 
 toic'^crn (w.), to neigh. 
 
 SBie'fc,/. (p^. -n), meadow. 
 
 aSirbcnftrud) (6rnft oon), a con- 
 temporary German dramatist, 
 born 1845. 
 
 ,,aBiI||clm %tU/' tlie title of 
 Schillers most popular drama. 
 
 tDin'fcn (w.), to beckon. 
 
 SBin'tcr, m. (-g, pi. —), winter. 
 
 hJtr, we. 
 
 mirf tit^, really, in fact. 
 
 SBirHi^feit,/., reality. 
 
 SBtr'fung,/. ipl- -en), effect. 
 
 SBirt, m. (-e^, pi. -e), landlord, 
 owner. 
 
 SSirtr^ttttS, n. (-e^, pZ." ^er), 
 tavern, inn. 
 
 ttiinctt (tou^te, geiDU^t), to know. 
 
 too {interr. and relat.), where. 
 
 SBo'c^c,/. {pi. -n), week. 
 
 too fur' {emphat. TOo'fiir), where- 
 fore, for what. 
 
 tOO^cr' {emphat. roo'l^er), whence, 
 from what place. 
 
 tOOl^in' {emphat. roo'^in), (whither?) 
 what way? to what place ? 
 
 too|lI {adv.), well, certainly, sure 
 enough; {explet.), I guess, per- 
 haps. 
 
 too^rgcorlinct, well-arranged. 
 
 tOO^rgerUttilct well-formed, 
 (shapely) and round. 
 
 tOO^rflingentl, melodious. 
 
 tOO^rriet^enb, sweet-scented, fra- 
 grant. 
 
 too^rtl^uen (t^at, get^an), to bene- 
 fit, to do good. 
 
 too^'ncn {w.), to live. 
 
 BoVtt,f. {pi. -en), cloud. 
 
 toorten (raoUte, gerooUt), mod. 
 aux. , to want, to desire, to be 
 about to, to be willing, 
 
 UBorjogcn (^aroli'ne uon), 1763- 
 1847, n^e von Lengefeld, a 
 German poetess, sister of Char- 
 lotte Schiller, the wife of the 
 poet. 
 
 toomif {emphat. roo'mit), where- 
 with, with what, by what. 
 
 toorouf {emphat. roo'rauf), where- 
 upon, on which. 
 
 toortn' {emphat. rao'rin), in what, 
 by what. 
 
 SBort^ n. (-eg, pi. -e [connected 
 words], and ^er [single, dis- 
 connected words]). 
 
 toorii'bcr {emphat. roo'ritber), 
 about what. 
 
 tOUn'ilcrf(^bn, charming. 
 
 SBunfrf), m. (-eg, pi. ^e), wish, 
 desire. 
 
 toiin'fc^Ctt {w.), to wish, to desire; 
 3U n)iinfd)en iibrig laffen, to leave 
 ... to be wished for. 
 
 SBur'He,/., dignity. 
 
 tout'tie/ would. 
 
 tour'big, worthy. 
 
202 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 n. 
 
 tt'nuJfU^on, next to Plato the 
 greatest of the disciples of 
 Socrates, lived at Athens, 430- 
 354 B.C. He is the author of a 
 great number of historical and 
 philosophical works, of which 
 
 the best-known is the Anabasis^ 
 a history of the expedition of 
 the Younger Cyrus, and of the 
 retreat of the 10,000 Greeks 
 who formed part of his army. 
 
 ?)oIes6oUcge, the great university of New Haven (Conn.). 
 
 3. 
 
 ga^len (u>.), to pay. 
 
 Soljll, m. (-e^, pi. H), tooth. 
 
 gttrt, delicate, soft. 
 
 Sttttn, rn. (-e^, pi. ^c), hedge. 
 
 Sdtttt'foitig, m. (-g, pi. -t), wren; 
 (lit.^ king of the hedge), hedge- 
 sparrow. 
 
 J. 8. {dbbrev. = jum Seifpiel), as 
 for example, for instance, viz. 
 
 itWtt, tenth. 
 
 gergen (lo.), to show, to manifest ; 
 fic^ Seigen, to appear, to turn out. 
 
 Sfit/- {pl- -en), time. 
 
 3eif rttum, m. (-[e]^, pi. ^e), time, 
 period, term. 
 
 Serfireu'ung, /• {pi. -en), amuse- 
 ment. 
 
 Seug'nig, n. (-C5, pi. -fe), testi- 
 mony, evidence. 
 
 jie'^en (jog, gesogen), {transit), 
 to pull, to take; {intrans.), to 
 move along, "to pass," to 
 change residence. 
 
 jirm'Itt^, pretty considerable, 
 rather. 
 
 iittii^, neat, elegant. 
 
 Sigeu'nerbube, m. {-n, pi. ~n), 
 gipsy-boy; „2)er 3i9eunerbube 
 im 3'Jorben," the title of a ballad 
 by Emanuel Gteibel. 
 
 Sim'mcr, n. (-g, pi. — ), room, 
 presence chamber; ^oft unb 
 3itnnter, room and board. 
 
 iitptn {w.), to chirp. 
 
 m^ JO'Bfn^ ««« Sie^en. 
 
 jogcn . . . ab, see ab'ste^en. 
 
 jb'0ern (to.), to hesitate. 
 
 jor'nig, angry. 
 
 (1) jtt {dot.), at, in, on, in addition 
 to ; {with infinitive), in order to. 
 
 (2) jtt {adv.), {with verb), to ; {with 
 ad;.), too. 
 
 Su'bcreitung, /., preparation, 
 
 cooking. 
 ju'bringen (brac^te, gebrac^t), to 
 
 spend (time). 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 203 
 
 JttCrfl' (adv.)^ for the first time, 
 first of all. 
 
 Jtt'fattig (adv.), by chance, as 
 chance would have it. 
 
 jttfric'iJen, satisfied. 
 
 gu'fugen (w.), to do, to cause. 
 
 SH' ^- i~^^> P^- ■^^)' train, rail- 
 road-train, line, procession. 
 
 2u0xntte, f. {pi -n), draw- 
 bridge. 
 
 gu'gcf^Ioffcn, see su'fc^Ue^en. 
 
 3UgIet^% at the same time, simul- 
 taneously. 
 
 JU'^oren (^«•)^ to listen to one. 
 
 gU'fel^ren (w.)» to turn towards. 
 
 jum = 5U bem, to (for) the ; gum 
 ©egenftanb, for its subject ; 
 nium," on sign-boards of inns is 
 idiomatic and remains untrans- 
 lated; ber©aft^of „3umgoIbenen 
 Soraen," "The Golden Lion- 
 Inn." 
 
 jur = 3U ber ; gur 2lnttt)ort, as (an) 
 answer ; gur 2lntroort geben, to 
 answer. 
 
 gu'rciJCn (w.)^ to speak to, to en- 
 courage, to try to console. 
 
 Su'ri^/ Zurich, a town in Switzer- 
 land. 
 
 iUvM% back. 
 
 ^nxM'hitihtn (blieb, ge&lieben), to 
 be left (over). 
 
 juriirf gebltel&cn, see guriicf bletben. 
 jururf'fc^rcn (w.), to return. 
 Suritif'fommen (tarn, gefommen), 
 
 to come back, to return. 
 gutiitf (egcn {w.), to make (number 
 
 of miles). 
 juriid'ttctcn (trat, getreten), to 
 
 step back. 
 jufatn'men^ together, all together. 
 jufam'men^ttlten (f)ielt, ge^alten), 
 
 to hold (keep) together. 
 jufttm'mcntreffcn (traf, getroffen), 
 
 to meet. 
 3u'f(i)l09, m. (-[e]g), addition, ad- 
 ditional payment. 
 jtt'fc^Iic^cn Wo% gefrf)lofjen), to 
 
 lock. 
 gu'fc^Ctt {\af), gefeE)en), to look 
 
 upon, to gaze at, to watch. 
 JU'tierldfftg/ reliable, trustworthy. 
 au^jufiringen, see gu'bringen. 
 Jttiar, indeed, it is true ; unb jwar, 
 
 and that, and more particularly. 
 itoti, two. 
 
 gtocig, m. (-e§, pi -e), twig. 
 jtuermat, twice. 
 itotlit, second. 
 jiuin'gcn (gwang, gegroungen), to 
 
 compel, to force. 
 Jtun^en {dat. or accus.)y between, 
 
 betwixt, amongst. 
 JtUOlf, twelve. 
 
ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY. 
 
 a, an, etn, etne, etn. 
 
 able, fdl^ig ; to be able, fonnen 
 (fonnte, gefonnt), mod. aux. ; im 
 ftanbe jein (voav, geroefen), 
 
 aboard! ^einfteigen!" (infinit.). 
 
 about (prepos.), place : um{accus.) ; 
 time: um (accus.), adv., unge; 
 fd^r. 
 
 above, iiber {dat, accus.). 
 
 academy, bie 2lf abemie' {pi. -en) ; 
 bie franjofifc^e 2l!abemie ("Aca- 
 demie frangaise"), founded 
 1635, an association for the pro- 
 motion of literature, consists of 
 forty members (" academici- 
 ans "). 
 
 accompany (to), begleiten (w.). 
 
 account, bie 5iec^nung ; on account 
 of, roegen (genit). 
 
 acorn, bie (Stfer {pi. -n). 
 
 admit (to), aufne^men (uaEim, 
 genommen); to admit to the 
 bar, in ben Slboofatenftanb auf; 
 ne^men. 
 
 after {prepos.), nad), dat; {con- 
 junct), nac^bem. 
 
 afternoon, ber SfJad^mittag {pi. -e); 
 
 in the afternoon, am 3taci^mittag, 
 
 nac^mittagg. 
 again, roieber, nod^, nod^ einmal ; 
 
 again another, roieber (noc^) 
 
 etne anbere. 
 age, bag 2llter, bie 3eit, bag ^eii- 
 
 alter ; year of age, bag 2ebengs 
 
 \af)t {pi. -e). 
 air, bie Suft {pi. ^e). 
 Aix-la-Chapelle, see 3(a(l^en. 
 alight (to), aug'fteigen (ftieg, ge* 
 
 ftiegen). 
 all {sing.), aU, gang; {pi.), aUe\ 
 
 all the money, bag ganje ©elb ; 
 
 all my money, mein ganjeg ®elb, 
 
 all mein ©elb. 
 allow (to), erlau6en(io.)» geftatten 
 
 {w.). 
 almond, bie SJianbel {pi. -n). 
 aloud, laut; to read aloud, vof- 
 
 lefen (lag, gelefen). 
 Alps, bie Sllpen {pL). 
 already, fd^on, bereitg. 
 Alsace, ber @lfa^ {gen. -eg), 
 also, audi, ebenfaltg; (not only, 
 
206 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 nic^t nur, nid^t aUein, but also, 
 
 fonbern aud^). 
 although, obgIei(^, obroo^I, ob= 
 
 fc^on. 
 always, tmmer. 
 America, 2lmerifa {gen. -g). 
 American, ber SImerifa'ner (pZ. — ). 
 among {dat.^ accus.), unter. 
 amount (to), betragen (betrug, be= 
 
 tragen) ; what does . . . amount 
 
 to ? rote oiel betragt ? 
 Amsterdam, the capital of the 
 
 kingdom of the Netherlands. 
 and, unb. 
 
 Andersen (Hans C), see Slnberfen. 
 angel, ber ©nget (pi. — ); as good 
 
 as the angels, fo gut roie bie 
 
 (Sngel = engel^gut. 
 animal, bag %iev {pi. -e) = bag 
 
 ^:pferb. 
 another, ein anbrer, eine anbre, 
 
 ein anbreg ; one another = each 
 
 other, einanber. 
 answer (to), transit., beantroorten 
 
 {w.); intrans., antroorten {w.). 
 answer (the), bie 2lntroort {pi 
 
 -en). 
 antiquity, bag Slttertum. 
 apple {Ger. cogn., apfel), ber2lpfel 
 
 {pi -). 
 apple-tree, ber Slpfelbaum {pi 
 
 -e). 
 apple-wine (Ger. cogn., apfel wein), 
 
 ber Slpfelroein. 
 appointed (= certain, fixed), be= 
 
 ftimmt, feftgefe^t. 
 approval, bie StUigung. 
 
 approve (to), biHtgen (w.). 
 
 April, (ber) Slprir {gen. -g). 
 
 are, finb. 
 
 arm, ber 2lrm {pi -e). 
 
 arms, bie SBaffen {pi); = armor, 
 
 bie 9iiiftung, sing. 
 army, bie 2lrmee' {pi -en); bag 
 
 §eer {pi -e). 
 arrive (to), an'fommen {tarn, gc= 
 
 fommen), an'Iangen {w.), has 
 
 (had) arrived, ift (roar) ange= 
 
 fommen. 
 arrow, ber ^feil {pi -e). 
 as, fo, rote ; as . . . as, fo . . . roie ; 
 
 as yellow as, fo gelb roie; as 
 
 proud as, fo ftolj roie ; as soon 
 
 as, fo balb (alg), conjunct. 
 ask (to), fragen {w.) ; to ask for, 
 
 nerlangen {w.). 
 aspect, ber Slnblicf. 
 ass, ber ©fel {pi — ). 
 at {place) : ju, bet, in {dat. ) ; {time) : 
 
 urn, often untranslated, e.g., at 
 
 20 minutes past nine, 20 2J2inuten 
 
 nac^ neun. 
 Atlantic, atlan'tifc^ ; Atlantic 
 
 Ocean, ber atlantifc^e Djean'. 
 attend (to), befud^en {w.), a school, 
 attendant, ber Sebtente {pi, bie 
 
 Sebienten), ein Sebienter {pi-, 
 
 Sebientc). 
 August, (ber) 2luguff {gen. -eg). 
 Augustus, Stu'guft. 
 author, ber SSerfaffer {pi — ). 
 autobiography, bie ©elbff biogra= 
 
 p^ie' {pi -en), bie 2lu'tobiogra= 
 
rOCABULART. 
 
 207 
 
 bad, ungejogen, fc^limm ; bad boy, 
 
 ber Xaugenic^tg. 
 baggage, bag ©epdd; baggage- 
 room, bie ©epadt=2lnna^me. 
 Balkan-Mountains, bag 33alfan= 
 
 ©ebirge. 
 ball, ber 33all (pi ^e); at the ball, 
 
 auf bem S3aUe. 
 bar {lit., bie ©diranfen), ber 2lb= 
 
 Bota'tenftanb (sre?i. -eg); to ad- 
 mit to the bar, in ben Slboofaten; 
 
 ftanb aufne^men. 
 bath {Ger. cogn., bad), bag S3ab 
 
 {pi. ^er). 
 battle, bie ©c^Iad^t {pi. -en); ber 
 
 ^ampf (pZ. ^e); the battle o/. . ., 
 
 bie ©d^lad^t bei. 
 beak, ber ©c^nabet {pi. ""). 
 beam {Ger. cogn., baum), ber 
 
 33alfen {pi. —). 
 bear (to), tragen (trug, getra^ 
 
 gen). 
 beat (to), |d)Iagen (fc^lug, gejc^la= 
 
 gen), befiegen {w.). 
 beautiful, fd)on. 
 beauty, bie ©d^on^eit {pi. -en), 
 because, raeil. 
 bed, bag Sett {gen. -eg, pi. -en); 
 
 in bed, im Sett. 
 before, t)or {dot., accus.). 
 begin (to), beginnen (begann, 
 
 begonnen), an'fangen (fing, 
 
 gefangen). 
 beginning, ber 2lnfang {pi. ""e). 
 behind, Winter {dat., accus.). 
 belong (to), gel^bren {w. ) ; to belong 
 
 to, gepren ju {dat.), ange^oren 
 
 {dat). 
 beneath, unter {dat., accus.). 
 betrothed, oerlobt. 
 better, beffer, lieber; nothing 
 
 better, nic^tg beffereg. 
 between, gnjifd^en {dat., accus.). 
 biography, bie 33iograp()ie' {pi. 
 
 -en), bie Sebengbefc^reibung {pi. 
 
 -en), 
 bird, ber Sogel {pi. ^). 
 birdie, bag Soglein {pi. — ), bag 
 
 SSogelc^en {pi. —). 
 birthday, ber ©eburtgtag {pi. -e). 
 bit, ber Sifjen {pi — ); the little 
 
 bit, bag bi^c^en. 
 black, fc^warj, bunfel ; black horse, 
 
 ber 9iappe {pi. -n). 
 blade {Ger. cogn., blatt); ber §atm 
 
 {pi. -e), of grass; bie ^linge 
 
 {pi. -n), of a sword, knife, etc. 
 blow (to), blafen (blieg, geblafen); 
 
 to blow the horn, ing Sjorn ftofien 
 
 (ftie^, gefto^en). 
 blue {Ger. cogn., blau), bla«. 
 blushing, errbtenb ; blushing with 
 
 shame, fd)amrot. 
 board {Ger. cogn., brett), bag 
 
 Srett {pi. -er). 
 bond = tie, bag Sanb {pi. -e). 
 bone {Ger. cogn., bein), ber ^noc^en 
 
 pi. -). 
 book, bag 33uc^ {pi. ^er). 
 book-store, ber Sucf)laben {pi. ^); 
 
 bie Suc^^anblung {pi. -en). 
 boot, ber ©tiefel {pi. — , or -n). 
 
208 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 born, geboren; was bom, rourbe 
 
 . . . geboren. 
 both {Ger. cogn.^ beide), beibe. 
 bottle, bie %ia](i)e {pi. -n). 
 Bourbon (island of), see Sourbon. 
 bow, ber Sogen {pi. — ). 
 box, ber ^aften {pi. ", or — ); bie 
 
 ©c^ac^tel {pi. -n). 
 boy, ber ^nabe {pi. -n). 
 brave, tapfer. 
 bread, bas Srot. 
 Bretagne {or Brittany), btc S5res 
 
 tag'ne. 
 bride, bie Sraut {pi. ^e), ^Sie 
 
 ^raut »on SJieffina," one of 
 
 Schiller's five great dramas 
 
 (1803). 
 bridge {Ger. cogn., briicke), bie 
 
 Srucfe {pi. -n). 
 bright, §eU, flug. 
 bring (to), bringen (brac^te, ge^ 
 
 brac^t). 
 
 British, britifd^. 
 
 brother, ber Sruber {pi. ""). 
 
 brothers and sisters, bie ®e; 
 
 fc^roifter {pL). 
 build (to), bauen {w.). 
 bundle {Ger. cogn., biindel), (ber) 
 
 t>a^ 33unbel {pi. — ). 
 busy (to) one's self, fid^ befc^dfti: 
 
 gen (lo.), with, mit. 
 but {conjunct.), aber, allein, fon= 
 
 bern; (adu.)=only, nur; {prep.) 
 
 = except, au^er {dat.) ; (not 
 
 only, nic^t nur, nic^t allein, but 
 
 also, fonbern auc^). 
 butter, bie Sutter. 
 butterfly, ber ©d^metterling {pi. 
 
 -e). 
 buy (to), faufen {w.). 
 by {place) bei {dat), nal^e bei 
 
 {dat), an {dat), neben {dat); {with 
 
 a passive), t)on {dat.), burc^ 
 
 {accus.). 
 
 cage, berlt'afig {pi. -e), ber ?}ogeI= 
 
 bauer {pi. — ). 
 California, ©alifornien {gen. -g). 
 call (to), nennen (nannte, genannt) ; 
 
 to be called, genannt roerben or 
 
 ^eifeen (^ie^, ge^ei^en). 
 came (Ger. cogn. , kam), lam, famen. 
 can (= to be able), fbnnen (fonnte, 
 
 gefonnt), mod. aux. 
 canary-bird, ber ^anaricnoogel 
 
 {pi. -). 
 canary-fowl ( Ger. cogn. , kanarien- 
 
 vogel). 
 
 cannon-ball, bie^anonenfugel {pi. 
 
 -n). 
 cap, bie SKii^e {pi. -n). 
 car, ber 9Baggon' {gen. -§, pi. -g), 
 
 ber 2Bagen {pi. —). 
 carriage, ber 28agen {pi —), bie 
 
 ^utjc^e {pi. -n). 
 castle, bie Surg {pi. -en), bag 
 
 <Bd)io^ {pL ©c^Iofier),ber^aIaff 
 
 {pL ^e) ; at the castle, auf (in) 
 
 bem ©c^Ioffe. 
 castle-gate, bag Surgt^or {pi 
 
 -e). 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 209 
 
 castle-tower, ber Surgturm {pi. 
 
 ^e), ber ©c^Io^turm {pi. ^e). 
 castle-yard, ber Surg^of {pi. ^e). 
 catch (to), fangen (fing, gefangen). 
 celebrate (to), feiern {w.). 
 center, bie SJiitte, ber mittlere ^eil. 
 century, bag ^a^r^un'bert {pi. -e). 
 chair, ber ©tu^t {pi. "e). 
 chalk, bie ^reibe. 
 Champagne, bie 6^ampag'ne(9'ew., 
 
 ber 61).) , a province of France. 
 champagne {wine), ber d^am- 
 
 pag'ner {gen. -g). 
 change (to), anbern {w.). 
 character, ber (5t)ararter {pi. 
 
 SI)arafte're). 
 Charles, ^arl {gen. -g). 
 charming, tt)unberfrf)bn, reijenb. 
 Cheviot-Mountains, bie ©^e»iot= 
 
 Serge {pi.). 
 child {Ger. cogn., kind), bag ^inb 
 
 {pi. -er). 
 China, ©l^ina {gen. -g). 
 choose (to), raa^Ien {w.). 
 Christ, S^riftug {gen. (S^rifti, dat. 
 
 (S^rifto) ; after Christ, nad^ 
 
 e^rifti ©eburt. 
 Christmas, 2Beit)nac§ten {sing.), 
 
 bie SBei^nad^ten {pi.), bag 
 
 ©Eiriftfeft. 
 Christmas-tree, ber ©^riftbaum 
 
 {pi. -e), ber 3BeiE)naci^tgbaum. 
 city, bie ©tabt {pi. ^e). 
 class, bie J^Iaffe {pi. -n), bie Slrt 
 
 (pL -en) ; second class, jroeiter 
 
 ^lafje {gen.). 
 clear, flar. 
 climate, bag ^li'ma {gen. -g, pi. 
 
 ^lima'ten). 
 
 clock, bie U^r(i9^. -en); 10 o'clock, 
 
 ge^n U^r. 
 close (to), {intrans.), fd^Iiefien 
 
 (frf)lo^, gefd^loffen), or passive, 
 
 gefc^Iofjen raerben. 
 close {adj.), intim', t)ertraut. 
 cloth {Ger. cogn., kleid), bag ^leib 
 
 {2)1. -ex), bag Xud^ {pi. ^er). 
 clothes, bie ^leibunggftiide {pi.), 
 
 ber Slnjug {pi. ""e). 
 cloud, bie 2BoI!e (pi. -n). 
 coast, bie Hiifte {pi. -n). 
 Cologne, see ^oln. 
 color, bie ^arbe {pi. -n). 
 color-box, ber ^arbenfaften {pi. "^ 
 
 or — ). 
 color-saucer, bag (Srf)alrf)en {pi. 
 
 —), bag ^arbennapfcf)en {pi. —). 
 come (to), fommen {tarn, gefom= 
 
 men), erfolgen {w.) ; to come 
 
 in, ^erein'fotttmen, fjerein'treten 
 
 (trat, getreten). 
 comedy, bie ^otnb'bie {pi. -n), 
 
 bag Suftfpiel {pi. -e). 
 commander, ber 33efel^tgl^aber {pi. 
 
 —), ber ©ommanbeur' {pi. -g or 
 
 -e) ; commander-in-chief, ber 
 
 Dber6efef)Ig^aber, ber Dbercom= 
 
 manbeur. 
 compartment, bag ©oupe {gen. -g, 
 
 pi. -g). 
 composer, ber ^omponiff {pi. -en), 
 comrade, ber ^amerab' {pi. -en), 
 conductor, ber ©rf)affner {pi. — ). 
 Congress, ber ^ongre^' {gen. -eg), 
 conquer (to), ero'bern {w.), dn'- 
 
 ne^men (na^m, genontmen). 
 Constitution, bie SSerfafjung (j)l. 
 
 -en). 
 
210 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 consume (to) (= U) dispose of), 
 
 oer§e^ten (w.). 
 content, sufrieben. 
 contents (the), ber 3"^^!^ (sing.). 
 continue (to), forf fe^en (iw.)- 
 conversation, bas ©efprdc^ (P^--e). 
 cook, m., ber ^oc^ {pi. ^e), /., bie 
 
 ^oc^in ipl. -nen). 
 cooking, bie ^ubeteiiunQ. 
 copper {Ger. cogn., kupfer), ba^ 
 
 ^upfer. 
 copper-colored, fupferfarben. 
 cornfield = grain-field, bag ^om= 
 
 felb (pi. -ex). 
 
 costly, foftlic^, ^errlic^. 
 countless, unjci^lig, 30^0^. 
 country, bag Sanb {pi. "er) ; part 
 
 of the country, ber Sanbesteil. 
 country-seat, ber :^anbfi^ {pi. -e), 
 
 bag Sanb^aus {pi. "er). 
 county, bie ©raffc^aft {pi. -en). 
 course, ber ^urg, of a ship; ber 
 
 ^urfug {pi. ^urfe), of studies; 
 
 ber Sauf , ber ©ang, of history. 
 cream, ber diaifm, bie ©a^ne. 
 create (to), fc^affen or erfc^affen 
 
 (fc^uf, gefc^affen). 
 crutch, bie Kriicfe {pi. -n). 
 
 dance (to), tansen {w.). 
 
 dare (to), roagen {w.). 
 
 dark, bunfel {attrib., bunller, 
 
 bunfle, buntleg). 
 day, ber 2;ag {pi. -e) ; the day 
 
 before yesterday, uorgeftern ; in 
 
 those days, bamalg, in jener 
 
 Beit, 
 dead {Ger. cogn., tot), tot. 
 dear, lieb, teuer, roert, cerebri, 
 death, ber Xob. 
 December, (ber) 2)e3em'ber {gen. 
 
 declaration, bie ©rflarung {pi. 
 -en) ; the day of the Declaration 
 of Independence, ber ^^ag ber 
 Unab^dngigfeitg'®rfldrung. 
 
 decoration, bie ©d^miicfung, bie 
 SSerjc^onerung ; Decoration-Day, 
 bag Xotenfeft {gen. -eg), ber 
 ©rdberjc^miirfunggtag. 
 
 deliberate (to), fic^ beben!en (be= 
 
 bac^te, bebac^t). 
 departure, ber 3lbgang {gen. -g), 
 
 bie atbfa^rt. 
 derogatory, ungiinftig. 
 desk {Ger. cogn., tisch), bag ^ult 
 
 {pi. -e), ber ©d^reibtifc^ {pi. -e). 
 did {Ger. cogn., that), tl)at, t^aten, 
 
 as aux. remains ujjtranslated. 
 die (to), fterben (ftarb, geftorben). 
 different, anber, oerfc^ieben (won); 
 
 {predicat.), anberg (alg). 
 dinner, bag 2)iittaggma^I, bag 1 
 
 2Kittaggeffen. 
 diplomat, ber Siplomaf {pi. -en), 
 direction, bie Sltd^tung {pi. -en), 
 disapprove (to), mipilligen {w.). 
 discontented, unsufrieben, miir= 
 
 rifc^. 
 discover (to), cntbeden (u>.). 
 dissatisfied, unjufrieben. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 211 
 
 distinguished, beriil^mt, ^er»or= 
 
 ragenb, btftinguiert. 
 do (to), t^uen or t^un, as auxil. 
 
 not transl. 
 doctor, ber ^oftor (gen. -g, pi. 
 
 2)oIto'ren). 
 door, bte X^ur[e] (pi. Xl}nxen). 
 dove {Ger. cogn., taube), bie 
 
 %aube {pi. -n). 
 
 drama, bag 5)rama {pi. S)ramen), 
 bag ©c^aufptel {pi. -e). 
 
 draw-bridge, bte^ugbriide {pi. -n). 
 
 dry (to) {Ger.cogn.ydoTTen), borren, 
 troc!nen. 
 
 duchess, bie ^erjogin {pi. -nen). 
 
 duke, ber ^ergog {pi. ^e). 
 
 during (prepos.), n)af)renb {genit.). 
 
 dust, ber ©taub. 
 
 each, ieber, iebe, jebeg. 
 earth {Ger. cogn., erde), bie @rbe. 
 East, ber Dften {gen. -g). 
 East-Indies, Dftinbien, sing. {gen. 
 
 -6). 
 Easter, Dftern {sing.), bie Dftern 
 
 (pM- 
 eastern, oftlic^. 
 eat (to) {Ger. cogn., essen), efjen 
 
 (ai gegeffen) ; {of beasts), frefjen 
 
 (fra|, gefrefjen). 
 eatable, epar, gemepar. 
 Eckermann, see ©Hermann, 
 egg, bag (Si (-eg, pi. -er). 
 eighteenth (the), ber arfitje^nte. 
 elect (to), raa^len {w.), errodl^Ien. 
 Elizabeth, ©lifabell^ {gen. -g). 
 emperor, ber ^aifer {pi. —). 
 empress, bie ^aiferin {pi. -nen). 
 enemy, ber ^einb {pi. -e). 
 England, ®nglanb {gen. -g). 
 enter (to), ein'treten (trat, getreten) 
 
 in, axicus. 
 
 Erfurt, see ®rfurt. 
 ethnological, et^nogra'pfjifd^. 
 Europe, ©uro'pa {gen. -g). 
 European, europa'ijd^. 
 even {adv.), fogar, felbft. 
 evening, ber 3lbenb {pi. -e); in 
 
 the evening, am 2lbenb, abenbg. 
 every, jjeber, jebe, jebeg; every 
 
 one, jebermann, ein jeber. 
 everybody, iebermann, ein jeber. 
 everything, alleg, ein jebeg. 
 everywhere, iiberaE. 
 excellent, auggejeic^net, oorjiig: 
 
 lirf). 
 excess, bie U'berfrad^t, bag iX'bers 
 
 geroid^t. 
 exchange (to), taufc^en {w.) ; to 
 
 exchange situations (positions, 
 
 fortunes) with, taujd)en mit . . . 
 extraordinary, au^ergerao^nlic^, 
 
 au^erorbentlid^. 
 eye, bag 2luge {gen. -g, pi. -n). 
 
212 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 F. 
 
 faculty, bte %^\%lt\i {pi. -en); 
 
 faculty of labor, bie 2lrbeit6fraft 
 
 {pi. -e), bas 2lrbeit5oermo(jen. 
 fairy-tale, bas 2Kdrd^en {pi. — ). 
 fall (to), fallen (fiel, gefallen) ; to 
 
 fall on, fallen auf, accus. 
 Falstaff (Sir John), the companion 
 
 of Prince Henry of Wales, a 
 
 popular Shakesperian character, 
 family, bie ^antilie {pi- -n). 
 famous, berii^mt. 
 far, roeit. 
 fashionable, fein, eleganf, nor= 
 
 ne^m. 
 Fate, bag ©d^icffal {pi. -e); idea 
 
 of Fate, bte ©c^icffalsibee {pi. 
 
 -en), 
 father, ber SBater (pZ. ^) ; the Father 
 
 in Heaven, ber liebe @ott. 
 fatherland, bas SBaterlanb. 
 favorite, beDorjugt, Sieblingss ; 
 
 favorite study, ba§ Sieblingg; 
 
 ftubium {gen. -^, pi. -ftubten). 
 feather {Ger. cogn.., feder), bie 
 
 ^eber {pi. -n). 
 February, (ber) {^ebniat' {gen, -§). 
 feel (to), fic^ fiif)Ien (to.), fein; I 
 
 feel happy, ic^ fii^Ie mic^ gliicf= 
 
 lic^, ic^ bin gliitflic^. 
 fertility, bie ^ruc^tbarfeit. 
 field {Ger. cogn., feld), bag gelb 
 
 {pi. -ex). 
 fifth, (ber) funfte. 
 fifty-two, 5n)ei=unb;fiinf3tg. 
 fight (to), fdmpfen {w.), fec^ten 
 
 (fo(^t; gefoc^ten). 
 
 finch {Ger. cogn., fink[e]), ber 
 
 (^infe {pi. -n). 
 find (to), finben (fanb, gefunben) ; to 
 
 be found, fic^ finben, fid) befinben. 
 fine, gut, fc^on ; very fine, fe^r gut, 
 
 auggejeic^net, nortrefflid^. 
 finger, ber ?yinger {pi. —). 
 first {Ger. cogn., fiii'st ; erst), (ber) 
 
 erfte. 
 five, fiinf. 
 flat, flac^, eben; flat surface, bie 
 
 i^Iac^e {pi. -n). 
 flood {Ger. cogn., flut), bie j^lut 
 
 {pi. -en), 
 flour, bag Tlef)U 
 flower, bie Slume {pi. -n), bie 
 
 33Iute {pi. -n). 
 fly (to) {Ger. cogn., Giegen), fitegen 
 
 (flog, ge^ogen); "to fly home- 
 ward," „^eimn)drtg gie^en^ (jog, 
 
 gejogen). 
 fodder (to) {Ger. cogn., fiittem), 
 
 fiittern {w.). 
 foot, ber guf; {pi. ^e). 
 for {Ger. cogn., fiir), fiir {accus ), 
 
 nac^ {dot.); {time), auf {accus.); 
 
 train for . . ., ber 3w9 ^^^ • ♦ •; 
 
 for four years, auf nier ^a^re. 
 forenoon, ber 3Sormittag {pi. -e); 
 
 in the forenoon, am S3ormittag, 
 
 normittagg. 
 form (to), bilben {w.). 
 forty, nierjig. 
 found (to), griinben («?.); to be 
 
 founded on, fic^ griinben auf, 
 
 a^cua. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 213 
 
 four, oier. 
 
 fourth, (ber) oierte. 
 
 fowl {Ger. cogn.^ vogel), bag ©e= 
 
 flugel (collect.). 
 France, ^ranfteid^ {gen. -g). 
 Franco-German, beutfc^ = franco; 
 
 jifd^ ; Franco-German war, ber 
 
 beutfc^^franjoftfc^e 5?neg, 1870- 
 
 71. 
 " Frau" = Mrs., lady. 
 Frederick, j^r iebri c^ ; Frederick II . , 
 
 (^riebric^ ber 3«>eite. 
 French, franjofifc^, oon ^^ranfreic^; 
 
 French Academy, bie frangofif d^e 
 
 aifabemie. 
 Frenchman, ber ^ranjofe {gen. -n, 
 
 pi. -n). 
 
 frequently, oft, ^aufig. 
 
 friend, ber ^reunb {pi. -e), bie 
 
 ^reunbin {pi. -nen). 
 friendly {Ger. cogn., freundlich), 
 
 freunbU(^. 
 from, oon {dat), au^ {dat), von 
 
 . . . aug {dat); from (oon) to 
 
 (Mg). 
 front, bie 33orberfeite ; in front of, 
 
 t)or {dat, accus.). 
 fruit {Ger. cogn., frucht), bie 
 
 gruc^t {pi ^e), bag Dbft 
 
 {collect.). 
 full (Ger. cogn.., voll), ooU; full- 
 moon, ber 33oUmonb. 
 fully {Ger. cogn., vollig), ooUtg. 
 
 garden, ber ©arten {pi. ^). 
 
 gave {Ger. cogn., gab), gab, gabeu. 
 
 gay-colored, bunt. 
 
 general, ber ©eneral' {pi. ^e). 
 
 gentleman, ber §err {gen. -n, pi. 
 -en); gentlemen ! nteine §erren! 
 ladies and gentlemen ! meine 
 £»errfc^aften ! 
 
 German {adj.), beutfd^ ; the Ger- 
 man, ber (bie) ^eutfd^e ; the Ger- 
 mans, bie 3)eutfci^en; a German, 
 ein ^eutfrf)er, eine ^eutfct)e ; 
 Germans, 2)eutjrf)e. 
 
 Germany, 2)eutfc^Ianb, n. (gen.-^). 
 
 get into (to), ge^en (ging, ge= 
 gangen), fteigen (ftieg, geftiegen) 
 in, accus. 
 
 Gettysburg, see ©ettrigburg. 
 
 ghost {Ger. cogn., geist), ber ©eift 
 {pi. -ex). 
 
 gipsy, ber 3igeu'ner {pi. —), 
 gipsy-boy, ber 3igeunerbube. 
 
 give (to), geben (gab, gegeben). 
 
 glad, fro§; I am glad, icf) freue 
 mic^, „eg'' freut mic^. 
 
 go (to), ge^en (ging, gegangen), 
 fa^ren (fu^r, gefa^ren); I am 
 going, irf) ge^e, ic^ faf)re ; to go 
 to, ge^en nac^ {dat); to go 
 away, raeg'ge^en, forfge^en. 
 
 Goethe (Augustus), the only son 
 of the poet, born at Weimar, 
 Dec. 25, 1789, died at Rome 
 (Italy), Oct. 27, 1830. 
 
 Goethe (Job. Wolfgang von), see 
 ©oet^e. 
 
214 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 gold, bag ®oIb. 
 
 good, gut; to do one good, (Sinem 
 gut t^un (t^at, get^an), (Einem gut 
 befommen (befam, befommen). 
 
 govern (to), regie'ren (u?.). 
 
 goverament-position, bie 3fle9ic= 
 rungsanftellung {pi. -en). 
 
 graduate (to) from, abfolcie'ren 
 (i«.), accus. 
 
 grammar, bao ©prac^buc^ {pi. ^er), 
 bie ©ramma'tif {pi. -en) ; ' ' Ger- 
 man Grammar and Reader," 
 ff2)eutjc^eg Bpvad)- unb Sefe= 
 buc^." 
 
 grandson, ber ®nfel {pi. —). 
 
 grape-vine, ber 2Bein {pi. -e), ber 
 aCeinftocf {pi. -^e), bie SCeinrebe 
 {pi. -n). 
 
 Gravelot'te, see ©ranelotte. 
 
 great {Ger. cogn., gross), grof;; 
 the Great, ber ©ro^e. 
 
 greatly, fe^r, ungemein, in ^o^em 
 @rabe; to oblige greatly, ju 
 gro^em 2)anf oerpflic^ten. 
 
 Greek, ber ©riec^e (-n, pi. -n). 
 
 green {Ger. cogn., griin), griin. 
 
 greet (to), grii^en {w.), begrii^en 
 {w.). 
 
 Grillparzer, 1791-1872, the great- 
 est dramatist of Austria. 
 
 grove, bag ©e^olj, ber &ain. 
 
 grow (to), raac^fen (n)U(^g, ge= 
 roac^fen), fte^en (ftaub, geftan= 
 ben). 
 
 grudging, ncibifc^. 
 
 guest, ber ©aft {pi. ^e). 
 
 had {Ger. cogn., hatte), ^atte, 
 
 fatten, 
 hand, bie Sanb {pi. -e). 
 handkerchief, bag ^afc^entuc^ {pi. 
 
 ^er). 
 happy, gliicflic^. 
 Harrison (Wm. Henry), the ninth 
 
 President of the U. S. (1841). 
 has {Ger. cogn., hat), ^at. 
 hasty, eitig ; hastily, fliic^tig, ober= 
 
 fld(^lic^, in ©ile. 
 hat, ber &ut {pi. ^e). 
 have (to) {Ger. cogrn., haben), §aben 
 
 (^atte, ge^abt) ; to have to . . ., 
 
 miiffen (mu|te, gemu|t). 
 he, er. 
 headquarters, ba^ ^auptquartier, 
 
 sing. {pi. -e) ; at the head- 
 quarters, im £>auptquartier. 
 
 health, bie ©efunb^eit. 
 
 healthy, gefunb. 
 
 hear (to), ^oren (u>.). 
 
 heard [I] {Ger. cogn.^ ich horte), 
 ic^ prte. 
 
 heart, bag ^erj {gen. -eng, dot. -en, 
 pi. -en). 
 
 hearty(-ily), ^erjlic^. 
 
 heat (to), ^eijen {w.). 
 
 heath, bie ^eibe {pi. -n) ; "The 
 Rose on the Heath," „£»eiben= 
 roglein.^ 
 
 heaven, ber ^immel {pi. — ); the 
 Father in Heaven, ber liebe 
 ©Ott. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 215 
 
 heavy, fd^roer. 
 
 help (to) (Ger. cogn., helfen), 
 
 ^elfen (^alf, ge^olfen). 
 Henry, §einrtc^ {gen. -g). 
 her, possess. ; il^r, i^re, i^r (pi. if)re) ; 
 
 pers.: (accus.), jie; (dat), if)x. 
 here, l^ier. 
 hide {Ger. cogn.., haut), bie §aut 
 
 {pi. -e). 
 high {Ger. cogn., hoch), j^od^. 
 hill, ber 33erg {pi. -e), ber ^itgel 
 
 {pi. -). 
 him {accus.)j xf)n; {dat), tl^ttt. 
 himself (now.), [er] felbft ; (accits.), 
 
 fic^ (felbft). 
 his, fein, fetne, fein {pi. feine). 
 history, bie ©efc^ic^te {pi. -n). 
 hog, bag ©d^roein {pi. -e). 
 holiday, ber ^etertag {pi. -e), ber 
 
 ^efttag (pi. -e). 
 home, bie §eimat, bag §aug (pi. 
 
 ■^er); home (adv.), nac^ §aufe; 
 
 at home, ju^aufe; at your home, 
 
 bet ^f}nm ju ^aufe ; from home, 
 
 t)on §aufe. 
 homeward, l^etmroartg; "to fly 
 
 homeward," „f|eimn)artg jiel^en." 
 honor, bie (Sl^re {pi. -n); highest 
 
 honors, bie grofite Slugjeid^nung; 
 
 "summa cum laude." 
 hook {Ger. cogn., haken), ber 
 
 ^a!ett {pi. — ). 
 
 hop (to) {Ger. cogn., hiipfen), 
 
 ^iipfen {w.). 
 hope (to), fjoffen {w.). 
 horn, bag §orn {pi. "er); to sound 
 
 the horn, in bag §orn fto^en 
 
 (ftie^, gefto^en). 
 
 horrify (to), erf c^rec!en (!/>.)> ^^<^wsii-; 
 
 to he horrified, erfrf)redteu (er= 
 
 fd^ra!, erfc^rotfen), intrans. 
 horse, bag 9to^ {pi. -e), bag ^ferb 
 
 {pi. -e), ber ®aul {pi. ^e); black 
 
 horse, ber 9iappe {pi. -n); "To 
 
 horse!" „3u 3lo^!" or „2luf= 
 
 gefefjen !" 
 hostile, feinbttd^. 
 hotel, ber ©aftl^of {pi. -e), bag 
 
 §otel {pi. -g). 
 hour, bie ©tunbe {pi. -n). 
 house, bag §aug (pi. ^er); house 
 
 of a peasant, bag 33auern^aug ; 
 
 House of Representatives, bag 
 
 2lbgeorbneten{)aug, bag Unter= 
 
 J)aug. 
 how ? me ? how many ? me meie ? 
 
 how are you ? rote ge^t eg ^l^nen? 
 
 roie befinben ©ie jid) ? 
 however, jebod^. 
 Humboldt (Alex, von), see ^um= 
 
 bolbt. 
 hundred, ^unbert. 
 hurry (to), eilen {w.); to hurry-up, 
 
 jtc^ beeiIen(M).)4<^«eU madden (m?.)- 
 
 I,ic^. 
 
 i.e. = bag ^ei^t, bag ift. 
 idea, bie ^bec {pi. -en); idea of 
 Fate, bie ©c^idEjalgibee. 
 
 if, roenn. 
 
 ill-humored, cirgerltd^. 
 immediately, unmittelbar; imme- 
 diately after, foi^al^ «(§♦ 
 
216 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 immigrant, ber ©inroanberer (pi. 
 
 -)• 
 important, n)tc^ttg,6ebeutenb,gro^. 
 in, in (dot.); in 1830, im ^a^re 
 
 1830, or simply, 1830. 
 independence, bie Unab^dngtgfeit; 
 
 " Declaration of Independence," 
 
 bic Unabt|dngigfeit^;®rtldrung ; 
 
 war of independence, ber Unab= 
 
 pngigteitsfrieg, ber ^rei^eitg= 
 
 frieg. 
 Indian, ber ^nbia'ner (pi. — ). 
 Indian{ad;.), inbifc^ ; Indian Ocean, 
 
 ber ^nbifc^c D^ean. 
 inhabitant, ber ©in'roofiner {pi. 
 
 -). 
 ink, bie 3;inte. 
 
 inn, ba^ @aft§aug (pi. ^er), bag 
 
 2Birts^au3 {pL ^er), ber ©aft^of 
 
 (pL -e). 
 intention, bie 2lbfic^t {pi. -en). 
 interest, bag ^ntereffe {gen. -4, 
 
 pi. -n). 
 into, in {accus.). 
 introduce (to), nor'ftellen {lo.), dot.; 
 
 betannl.mac^en mit, dat. 
 invalid, ber ^riippel {pi. —). 
 is, i[t; how much is (= costs)? 
 
 roie niel f oftet ? 
 island, bie 3^1 cl {pl- -n). 
 it, nominat., eg (er, jie) ; accus., 
 
 eg (i^n, fie). 
 Italy, Sta'lien {gen. -g) ; to Italy, 
 
 nac^ Stalien. 
 
 January, (ber) Stt^wtti^ {9^- -^)- 
 jealous, neibifc^. 
 Jew, ber ^ube {pl. -n). 
 John, So^ann. 
 July, (ber) ^u'ii {gen. -g). 
 jump (to), fpringen (fprang, ge= 
 fprungcn). 
 
 June, (ber) S^'ni {gen. -g). 
 
 just {adv.), eben, gerabe ; just like, 
 
 ebenfo roie ; just so, gerabe jo ; 
 
 just now, foeben. 
 justly, mit 3{ed)t 
 
 kind {adj.), freunblic^. 
 
 kind (the), bie 2lrt {pl. -en), bie 
 ©orte {pl. -n) ; what kind of 
 . . ., roag f iir . . .; all kinds 
 of, allerlei ; many kinds of, 
 nielerlei. 
 
 king {Ger. cogn., konig), ber 
 ^onig {pl. -e). 
 
 knight, ber 3iitter {pl. —). 
 
 know (to), fennen(fannte, gefannt), 
 of persons and things ; roifjen 
 (rou^te, gcrou^t), of facts. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 217 
 
 labor, bie 2lrbeit (pi. -ett). 
 
 lady, bie 2)anie {pi. ~n) ; ladies ! 
 meineSamen! ladies and gentle- 
 men ! meine §errfc^ often ! 
 
 Lafayette (Marquis de), 1757- 
 1834, a French general, and 
 friend of George Washington. 
 
 laid {Ger. cogn., legte), legte, legten. 
 
 lake, ber ©ee {gen. -e^, pi. -en), 
 ber Sanbjee. 
 
 lame, ta^m; a lame man, ein 
 Saunter. 
 
 land, ba^ Sanb {pi. ""er). 
 
 language, bie ©prad^e {pi. -n). 
 
 language - study, bag ©prad)'= 
 ftubium {gen. -g, pi. -ftubien). 
 
 large, grof;, roeit, geraumig. 
 
 last, (ber) Ic^te ; last (night) even- 
 ing, geftern 3lt)enb. 
 
 last {adv.), jule^t ; at last, enblic^, 
 fc^Ue^Iic^. 
 
 last (to), bauern {w.), fic^ ^alten 
 (^ielt, ge^alten). 
 
 late, jpat. 
 
 laugh (to), lac^en {w.). 
 
 lead (to), fii^ren {w.). 
 
 leaf, bag SBtatt {pi. ^er). 
 
 leap-year, bag ©d^altial^r {pi. -e). 
 
 learn (to), lernen {w.); to learn by 
 heart, augroenbig lernen, memo; 
 rieren {w.). 
 
 leave (to), a6'faf)ren (fu^r, ge? 
 fa^ren), ge^en (ging, gegangen), 
 fid^ entfernen {w.). 
 
 left, adj., (ber) Iin!e. 
 
 leg, bag Sein {pi. -e), ber ^^u^ 
 
 {pi. -e); wooden leg, ber ©telj^ 
 
 Leipzig (Leipsic), a city and im- 
 portant commercial town in the 
 kingdom of Saxony ; the battle 
 of Leipzig, Oct. 16-19, 1813, 
 the terrible battle of the nations^ 
 in which Napoleon was routed. 
 
 lemon, bie (Eitro'ne {pi. -n). 
 
 less {adv.), rcentger. 
 
 Lessing, see Jieffing. 
 
 letter, ber Srief {pi. -e). 
 
 library, bie Sibliot^ef {pi. -en); 
 at (in) the library, auf ber 
 33it)liol^ef. 
 
 lie (to), liegen (lag, gelegen); to 
 lie down, firf) t)in'Iegen {w.), fic^ 
 nie'berlegen {w.). 
 
 lieutenant, ber Sieu'tenant {pi. -g). 
 
 lieutenant-general, ber ®enerar= 
 lieu'tenant {pi. -g). 
 
 lift (to), ^eben (f)ob, ge{)oben). 
 
 light, of weight {Ger. cogn., leicht), 
 leict)t; of color {Ger. cogn., licht), 
 ^eU. 
 
 lighten (to), bitten {w.), impers. 
 
 like (to), gem ^aben ; to like better, 
 lieber f)aben, nor'^ielien (jog, ge= 
 5ogen) ; to like best, am liebften 
 ^aben. 
 
 lily, bie Silie {pi. -n). 
 
 limp (to), l^infen {w.). 
 
 Lincoln (Abraham), see Sincoln. 
 
 little, tlein. 
 
 little bit {Ger. cogn., bisschen), 
 bag Si^c^en. 
 
218 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 live (to), leben (to.) = to dwell, 
 
 roo^nen {w.). 
 long {Ger. cogn., laiig), lang ; 
 
 {adv.), lange, a long time. 
 look up (to), aufblitfen (w.). 
 lord, ber ioerr {gen. -n, pi. -en); 
 
 lord of the castle, ber Surg^err, 
 
 ber ©c^Io^^err. 
 
 lose (to), ocrlieren (tjcrlor, vex- 
 
 loren). 
 loud, laut. 
 love-letter, ber Siebesbrtef {pi. -e), 
 
 ba^ Siebesbriefc^en {pi. —). 
 lower (to), ^erab'lafjen (lie^, ge= 
 
 laffen); pass., ^erab'finf en (fanf , 
 
 gefunfen), ^erabgelafjen roerben. 
 
 make (to) {Ger. cogn., machen), 
 
 mac^en (u?.), fabrijieren {w.). 
 man {Ger. cogn., manu), ber a)iann 
 
 {pi. -er). 
 many,mele; how many? roieciele? 
 
 many a, manc^ ein (eine, ein). 
 March, (ber) aJidrj {gen. -es). 
 marshal, ber SKarfc^aU {pi. ^e). 
 Mary, aiiari'e {gen. ajiariens). 
 may, moge, mogen! 
 May, (ber) 9Kai {gen. -eg). 
 me {accus.), mic^ ; {dot.), mir. 
 meadow, bic SBtefe {pi. -n), bic 
 
 9tue {pi. -n). 
 meat, ta^ %lei\(i). 
 Mediterranean Sea, bag 2Rittet= 
 
 Idnbifc^e 2JJeer. 
 meet (to), treffen (traf, getroffen). 
 member, bag 2J?ttgIieb {pi. -ex). 
 memorize (to), augroenbig lemen 
 
 {w.), memorie'ren {w.). 
 memory, bag ©ebdc^fnig {gen. 
 
 -feo), bag ©rinnerunggoermogen. 
 Mendelssohn (Moses), seeWlentelQ- 
 
 fo^n. 
 Mendelssohn -Bartholdy (Felix), 
 
 1809-1847, one of the greatest 
 
 musical composers of the XIX 
 
 centuiy, 
 merry (-ily), luftig, Dergniigt. 
 Messi'na, a town and sea-port in 
 
 Sicily. 
 midday, ber 3J?tttag ; at midday, 
 
 um aWittag, mittagg ; ju 2)?ittag, 
 
 at (for) dinner, 
 midday-meal {Ger. cogn., mittags- 
 
 mahl), bag 3Wtttaggeffen. 
 middle, bie 9«itte. 
 midnight, bie 2Wttlernacl^t {pi. 
 
 ■^e); at midnight, um aJZttter= 
 
 nac^t. 
 mighty, mdc^tig; mighty rich, 
 
 fteinreic^. 
 mild, milb. 
 milk, bie 3KiIc^. 
 minute, bie 2Kinu'te {pi. -n); at 
 
 20 minutes after . . ., 20 aJiinuten 
 
 nac^ . . . 
 Miss, (bag) ^dulein {pi. — ). 
 Monday, (ber) 3Kontag. 
 money, bag @elb {pi. -er); all my 
 
 money, aH mein ®elb, mein 
 
 gan^eg ®elb. 
 month, ber 3Konat {pi. -e). 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 219 
 
 moon, ber SKonb {pi, -e); full- 
 moon, ber SSoUmonb. 
 
 more {Ger. cogn.^ mehr), me^r ; 
 or to be expressed by comparat. 
 inflection. 
 
 morning, berSJiorgen; in the morn- 
 ing, am aRorgen, be§ 9Jiorgen^, 
 ntorgen^; this morning, l^eute 
 3Jiorgett. 
 
 Moselle, ber aJJo'felraetn (pi. -e). 
 
 moss-rose, bie 2Jloogrofe {pi -n). 
 
 most, meift, am meiften ; abs. 
 superl.^ pd^ft, du^erft ; or by 
 sup. inflection. 
 
 mount (to), befteigen (beftieg, be= 
 ftiegen), ftd^ fdiiDtngen (fd^roang, 
 gefd^raungen) auf, accus. 
 
 mountain, ber 33erg {pi. -e); moun- 
 tains, bag ©ebirge {collect); air 
 
 of the mountains, bie ©ebirg§= 
 
 luft, bie $8ergluft. 
 mountain-range, ber Sergjug {pi. 
 
 -e), ber Sergriiden {pi. —). 
 mouth, ber 2Jiunb. 
 Mr., (ber) §err {gen., dat., accus. 
 
 -n, pi. -en). 
 Mrs., (bie) ^rau {pi. -en), 
 much {adv.), xixei. 
 muddy, f dimu^ig, f d^Iammig, ttiibe. 
 Miillner, 1774-1829, a German 
 
 critic and dramatic poet, 
 musician, ber SKu'fifer {pi. — ). 
 must (= to have to), tniif jen (mu^te, 
 
 gemufit), mod. aux. 
 my, mein, meine, niein {pi. meine). 
 myself (nom.), [id^] felbft; (accws.), 
 
 mid) {reflex.). 
 
 name (the), ber 9Zame[n] {gen. 
 3lamen^, pi. 9iamen). 
 
 name (to), nennen (nannte, ge= 
 nannt). 
 
 national, nationar; national capi- 
 tal, bie 33unbeg^auptftabt {pi. 
 -e). 
 
 native, l^eimifd^ ; native town, bie 
 SSaterftabt {pi. ^e). 
 
 natural, naturgema^. 
 
 near, bei, nal^e bei {dat), in ber 
 9ia^e non {dat). 
 
 nearly, faft, beinal^e. 
 
 neck, ber §alg {pi. ^e). 
 
 negro, ber 3fieger {pi. — ). 
 
 neigh (to), n)tet)ern {w.). 
 
 neither, raeber ; neither . . . nor, 
 
 meber . . . noc^. 
 nest, bag 3^e[t {pi. -er). 
 new, neu ; New Year, ^evi\af)V ; 
 
 New Year's Day, ber 9ieuia^rg= 
 
 tag. 
 next, (ber) nac^fte. 
 night, bie ^Jac^t {pi. ^e); at night, 
 
 bei 9iac^t, nac^tg; last night, 
 
 geftern 2lbenb. 
 nine, neun. 
 
 nineteenth, (ber) neunje^nte. 
 ninth, (ber) neunte. 
 no {adv.), nein ; {adj.), fein, feine, 
 
 fein(pZ. feine); no one, niemanb, 
 
 leiner. 
 
220 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 noble, ebel {attrib., ebler, eble, 
 
 eble^). 
 nobody, niemanb, feiner. 
 nominate (to), ernennen (ernannte, 
 
 ernannt). 
 noon, ber 9JHttag {pi. -e). 
 Normandy, bie Diormanbie'. 
 North, ber 5?orben. 
 North America, 92orb = Slmerifa 
 
 (gen. -s). 
 North Sea, bie 9iorbfee. 
 northern, norblic^. 
 Northmen, bie 3?onitan'nen {pi.). 
 northwestern, norbroeftlic^. 
 
 not, nic^t ; not as ... as, nic^t fo 
 
 ... roie ; not only, nic^t nur, 
 
 nic^t aUein (but also, fonbent 
 
 auti)). 
 nothing, nid^t^ ; nothing at all, 
 
 gar nic^te ; nothing better than, 
 
 ntc^t^ beffere^ al^. 
 November, (ber) 9Jor»ember {gen. 
 
 -5) ; Nov. 10, ben (am) se^nten 
 
 Diooember. 
 now, je^t ; just now, joeben. 
 nut {Ger. cogn., nuss), bie 3lu^ 
 
 {pl- "e). 
 
 oak (Ger. cogn., eiche), bie @i^c 
 
 (pl. -n). 
 oblige (to), nerpflic^ten {w.); to 
 
 oblige greatly, ju gro^em Xant 
 
 oerpflic^ten. 
 ocean, ber Djcan' {-^, pl. -e), ba§ 
 
 3Jieer {pl. -e). 
 October, (ber) Dftober {gen. -s). 
 " Oedipus," the title of a Sophoc- 
 
 lean tragedy. 
 of, non {dot.), au^ {dat.),orbytfie 
 
 genit. case ; battle of ... , bie 
 
 ©(^lac^t bet . . .; of the, com 
 
 {date). 
 often, oft, ^dufig. 
 oil, bag DI. 
 old, alt; the old man, ber 2llte 
 
 {pl. -v) ; the old woman, bie 
 
 2llte {pl. -n); old people, 2«te, 
 
 pl. 
 on(ptocc),auf,dai.,occtt«.; {time)y 
 
 on {dot.) ; on that train, mit 
 
 biefem ^\x^^. 
 once, ein'maC ; at once, fofort, jo= 
 
 gieic^, umgebenb; all at once, 
 
 auf einmal, plo^Iid^ ; once upon 
 
 a time, einmal'. 
 one,ein,eine,ein; einer, eine, eine^; 
 
 one and the same, e i n (eine, ein) 
 
 unb ber'(=bie=, ba5=)felbe; 
 
 not one, nid^t ein = fetn, nic^t 
 
 einer (eine, eines) = feiner, etc. ; 
 
 one another, einanber. 
 only, nur; not only, nid^t nur, 
 
 nic^t allein (but also, fonbern 
 
 auc^). 
 open {adj.), off en, geoffnet. 
 open (to), transit.: bffnen (uj.), 
 
 auf madden {w.) ; intrans. : fid^ 
 
 offnen. 
 opened [I] {Ger. cogn., ich off- 
 
 nete), ic^ offncte. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 221 
 
 opera, bie Oper {pi. -n). 
 
 or, ober. 
 
 order (the), bie Drbnung, ber 33e= 
 
 feE)I ; in order to, urn . . . gu, 
 
 infinit. 
 order (to), fiefe^Ien (befall, be= 
 
 fo^len), befteUen (w.). 
 ordinary, mittelma^tg. 
 Osceola, see D^ceola. 
 other, (ber) anbere (pi. -n). 
 our {Ger. cogn., unser), (adj.), 
 
 unfer, unfere, unfer (pi. unfere); 
 
 (pron.), ber (bie, ba§), unfere 
 
 or unfrige, unjerer. 
 oven {Ger. cogn., ofen), ber 33atf= 
 
 ofen {pi. ^). 
 over {Ger. cogn., liber), iiber, dat., 
 
 accus. 
 overgrown {perf. partic), iiber= 
 
 roac^'fen, betoarfifert, bebecft. 
 overlook (to), iiberfe'fien (iiberfa^, 
 
 iiberfe()ett), iiberblicf en {w.). 
 
 paint, bie ^arbe. 
 Palm-Sunday, (ber) ^almfonntag 
 
 {gen. -S). 
 paper, bag papier' {pi. -e). 
 Paradise, bag ^^arabies' {gen. -eg). 
 paralyze (to), lawmen {w.). 
 parents, bie ®Itern, pi. 
 part, ber ^eil {pi. -e) ; part of the 
 
 country, ber Sanbegtetl. 
 pass by (to), Doru'bergeljen (ging, 
 
 gegangen). 
 patent, bag ^^atent'(pZ. -e) ; patent- 
 
 ofiBce, bag ^atent;2lmt {gen. 
 
 2lmteg, pi. fcter). 
 pay (to), begat) len {w.). 
 peach, ber ^firfic^ {pi. -e); bie 
 
 ^firficfie {pi. -n). 
 peach-tree,ber^firftd)baum(pZ.''e). 
 peasant, ber Sauer {gen. -g, pi. -n). 
 peevish, ntiirrifc^. 
 pen, bie ^eber {pi. -n). 
 pencil {Ger. cogn., pinsel), ber 
 
 pnfel {pi. —), ber Sleiftift {pi. 
 
 -e). 
 
 peninsula, bie ^albinfel {pi. -n). 
 people, :^eute {pi.), 3JJenfc^en {pi). 
 perhaps, oielleicf)!. 
 permit (to), eriauben (ly.), geftatt^n 
 
 {w.). 
 philosopher, ber ^^ilofopl^' {gen. 
 
 -en, pi. -en). 
 physician, ber Slrgt {pi. ^e). 
 pick-axe, bie §atfe {pi. -n). 
 piece, bag ©tiic! {pi. -e). 
 pigeon, bie ^aube {pi. -n). 
 pine, bie ^anne {pi -n), bie ©bel^ 
 
 tanne {pi -n). 
 pine-wood, bag ^annen^olg. 
 play (to), fpielen {w.). 
 please! bitte! gefdlligft {adv.); 
 
 please show ! geigen <Sie ge= 
 
 falligft . . . t)or! 
 pleasing, angene^m. 
 pocket, bie Xa\6)e {pi -n). 
 poem, bag ©ebic^t {pi -e). 
 poet, ber 2)irf)ter {pi — ). 
 point, ber ^unft ( pi -c). 
 police, bie ^oligei'. 
 
222 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 political, polittfc^. 
 
 politician, ber ^oli'tifer {pi. — ). 
 
 pond, ber Xeic^ {pi. -e). 
 
 poor, arm, fc^Iec^t, mangel^aft; 
 
 the poor, ber 2lrme {pi. -n). 
 post, bie "^oft {pi. -en) ; at the 
 
 post, auf ber ^^oft. 
 post-office, ^a^ ^oft=2lmt {pi. 
 
 2(mter) ; at the post-office, auf 
 
 bem ^oftamte. 
 pot, ber 2;opf {pi. ^e). 
 potato, bie JUartof fel {pi. -n). 
 pound, ta^ ^funb {pi. -e) ; how 
 
 many pounds ? rote »iel -pfunb ? 
 
 rote otele ^vfunb ? 
 praise (to), loben (mj.), pretfen 
 
 (prte^, gepriefen). 
 prepare (to), nor'bereiten {w.) ; 
 
 to be prepared, fic^ nor'be:: 
 
 retten. 
 president, ber ^rdfibenf (^en. -en, 
 
 pi. -en), 
 prince, ber ^rinj {gen. -en, pi. -en), 
 
 ber {5"i^ft {9^- -^»' P^- -en) ; 
 Prince Henry, ^^rinj »einric^ 
 Don SSale^. 
 
 princess, bte ^rinjeffin {pi. -nen), 
 
 bte giirftin {pi. -nen). 
 prisoner, ber ©efangene {gen. -n, 
 
 pi. -n) ; to take prisoners, @e= 
 
 fangene mac^en. 
 private, prit)af ; private secretary, 
 
 ber "^rinaf fefretdr {pi. -e). 
 professor, ber '^rofef for {pi. ^^ro= 
 
 f eff o'reu) ; ' ' Professor ! " „<o e r r 
 
 ^rofeffor!^ 
 promise (to), nerfprec^en (cerfprad^, 
 
 nerfproc^en) ; promising, meU 
 
 nerfprec^enb. 
 proud, ftolj. 
 
 Provence (the), bte '^ronen'ce. 
 province, bie '^rootnj' {pi. -en). 
 Prussia, "^reu^en {gen. -s). 
 publish (to), neroffentlic^en {w.). 
 pull (to), retten (ri^, geriffen), 
 
 5ie^en (jog, gejogen). 
 pupil, ber ©d^iiler {pi. — ). 
 put (to), legen (m?.), nef)men (na^m, 
 
 genomnten), ftecfen {w.), tt)un 
 
 (t^at, get^an), into = in, accus.; 
 
 to put on, an'Iegen {w.). 
 Pyrenees, bie ^^reno'en (pi.). 
 
 queen, bte ^onigtn {pi. -nen). | question, bie jjrage {pi. -n). 
 
 R. 
 
 race, bte dla^e {pi. -n). 
 railroad, bie (Sifenba^n {pi. -en), 
 
 bie 33al)n {pi. -en). 
 railroad-car, ber @ifenbal^nroagen 
 
 {pi. — ), ber 2Saggon' (French). 
 
 railroad-employe, ber @tfenbaf)n= 
 beamtc, etn (Stfenba^nbeamter 
 {gen. -en, pi. -en). 
 
 railroad-station, ber Sa^n^of {pi. 
 -e). 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 223 
 
 rain (to), regnen (w.), impers. 
 
 rain (the), ber 9tegen. 
 
 raisin {Ger. cogn., rosine), bie 
 3ftofi'ne (pi. -n). 
 
 rare, felten. 
 
 reach (to), fomtnen (!atn, gefonts 
 men) narf), dat. 
 
 read (to), lefen {la^, gelefen) ; to 
 read aloud, Dor'lefen. 
 
 reader, ba^ i^efebud^ (pZ.^er) ; "Ger- 
 man Grammar and Reader," 
 „2)eutfc^eg ©prarf); unb Sefe^ 
 bud)," 
 
 ready, fertig, bereit. 
 
 receive (to), evf)aVUn (er^ielt, ex- 
 fatten), empfangen (empfing, 
 empfangen). 
 
 red {Ger. cogn., rot), rot. 
 
 redbreast, ba^ 9iot!e^lc^en {pi. 
 
 -)• 
 reddish {Ger. cogn., rotlich), rot= 
 
 lidl). 
 re-elect (to), loie'berraafilen {w.). 
 register (to), ein'fd^reiben (fd^rieb, 
 
 gefd)rieben). 
 remain (to), bleiben (biteb, geblte= 
 
 ben), rerrceilen {w.). 
 remove (to) = to change resi- 
 dence, sie^en (jog, gejogen), 
 
 intrans. 
 reply (to), entgegnen(w>.)? erroibern 
 
 {w.). 
 represent (to), bar'fteUen {w.), ab'- 
 
 bilben {w.). 
 
 reproach, ber 3Sorn)urf {pi. ^e); 
 
 just reproach, ber bered^tigte 
 
 $8orn)urf. 
 Republic, bie Jtepublif {pi. -en), 
 residence, ber 2Bo^nort {pi. -e). 
 restore (to), roteber ^er'fteUen 
 
 {w.). 
 return (to), guriicE'fel^ren {w.) ; 
 
 to return home, ^eim'fe^ren 
 
 (10.). 
 
 Rhenish, rfietnifd^ ; Rhenish wine, 
 
 ber 9il^einn)ein {pi. -e). 
 ribbon, bag Sanb {pi. ^er). 
 rich {Ger. cogn., reich), reid^ ; the 
 
 rich man, ber 3ieid^e {pi. -n) ; 
 
 a rich man, ein diei(i)ev {pi. 
 
 3ietd[)e) ; the rich woman, bie 
 
 3fletd^e {pi. -n) ; a rich woman, 
 
 eine 3fietd^e {pi. 3fteid^e) ; rich 
 
 people {pi), Sieid^e; mighty rich, 
 
 fteinreic^. 
 right {adj.), rec^t ; to be right, red^t 
 
 ^aben. 
 rise (to), aufge^en (ging, gegan= 
 
 gen), aufftefien (ftanb, geftan= 
 
 ben), 
 roast-meat, ber Sraten. 
 r61e, bie 3fioIle {pi. -n). 
 rose, bie 3ftofe {pi. -n) ; "The 
 
 Rose on the Heath," „^eibens 
 
 ro^Iein.'' 
 round {Ger. cogn., rund), runb. 
 row {Ger. cogn., reihe), bie 9leiE)e 
 
 {pl- -n). 
 
224 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 S. 
 
 said {Ger.cogn ,sagte),fagte, jagten. 
 salubrious, gefunb, frdfltgenb. 
 same (the), berfelbe, biefelbe, bag= 
 
 felbe {pi. biefelben). 
 Sanssouci, see 6an^fouci. 
 sat {Ger. cogn., sass), fo^, fa^en. 
 satin {Ger. cogn., seiden), feiben. 
 Saturday, (ber) ©amftag, (ber) 
 
 ©onnabenb. 
 say (to), fagen {w.) ; to say to, 
 
 fagen au {dot.). 
 says {Ger. cogn., sagt), fagt. 
 Scandinavia, Sfanbinauien {gen. 
 
 -5). 
 
 scholar, ber ©eletjrte (ein -cr), 
 pl. -en. 
 
 school, bie (5cf>ule {pl. -n). 
 
 school-library, bie ©c^urbibliot^ef 
 {pl. -en). 
 
 sea, bie ©ee. 
 
 seat, ber ®i^ {pl. -e), ber ^la^ 
 {pl. -e). 
 
 second, (ber) jroeite ; second-class, 
 jroeiter j^laffe. 
 
 secretary, ber Sefretar' {gen. -^, 
 pl. -e) ; Secretary of State, ber 
 <£taat3jefretar ; private secre- 
 tary, ber ^rioaf fefretdr. 
 
 see (to), fe^en (fa^, gefe^en), er= 
 blicfen {w.). 
 
 select (to), rod^Ien (w.). 
 
 sell (to), oerfaufen {w.). 
 
 Seminoles, see ©emino'Ien. 
 
 Senate, ber Senaf {gen. -[ejs). 
 
 send (to), fenben (janbte, gefanbt), 
 fc^icfen (u>.). 
 
 separate (to), trennen (mj.), jc^et= 
 
 ben (fc^ieb, gefc^ieben). 
 September, (ber) September {gen. 
 
 -5). 
 
 seven {Ger. cogn., sieben), fieben. 
 
 seventh, (ber) fiebente. 
 
 several, me^rere, oerjc^iebene. 
 
 shame, bie (Sc^am. 
 
 sharp {Ger. cogn., scharf), f(^arf. 
 
 she, fie. 
 
 ship {Ger. cogn., schiff), ba^ ©c^if[ 
 {pl- -e). 
 
 shoe, ber Sc^u^ {pl. -e). 
 I should {Ger. cogn., sollte), foKte, 
 foUten. 
 
 shout (to), rufen (rief, gerufen). 
 
 show (to), oor'jeigen {w.). 
 
 Sicily, ©isi'Iien {gen. -§). 
 
 sick, frant; the sick man, ber 
 ^ranfe; the sick woman, bie 
 ^ranfe. 
 
 side, bie Seite {pl. -n); {of moun- 
 tains), ber 2lbf)ang {pl. ""e); on 
 this side of . . ., biesfeit or bie^= 
 feit^ {genit.); on the other (that) 
 side of . . ., jenfeit or jenfeit^ 
 {genit.). 
 
 sign-board, ba^ ©c^ilb {pl. ^er). 
 
 signal, "tiCL^ Signal' {pl. -e), ba§ 
 3eic^en {pl — ). 
 
 silk (adj.), feiben. 
 
 silver {Ger. cogn., silber[n]), ba§ 
 6ilber, filbern {adj.). 
 
 sing (to), fingen (fang, gefungen). 
 
 single (= unmarried), lebig, un= 
 cer^eiratet. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 226 
 
 sister {Ger. cogfji., sch wester), bie 
 
 ©c^roefter {pi. -n). 
 sit (to), fi^en (faf;, gefeffen); to sit 
 
 down (=to seat one's self), fief) 
 
 je^en (w.). 
 Sitting Bull, see ©ttting S3uU. 
 skin, bie §aut (pi. ^e). 
 sleep (to), fdjlafen (fc^Iief, gejc^Ia= 
 
 fen). 
 sleeper, ber ®d)lafn)agen {pi. — ). 
 slice, ber ©cfinilt {pi. -e), bag 
 
 ©tud {pi. -e). 
 slime {Ger. cogn., schlamm), ber 
 
 ©c^Iamm. 
 slip (to), fd^Iiipfen {w.) ; to slip 
 
 away, entfd^Iiipfen. 
 slipped [I] {Ger. cogn., ich 
 
 schltipfte), ic^ frf)liipfte. 
 small, flein. 
 smoke (to), raud^en {w.) ; those who 
 
 do not smoke, 3'Jici^trauci^er, pi. 
 so, fo. 
 
 soldier, ber ©olbaf {pi. -en), 
 something, etraag. 
 son, ber ©o^n {pi. ^e). 
 soon, balb ; as soon as, fobalb aB. 
 Sophocles, 496-406 b. c. , the great- 
 est tragedian of the Greeks. 
 
 Antigone and Oedipus are two 
 
 of his best-known dramas. 
 sorry, befiimmert ; I am sorry, c5 
 
 t^ut mir leib. 
 sound (to), blafen (blieg, geblafen); 
 
 to sound the horn, in bag §orn 
 
 ftofien (ftie^, gefto^en). 
 South, ber ©iiben {gen. -g). 
 South America, ©iibs2lmert!a {gen. 
 
 southern, fiiblid^. 
 
 southwestern, fiibraeftlid^. 
 
 spade {Ger. cogn., spaten), ber 
 
 Bpaten {pi. — ). 
 spake {Ger. cogn., sprach), fprad^, 
 
 fprad^en. 
 Spaniard, ber ©pa'nier {pi. — ). 
 spend (to), ju'bringen (bract)te, 
 
 gebrad^t). 
 spirit, ber (Seift {pi. -er). 
 spirited, feurtg, muttg. 
 spur, ber ©porn {gen. -[e]g, pi. 
 
 -en). 
 squire, ber^nappe {gen. -n, pi. -n). 
 St. Helena, ©an!t §e'Iena. 
 stable, ber ©taU {pi. ^e). 
 stamp (to), ftampfen {w.). 
 stand (to), fte^en(ftanb,geftanben). 
 start (to), ab'get)ett (ging, gegan= 
 
 gen), ab'fa^ren (fut)r, gefaJ)ren). 
 state, ber ©taat {gen. -eg, pi. -en), 
 
 bag :^anb {pi. ^er) ; United 
 
 States, bie SSereinigten ©taaten. 
 statesman, ber ©taatgmann {pi. 
 
 ^er).. 
 stay (to) = to remain, bleiben 
 
 (blieb, geblieben). 
 steel {Ger. cogrn., stahl), ber©ta^t. 
 still {adv.), nod^. 
 stood {Ger. cogn., stand), ftanb, 
 
 ftanben. 
 stool {Ger. cogrn., stuhl), ber ©effel 
 
 {pi. — ), ber ©d^emel {pi. — ). 
 story, bie (Siefc^ic^te {pi. -n), bie 
 
 (grjd^lung {pi. -en), 
 stove, ber Dfen {pi. ■^). 
 street, bie ©tra^e {pi. -n). 
 strike (to), stroke (to) {Ger. cogn., 
 
 streichen), ftreic^en (ftric^, ge= 
 
 ftric^en). 
 
226 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 strong, ftarf, fraftig. 
 
 study, tia^ ©tu'bium {gen. -§, pi. 
 
 Stubien). 
 suburb, bie SBorftabt {pi. -e). 
 succeed (to), geltngen (gelang, ge= 
 
 lungen); I succeed, „t^" gelingt 
 
 mir. 
 summer, ber ©ommer {pi. —). 
 sun, bie ©onne. 
 Sunday, (ber) ©onntag. 
 sunlight, ber ©onnenj^ein. 
 
 sunset, ber ©onnenuntergang {pi. 
 ""e), ber Untergang ber Sonne. 
 
 surface, bie Dberfldc^e ; flat sur- 
 face, bie j^Idc^e {pi. -n). 
 
 surprise, bag (Srftaunen, bie Uber= 
 rafc^ung. 
 
 swallow, bie ©d^rcalbe {pi. -n). 
 
 swart, swarthy {Ger. cogn.^ 
 schwarz), fd^roarj. 
 
 swine {Ger. cogji., schwein), ba§ 
 ©c^roein {pi. -e). 
 
 T. 
 
 table {Ger. cogn., tafel), berXifd^ 
 {pl- -e). 
 
 tablet, bag 2:dfel£|en {pi. —). 
 
 take (to), ne^men (na^m, ge= 
 nommen), ein'ne^men, in S3eji^ 
 ne^men ; to take off, ab'ne^men ; 
 to take prisoners, ©efangene 
 mac^en, gefangen ne^men. 
 
 tea-rose, bie 2;^eerofe {pi. -n). 
 
 teach (to), le^ren {w.) ; teaching, 
 le^renb. 
 
 teacher, ber Se^rer {pi. — ), bie 
 Se^rerin {pi. -nen); teacher of 
 languages, ber ©prad^Ie^rer. 
 
 Tecumseh, see ^ecumfe^. 
 
 tell (to), erjd^Ien {w.). 
 
 ten, se^n. 
 
 tenacious, gut, treu, ftarf. 
 
 term, ber Xermin' {pi. -t), bie 
 2lmt5'periobe {pi. -n) ; for a 
 term of four years, auf t)ier 
 Sa^re. 
 
 text, ber ^iejt {gen. -eg, pi. -e). 
 
 than, aU. 
 
 thank (to), banfen (u).), vMh dot. 
 thanked {Ger. cogn.^ dankte), 
 
 bantte, banften. 
 thanks, ber 2)anf {sing.). 
 thanksgiving, bie 2)anff agung {pi. 
 
 -en). 
 Thanksgiving Day, bag 2)anffeft 
 
 {gen. -eg). 
 that {pron.), jener, jene, jeneg 
 
 {pi. iene); if followed by a genit. 
 
 or relai. clause: ber, bie, bag 
 
 {emphatic.) or berjenige, bie= 
 
 jenige, bagjenige {pi. bie or bie= 
 
 jenigen). 
 that {conjuTict.), ba^ ; so that, fo 
 
 ba^. 
 the, ber, bie, bag {pi. bie). 
 thee {accus.)^ bid^ ; {dot.), bir. 
 their, i^r, i^re, i^r {pi. i^re). 
 them {a^cus.), fie; {dot.), i^nen; 
 
 of them, con i^nen (bauon). 
 then, bann, barauf. 
 there, ba, bort ; there is (are), eg 
 
 giebt, e$ befinbet (befinben) fic^. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 227 
 
 thereby {Ger. cogn.^ da[r]bei), 
 
 babct. 
 therefore, ba^er, barum, be^roegen. 
 these, biefe. 
 they, fie; indef., man. 
 thick {Ger. cogn., dick), bitf. 
 think (to), benfen (bac^te, gebac^t). 
 third {Ger. cogn., dritte), britte. 
 thirtieth, (ber) brei^igfte. 
 this, biefer, bieje, biefe^ (bie^), 
 
 pi. biefe; this morning, l^eute 
 
 aJiorgen. 
 thistle {Ger. cogn., distel), bie 
 
 2)iftel {pi. -n). 
 thistle-finch, ber 2)iftelfinfe {pi. 
 
 -en). 
 those {see that, pron.), jene, bie 
 
 {emphat.), biejenigen, fold^e. 
 thought [I] {Ger. cogn., ich 
 
 dachte), ic^ bac^te. 
 three {Ger. cogn., drei), brei. 
 three hundred and sixty-seven, 
 
 brei^unbert unb fieben=unb5Jec^= 
 
 through {Ger. cogn.^ durch), burc^ 
 
 {accus.). 
 thunder (to), bonnern {w.), impers. 
 Thursday, (ber) 2)onnerftag {gen. 
 
 thy, bein, beine, bein {pi. beine). 
 ticket, bag SiUef {gen. -g, pi. -^ 
 
 or -e) ; a second-class ticket, ein 
 
 SiUet jroeiter ^lafle. 
 ticket-window, ber ©c^alter {pi. 
 
 -). 
 till, big. 
 time, bie 3eit {pi -en); at 
 
 what time ? urn rate t)iel Vif)v ? 
 
 njann? 
 
 to, ju; {place), na6) {dat), an, 
 
 auf, bi^ {accus.); or by dat. case; 
 
 before infin., gu, urn ... ju; 
 
 from ... to, t)on . . . big. 
 to-day, l^eute. 
 to-morrow, morgen ; the day after 
 
 to-morrow, iibermorgen. 
 top, ber ©ipfel {pi. —), ber ^od^fte 
 
 ^unft {pi. -e). 
 town, bag ©tcibt'dien {pi. —). 
 (town-) king {Ger. cogn., zaun- 
 
 konig), ber 3awnJonig. 
 tragedy, bie Xrago'bie {pi. -n), 
 
 bag ^rauerfpiel {pi. -e). 
 train, ber ^uq, ber SSa^njug {pi. 
 
 ^e) ; the train for ... , ber ^UQ 
 
 nad^ . . . 
 translate (to), iiberfefjen {w.). 
 tree, ber 33aum {pi. ^e). 
 troop, bie ©d^ar {pi. -en), ber 
 
 &aufen {pi. — ). 
 troubadours, see Xrou'babourg. 
 true, raa^r. 
 truly, aufric^tig ; Yours truly, auf= 
 
 ric^tig ber S^nge (bie S^rige), 
 
 3^r ergebener (S^re ergebene). 
 trunk, ber Coffer {pi. — ). 
 Tuesday, (ber) S)ienftag. 
 tulip, bie ^ulpe {pi. -n). 
 Turkish, bag ^iirfifc^[e]. 
 turn (to), transit, wenben (roanbte, 
 
 geroanbt) ; to turn around, fid^ 
 
 um'roenben; intrans., roerben 
 
 (rourbe [raarb], geworben). 
 twelve, jTOoIf. 
 twice, jroeimal. 
 twig {Ger. cogn., zweig), ber3ttJeig 
 
 {pi. -e). 
 two, jroei. 
 
228 
 
 VOCABULARY. 
 
 U. S., bte SSereinigten ©taaten; 
 U. S. Senate, ber ©enat ber 3Ser. 
 ©taaten. 
 
 understand (to), oerfte^en (t)er= 
 ftanb, oerftanben); to be under- 
 stood, fid^ 0011 jelbft oerfte^en. 
 
 unfortunate, ungludlid^ ; the un- 
 fortunate man, ber Unglucflirf)e ; 
 the unfortunate woman, bie Un= 
 gliicflic^e ; unfortunate people, 
 Ungliidlic^e. 
 
 unhappy, ungludtli^. 
 
 unite (to), tjereinigen (lo.); united, 
 
 cereinigt; United States, bie 
 
 33ereinigten ©taaten. 
 university, bie Unioerfitdf (pi. 
 
 -en), 
 unjust, unberec^tigt. 
 unnatural, unnatiirlid^. 
 upright, aufred^l. 
 us {accus.), un^ ; to us {dot.), uns. 
 use (to), benu^en («?.), gebrauc^en 
 
 {w.). 
 useful, nii^lic^. 
 
 V. 
 
 vacate (to), frei'mac^en (u>.), auf = 
 
 geben (gab, gegeben). 
 vacation, bie ^erien, pi. ; the long 
 
 vacation, bie langen ^erien, bie 
 
 ©ommerferien. 
 valuable, loert, roertooU; much 
 
 more valuable, ciel me^r wert, 
 
 niel roertooUer. 
 vegetables, 'ha% ©emiife {collect.). 
 Venice, SSene'big (gen. -s). 
 
 very, fe^r. 
 
 victorious, fiegreid^. 
 
 view, bie 2lusfic^t {pi. -en). 
 
 village, ba^ 2)orf {pi. -er). 
 
 village-school, bie 2)ortJcl^ule {pi. 
 
 -n). 
 volume, ber 33anb {pi. -e). 
 Vosges, bie SSoge'fen, pi. 
 voyage, bie ^ieife {pi. -n). 
 
 waiting-room, ber 2BartejaaI {pi. 
 
 SBartefdle). 
 walk (to), ge^en (ging, gegangen). 
 wall, bie 3JJauer {pi. -n). 
 want (to), TOoUen {mod. aux.), 
 
 mogen {mod. aux.), Suft ^aben. 
 war, ber ^rieg {pi. -e). 
 warder, ber 2Cdc^ter {pi. — ) ; 
 
 warder on the tower, ber 2;urm= 
 
 roart. 
 warm, luarm. 
 
 was (Ger. cogrTi., war), max, rourbe. 
 watch (to), betrac^ten («;.), be= 
 
 obac^ten {w.). 
 water {Ger. cogn., wasser), bag 
 
 3Baffer. 
 
VOCABULARY. 
 
 229 
 
 Waterloo, see SBaterloo. 
 
 way, ber 3Beg (pL -e); all the 
 
 way, ben ganjen 3Beg (§er), bie 
 
 ganse ©trecfe (^er). 
 we, rair. 
 
 Wednesday, (bie, ber) aJlittrooc^. 
 week, bie SBod^e (pi. -n). 
 weigh (to), raiegen (tuog, geroogen). 
 Weimar, see SBeimar. 
 well (adj.), voo\)i, gefunb; I am 
 
 well, ic^ bin gefunb, ic^ befinbe 
 
 mid^ roo^l. 
 were (Ger. cogn.^ waren), roar en. 
 West, ber SBeften {gen. -s). 
 western, raeftlid^. 
 what? (adj.), raelc^er? ma^ fUr 
 
 ein? (pron.), xva^. 
 when {Ger. cogn., wenn, wann), 
 
 rcenn, al^, raann ? 
 whenever, wenn, raenn immer, 
 
 roenn and) immer. 
 where {interr., relat.), voo. 
 whether, ob {conjunct). 
 which {interr.), n)e(d)er? meld^e? 
 
 raelc^eg? {relat.), roeldier, rcelc^e, 
 
 melc^eg or ber, bie, ba^. 
 while {conjunct), n)al)renb. 
 whined {Ger. cogrn., weinte), mm- 
 
 merte, roinfelte. 
 white {Ger. cogn., weiss), meif;. 
 Whitsunday, ^fingften {sing.), 
 
 bie ^fingften {pL). 
 who {interr.), roer? {relat), meU 
 
 cl)er, ber. 
 whose {relat), sing., beflen, beren 
 
 {pi. beren). 
 why ? roarum ? why ! {interj.), ei, 
 
 ja; why! that's . . ., bag ift 
 
 ia. . . 
 
 wife, bie ^rau {pi. -en); {obsol. 
 
 bag SBeib, i)i. -er). 
 will (= to be willing), rooUen 
 
 (TOoUte, gemoitt), mod. aux. 
 William II., 9BiI^elm ber Bmeite, 
 
 ^aifer oon 3)eutfrf)lanb, 1888-. 
 window, bag ^enfter {pi. — ) ; by 
 
 the window, am ^^enfter, beim 
 
 ^enfter. 
 Windsor, a town near London 
 
 (England). 
 wine, ber 9Bein {pi. -e). 
 wing, ber ^liigel {pi. —). 
 wish, ber 3Bunfrf) {gen. -eg, pi. -^e). 
 with, mit {dat)=m the house of, 
 
 bei {dat). 
 woman, bie ^rau {pi. -en), bag 
 
 ^rauenjimmer {pi. —). 
 wonderful, erftaunlic^, ben)unbe= 
 
 runggraiirbig. 
 wood, bag §ol3 {pi. -er). 
 woodcutter, ber ^olj^auer {pi. — ). 
 wooden, j^bljern ; wooden leg, ber 
 
 ©telafuf;. 
 word, bag 9Bort {pi. ^er, single 
 
 words ; pi. -e, connected words). 
 work {Ger. cogn., werk), bag 5B3erf 
 
 {pi. -e), bie Slrbeit {pi. -en). 
 world, bie 3SeIt {pi. -en) ; in the 
 
 world, auf ber SBelt. 
 worse, fc^Iimmer. 
 would {Ger. cogn., wollte), rooUte, 
 
 rooUten; {condit), roiirbe, n)iir= 
 
 ben. 
 wren, ber 3ttUttfbttig {pi. -e). 
 write (to), fc^reiben (fc^rieb, ge= 
 
 fd^rieben) ; were written, ftanben, 
 
 ftanben . . . gefc^rieben. 
 wrongly, mit Unrec^t. 
 
230 
 
 VOCABULARY, 
 
 year (6?er. cogn., jahr), bag '^oi^x 
 {pi. -e); leap-year, bag (Sc^alt= 
 
 yellow {Ger. cogn., gelb), gelb. 
 
 yes, \a. 
 
 yesterday, geftern ; yesterday even- 
 ing, geftem Stbenb ; the day be- 
 fore yesterday, oorgcftem. 
 
 yet, boc^, bennoc^, tro|bcm. 
 you {nominai.), if)v, ©ie ; (accus.), 
 
 evLd), ©ie; (dot.), euc^, S^nen. 
 young {Ger. cogn., jung), jung. 
 your, 3^r, 5^re, 5^r (pZ. ^^re), 
 
 euer, eu[e]re, euer (p^ cure). 
 youth, ber 3w"SliH9 {pl- -e). 
 
ADVERTISEMENTS 
 
MODERN LANGUAGE BOOKS 
 
 Net included in the 
 INTERNATIONAL MODERN LANGUAGE SERIES. 
 
 rXTROD. PEICK. 
 
 Becker and Mora: Spanish Idioms $i.8o 
 
 Collar- Eysenbach : German Lessons 1.20 
 
 English into German 25 
 
 Collar and Curtis : Shorter Eysenbach i.oo 
 
 Cook: Table of German Prefixes and Suffixes 05 
 
 Doriot: Beginners' Book in French 80 
 
 Beginners' Book in French, 
 
 Part II. Reading Lessons. [Separate] 50 
 
 Beginners' Book in German 80 
 
 Dufour: French Grammar 60 
 
 French Reader, with Vocabulary i.oo 
 
 Hempl : German Grammar 
 
 German Orthography and Phonology 
 
 Knapp : Modern French Readings 80 
 
 Modern Spanish Readings 1.50 
 
 Modern Spanish Grammar 1.50 
 
 Lemly : New System of Spanish Written Accentuation 10 
 
 Smith: Gramatica Practica de la Lengua Castellana 60 
 
 Spiers: New French-English Dictionary 4.50 
 
 Crown 8vo. Half morocco. 782 pages. 
 
 English-French Dictionary 4.50 
 
 Crown Svo. Half morocco. 910 pages. 
 
 Stein : German Exercises 40 
 
 Studies and Notes in Philology and Literature. Vol. I .. i.oo 
 
 *♦ ** " «* Vol. II.... 1.50 
 
 «« ♦« «♦ •• Vol. Ill .... 4.00 
 
 *« " " «* Vol. IV.... 1.50 
 
 Sumichrast: Les Trois Mousquetaires 70 
 
 Les Miserables i.oo 
 
 Coppee's Le Pater 25 
 
 Van Daell : Memoires du Due de Saint-Simon 64 
 
 Descriptive Circulars of the above books sent, postpaid, on application. 
 
 Forty-five volumes are now ready in the International Modem Language Series. 
 
 Other volumes are in preparation. Our special circular giving all the 
 
 titles in this Series sent, postpaid, on application. 
 
 GINN & COMPANY, PUBLISHERS, 
 
 Boston. Nev\r York. Chicago. Atlanta. Dallas. 
 
INTERNATIONAL MODERN LANGUAGE SERIES. 
 
 GERMAN DEPARTMENT. 
 
 Auerbach : Brigitta. (Gore) $o 
 
 Du Bois-Reymond : Wissenschaftliche Vortrage. (Gore) 
 
 Elementary German Reader. (Super) 
 
 Freytag : Doktor Luther. (Goodrich) 
 
 Freytag: Soil und Haben. (Bultmann) 
 
 German and English Sounds. (Grandgent) 
 
 Hauff : Tales. (Goold) 
 
 Keller : Dietegen. (Gruener) 
 
 Lessing : Emilia Galotti, (Poll) 
 
 Preparatory German Reader. (C. L. van Daell) 
 
 Riehl : Burg Neideck. (Wilson) 
 
 Rosegger : Waldheimat. (Fossler) 
 
 Schiller : Wallenstein. (Schilling) 
 
 Scientific German Reader. (Dippold) 
 
 Storm : Geschichten aus der Tonne. (Brusie) 
 
 Von Sybel : Die Erhebung gegen Napoleon I. (Nichols) 
 
 FRENCH DEPARTMENT. 
 
 Augier: La Pierre de Touche. (Harper) 
 
 Bourget : Extraits. (van Daell) 
 
 Chanson de Roland : Extraits. (Paris) 
 
 Contemporary French Writers. (Melle) 
 
 Daudet : Le Nabab. (Wells) 
 
 Daudet : Morceaux Choisis. (Freeborn) 
 
 Difficult Modern French. (Leune) 
 
 Erckmann-Chatrian : Madame Therese. (Rollins) 
 
 Hugo : Quatrevingt-Treize. (Boielle) 
 
 Introduction to French Authors, (van Daell) 
 
 Introduction to the French Language, (van Daell) 
 
 La Fayette : Princesse de Cleves. (Sledd and Gorrell) 
 
 Legouve et Labiche : La Cigale. (van Daell) 
 
 Lemaitre, Jules : Morceaux Choisis. (Melle) 
 
 Merimee : Lettres a une Inconnue. (van Steenderen) 
 
 Michelet: La Prise de la Bastille. .(Luquiens) 
 
 Moliere : L'Avare 
 
 Moliere : Le Misantrope. (Bocher) 
 
 Moliere : Les Precieuses Ridicules. (Davis) 
 
 Montaigne : De ITnstitution des Enfans. (Bocher) 
 
 Musset : Morceaux Choisis. (Kuhns) 
 
 Napoleon : Extraits. (Fortier) 
 
 Places and Peoples : French Prose. (Luquiens) 
 
 Popular Science : French Prose. (Luquiens) 
 
 Racine : Andromaque. (Bocher) 
 
 Sainte-Beuve : Extraits. (Effinger) 
 
 Scientific French Reader. (Herdler) 
 
 Sevigne, Madame de : Extraits. (Harrison) 
 
 SPANISH DEPARTMENT. 
 
 Galdos : Dona Perfecta. (Marsh) 
 
 GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, Boston, New York, Chicago, Atlanta, Dallas. 
 
INTERNATIONAL MODERN LANGUAGE SERIES. 
 
 AN INTRODUCTION 
 
 TO THE 
 
 FRENCH LANGUAGE. 
 
 A COMPLETE COURSE FOR BEGINNERS. 
 
 By ALPHONSE N. VAN DAELL, 
 
 Professor of Modern Languages in the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 
 
 formerly Director of Modern Languages in the Boston Public Schools. 
 
 Price for introduction, $i.oo. 
 
 This is a complete first year book, compact and concise and 
 yet full enough to be accurate and thorough. It is in two Parts : 
 Part I. consists of exercises and refers constantly to Part II. 
 which is a brief French grammar. For the elementary courses in 
 colleges, seminaries, academies and high schools it is believed to 
 possess peculiar excellences. 
 
 I. It is truly practical, that is, it is based upon 
 Practical connected language and it provides reference to a 
 connected statement of grammatical rules. The par- 
 ticular attention of instructors is invited to this feature, 
 not to be found in other books. 
 Conver- 2. The method of the book permits the introduction 
 
 sational of conversational exercises at any stage of the course, 
 and whenever the teacher wishes. The teacher is 
 Aids the guided in this conversational work, and so with the aid 
 Teacher of this book a comparatively inexperienced instructor 
 can employ oral teaching with safety and satisfaction. 
 Fresh and 3- The exercises are not of the Ollendorffian pattern 
 
 Interesting 1^^^ ^^'^ interesting in themselves. Besides this, they 
 are French in substance as well as in form : they refer 
 fhoroughiy to France, to French ideas, French history, French 
 French customs, etc. In a word, the pupil breathes the very 
 
 atmosphere of the country whose language he is 
 studying. 
 Available 4- This introduction can be used with any reader 
 
 or set of reading books. 
 
 The long experience of the author has been ably supplemented 
 by the criticisms of eminent scholars and successful teachers. 
 
 GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 
 
 Boston, New York and Chicag^o. 
 
COLLAR'S EYSENBACHS 
 
 PRACTICAL 
 GERMAN 
 GRAMMAR 
 
 Shorter Eysenbach 
 
 Revised and largely rewritten, with Notes to the Exercises and Vocabularies, 
 
 By WILLIAM C. COLLAR, Revised by 
 
 Head-AIaster of the Roxbury Latin School, Boston. CLARA S CURTIS 
 
 12mo. Cloth. 242 pages. For introdnction, $1.00. 
 
 Eysenbach's Lessons, the original work, was unrivalled 
 as- a help to the complete practical mastery of forms and the 
 acquisition of facility in conversation. 
 
 Collar's Eysenbach, published in 1887, has proved to retain 
 the excellencies of the original, freed from some defects, and to 
 add merits of its own, particularly on the side of reading German. 
 It is believed that no other book is so good for those who desire 
 an introduction to German that shall give them in the briefest 
 possible time a real grasp of the language. A call has arisen 
 very naturally for a book embodying the same plan and aim, but 
 shorter and easier. Many schools have not time for so extended 
 a grammatical course, but still desire to do by the best method 
 what they can do. 
 
 Collar's Shorter Eysenbach has been carefully prepared to 
 meet such cases. Vocabularies and exercises have been curtailed. 
 Some less important topics have been omitted. This book can be 
 easily handled in a year. At the same time many improvements 
 of details have been effected. 
 
 IN A WORD : 
 
 The Aim and Plan have been approved in two previous editions •, 
 
 The Method has been cleared and perfected twice over ; 
 
 The Amount has been carefully adjusted to the needs of the 
 
 average class ; 
 The Details have been minutely studied in the light of several 
 
 years' experience with the larger book. 
 
 QINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 
 
 Boston. New York. Chicago. AtlanU. DalUs. 
 
GERMAN 
 Orthography and Phonology 
 
 By GEORGE HEMPL, Ph.D., 
 
 Professor of English Philology and General Linguistics in the 
 University of Michigan. 
 
 PART I. PART II. 
 
 For introduction, $2.00. In preparation. 
 
 '^HIS work is the first to attempt the systematic and compre- 
 ^^ hensive treatment of German orthography and phonology. 
 
 Part I. consists of chapters on (i) Orthography: giving the 
 history of the various forms of the German alphabet, the basis of 
 spelling, and the rules of the official orthography, the use of 
 capitals, punctuation, etc. ; (2) Phonology : presenting a clear 
 outline of the elements of phonetics, a classification of German 
 speech-sounds, and a practical exposition of the values of the 
 German letters ; (3) Accent : being an elaborate treatise on pitch 
 and stress, including sentence-stress. The book presents the 
 results of recent scholarship in an eminently practical form, and 
 makes many new contributions to the subject, especially in the 
 domain of accent, a subject that has hitherto received but scanty 
 treatment in any modern language. 
 
 Part II. presents an extensive alphabetical list of the difficult 
 words of the language, and gives their spelling (with all the 
 variants of the different official spellers) and their pronunciation 
 in phonetic transcription. The pronunciation thus indicated is 
 founded, not upon the statements of older books, but upon Pro- 
 fessor Hempl's long and careful study of present usage, aided by 
 the collaboration and criticism of German teachers and professors 
 representing all parts of the German-speaking territory. The 
 completion of this part of the work is being hastened as rapidly 
 as the peculiar requirements of its preparation will permit. 
 
 OINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 
 
 BOSTON. NEW YORK. CHICAGO. LONDON. 
 
GERMAN LESSONS 
 
 ' Eysenbach's Practical German Grammar," revised and largely rewritten, with 
 Notes, Selections for Reading, and Vocabularies. 
 
 By W. C. collar, 
 
 Head Master of the Roxbury Latin School, Boston. 
 
 i2mo. Cloth. 36c pages. For introduction, $1.20. 
 
 IT IS INDUCTIVE, 
 
 As one proceeds instinctively and necessarily when he 
 learns a foreign language in a foreign country, — not rig- 
 idly inductive, but naturally and easily so ; 
 
 DIRECT AND SIMPLE, 
 
 Presenting everything from its practical side, in such a way 
 as to help most toward the readings writi?ig^ and speaki?ig of 
 German with ease and accuracy ; 
 
 WELL ARRANGED, 
 
 Because every topic is taken up in the right place, and the 
 lessons are so ordered that the mastery of one is a stepping- 
 stone to the mastery of the next, so that the pupil feels he 
 is outflanking the difficulties ; 
 
 THOROUGH, 
 
 Particularly in the abundant, ingenious, and varied Exer- 
 cises, in adhering to the principle that reading, writing, and 
 speaking should go hand in hand, and in stating things with 
 scholarly accuracy and finish ; 
 
 AND COMPLETE, 
 
 Comprising Lessons, Precise Grammatical Principles, Choice 
 Readings, Pertinent Notes, an Outline of Pronunciation, a 
 Table of Contents, an Index, and Vocabularies, — all in 
 about 250 pages, besides the Vocabularies. 
 
 GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 
 
 Boston. New York. Chicago. Atlanta. Dallas. 
 
RHETORIC AND PEDAGOGY 
 
 By ARNOLD TOMPKINS, 
 
 Professor of Pedagogy in the University of Illinois. 
 
 The Science of Discourse. i2mo. Cloth. 353 pages. For intro- 
 duction, j^I.OO. 
 
 The Philosophy of Teaching. i2mo. Cloth. 280 pages. For 
 introduction, 75 cents. 
 
 The Philosophy of School flanagement. i2nio. Cloth. 222 
 pages. For introduction, 75 cents. 
 
 The Science of Discourse is an effort to organize the facts 
 of composition and rhetoric into a systematic whole ; thus 
 to secure not only a consistent theory of discourse, but a 
 more efficient basis for practice in both composition and 
 literary interpretation than comes from superficial rhetoric 
 study. 
 
 Teachers will be strongly impressed with the personality 
 which pervades The Philosophy of Teaching. The author 
 shows himself to be a man of large sympathies, who is able 
 to inspire those under his charge with a sense of the real 
 significance of that which they are studying, and to make it 
 a factor in the development of their characters. 
 
 The Philosophy of School Management is a companion and 
 complement of the author's " Philosophy of Teaching," 
 being based on the same fundamental principle. 
 
 GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 
 
 Boston. New York. Chicago. Atlanta. Dallas. 
 
THE LEADING FACTS OF 
 
 FRENCH HISTORY. 
 
 By D. H. MONTGOMERY, 
 
 Author ok the Leading Facts of English History, English History 
 Reader, Etc. 
 
 Introduction Price, $ 1. 12. 
 
 The object of this volume is to present, within the compass of 
 about two hundred and fifty pages, the most important events of the 
 history of France, selected, arranged, and treated according to the 
 soundest principles of historical study, and set forth in a clear and 
 attractive narrative. 
 
 The work is based on the highest French authorities, — Guizot, 
 Rambaud, Martin, and Duruy, — but all points demanding special 
 consideration have been carefully compared with the views of the 
 best English writers on France. 
 
 The general plan of treatment is practically the same as that pur- 
 sued in the author's ** Leading Facts of English Historj'." The atten- 
 tion of teachers 5.s particularly called to the following summary : — 
 •| The respective influences of the Celtic race, and of the Roman 
 and the German conquest and occupation of Gaul are clearly 
 shown. 
 O Charlemagne's work and the subsequent growth of feudal 
 
 institutions are next considered. 
 o The breaking up of the feudal system, with the gradual con* 
 
 solidation of the provinces into one kingdom, and the develop- 
 ment of the sentiment of nationality, are traced and illustrated. 
 J The growth of the absolutism of the crown, the interesting 
 
 and important relations of France to America, and the causes 
 of the French Revolution are fully presented. 
 K The career of Napoleon and its effects on France and Europe 
 
 are carefully examined. 
 ^ Finally, a sketch is given of the stages of the historical prog;- 
 
 ress of France in connection with the state of the Republic 
 to-day. 
 
 The work is illustrated with fourteen Maps and complete Genealog- 
 ical and Chronological Tables. It is also furnished with explanatory 
 foot-notes where they seem to be required. Each section of the 
 history is followed by a brief summary of the ground gone over. 
 
 The Leading Facts of English History $1.12 
 
 English History Reader 75 
 
 GINN & COMPANY. Publishers, 
 
 Boston, New York, and Chicago. 
 
The Leading Facts of English History. 
 
 By D. H. MONTGOMERY. 
 Second Edition, rewritten, 453 pages, including Full Maps and Tables. 
 
 The former edition has been rewritten, as it had become evident 
 that a work on the same plan, but more comprehensive, and better 
 suited for prevailing courses and methods of class-work, would be still 
 more heartily welcomed. 
 
 II. 
 
 Important events are treated with greater fulness, and the relation 
 of English History to that of Europe and the world is carefully shown. 
 References for further study are added. 
 
 III. 
 
 The text is in short paragraphs, each with a topical heading in bold 
 type for the student's use. The headings may be made to serve the 
 purpose of questions. By simply passing them over, the reader has a 
 clear, continuous narrative. 
 
 IV. 
 
 The treatpient of each reign is closed with a brief summary of its 
 principal points. Likewise at the end of each period there is a 
 section showing the condition of the country, and its progress in Gov- 
 ernment, Religion, Military Affairs, Learning and Art, General Industry, 
 Manners and Customs. These summaries will be found of the greatest 
 value for reference, review, and fuller study ; but when the book is 
 
 used for a brief course, or for general reading, they may be omitted. 
 
 An appendix gives a Constitutional Summary. 
 
 No pains have been spared to make the execution of the work equal 
 to its plan. Vivid touches here and there betray the author's mastery 
 of details. Thorough investigation has been made of all points where 
 there wa^ reason to doubt traditional statements. The proof-sheets 
 have been carefully read by two experienced high-school teachers, and 
 also by two college professors of history. 
 
 VI. 
 
 The text is illustrated with fourteen maps, and supplemented with 
 full genealogical and chronological tables. 
 
 INTRODUCTION PRICE, $1.12. 
 
 GlWi & COMPAHY, Pnbllsliers, Boston, Sew York, and Chicago. 
 
METHOD IN HISTORY 
 
 BY 
 
 WILLIAM H. MACE, 
 
 Professor of History in Syracuse University, and author of 
 **A Working Manual of American History. ^^ 
 
 I2mo. Clotb. 311 passes. For introdnction, $1.00. 
 
 The work is designed for teachers and students of 
 history, and aims to make conscious the processes involved 
 in studying and teaching this subject. To this end the 
 work first analyzes events and discovers some of the laws 
 and principles of history, and notes their pedagogical signi- 
 ficance. A second part, proceeding in the light of the first, 
 explains and illustrates the processes and products involved 
 in the organization of history into a scientific form. Here 
 the mind is traced in the concrete process of working its 
 way through the subject under the guidance of laws and 
 principles. The educational value of the processes em- 
 ployed and of the products wTought out is also discussed. 
 The third portion is devoted to the organization o^ the 
 different periods and subperiods of American history. 
 This includes the analysis of the facts of each period till 
 the organizing principle is discovered, and the application 
 of the principle to the interpretation and ranking of events. 
 
 The preceding discussions deal with the logical phase 
 of history work, the phase adapted to the more mature 
 student. The fourth part of the work, holding in view 
 this logical ideal of the subject and the unfolding of the 
 immature mind, treats of the elementary phases of history 
 teaching. As a whole the book presents, in concrete form, 
 a rational pedagogy of history. 
 
 QINN & COMPANY, Publishers, 
 
 Boston. New York. Chicago. Atlanta. Dallas. 
 
THE BEST HISTORIES. 
 
 Myers's History of Greece. — Introduction price, $1.25. 
 
 Myers's Eastern Nations and Greece. — Introduction price, $1.00. 
 
 Allen's Short History of the Roman People. — Introduction price, $1.00. 
 
 Myers and Allen's Ancient History. — Introduction price, $1.50. This 
 book consists of Myers's Eastern Nations and Greece and Allen's 
 History of Rome bound together. 
 
 Myers's History of Rome. — Introduction price, $1.00. 
 
 Myers's Ancient History. — Introduction price, $1.50. This book consists 
 of Myers's Eastern Nations and Greece and Myers's History of 
 Rome bound together. 
 
 Myers's Medieval and Modern History. — Introduction price, $1.50. . 
 
 Myers's General History. — Introduction price, $1.50. 
 
 Emerton's Introduction to the Study of the Middle Ages. — Intro- 
 duction price, $1.12. 
 
 Emerton's Medisaval Europe (814-1300). — Introduction price, $1.50. 
 
 Fielden's Short Constitutional History of England. — Introduction 
 price, $1.25. ■ 
 
 Montgomery's Leading Facts of English History. — Introduction price, 
 $1.12. 
 
 Montgomery's Leading Facts of French History. — Introduction price, 
 $1.12. 
 
 Montgomery's Beginner's American History. — Introduction price, 
 60 cents. 
 
 Montgomery's Leading Facts of American History. —Introduction price, 
 $1.00. 
 
 Cooper. Estill and Lemmon's History of Our Country. — Introduction 
 price, $1.00. 
 
 For the most part, these books are furnished with colored and 
 sketch maps, illustrations, tables, summaries, analyses and other helps 
 for teachers and students. 
 
 GINN & COMPANY, Publishers. 
 
 BOSTON. NEW YORK. CHICAGO. ATLANTA. 
 
NATURAL SCIENCE TEXT-BOOKS. 
 
 Principles of Physics. A Text-book for High Schools and Academies. 
 
 By Alfred P. Gage, Instructor of Physics in the English High 
 
 School, Boston. §1.30. 
 Elements of Physics. A Text-book for High Schools and Academies. 
 
 By Alfred P. Gage. 81.12. 
 Introduction to Physical Science. By Alfred P. Gage. 81.00. 
 Physical Laboratory Manual and Note-Book. By Alfred P. Gage. 
 
 35 cents. 
 Introduction to Chemical Science. By R. P. Williams, Instructor in 
 
 Chemistry in the English High School, Boston. 80 cents. 
 Laboratory Manual of Greneral Chemistry. By R. P. Williams. 25 cents. 
 Chemical Experiments. General and Analytical. By R. P. Williams. 
 
 For the use of students in the laboratory. 50 cents. 
 Elementary Chemistry. By George R. White, Instructor of Chemistry, 
 
 Phillips Exeter Academy. 81.00. 
 General Astronomy. A Text-book for Colleges and Technical Schools. 
 
 By Charles A. Youxg, Professor of Astronomy in the College of 
 
 New Jersey, and author of "The Sun," etc. 82.25. 
 Elements of Astronomy. A Text-book for High Schools and Academies, 
 
 with a Uranography. By Professor Charles A. Young. 81.40. 
 
 Uranog^aphy. 30 cents. 
 Lessons in Astronomy. Including Uranography. By Professor Charles 
 
 A. Young. Prepared for schools that desire a brief course free from 
 
 mathematics. 81-20. 
 An Introduction to Spherical and Practical Astronomy. By Dascom 
 
 Greene, Professor of Mathematics and Astronomy in the Rensselaer 
 
 Polytechnic Institute, Troy,N.Y. 81.50. 
 Elements of Structural and Systematic Botany. For High Schools and 
 
 Elementary College Courses. Bj- Douglas Houghton Campbell, 
 
 Professor of Botany in the Leland Stanford Junior University. 81.12. 
 Elements of Botany. By J. Y. Bergen, .Jr., Instructor in Biology in the 
 
 English High School, Boston. 81.10. 
 Laboratory Course in Physical Measurements. By W. C. Sabine, 
 
 Instructor in Harvard University. 81.25. 
 Elementary Meteorology. By William M. Davis, Professor of Physical 
 
 Geography in Harvard University. With maps, charts, and exercises. 
 
 82.50. 
 Blaisdell's Physiologies : Our Bodies and How We Live, 65 cents ; How to Keep 
 
 WeU, 45 cents ; Child's Book of Health, 30 cents. 
 A Hygienic Physiology. For the Use of Schools. By D. F. Lincoln, M.D., 
 
 author of " School and Industrial Hygiene," etc. 80 cents. 
 
 Copies will be sent, postpaid, to teachers for examina- 
 tion on receipt of the introduction prices given above. 
 
 GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, Boston, New York, Chicago, Atlanta. 
 
THIS BOOK IS DTJE ON THE LAST DATE 
 THIS »""^gjj^jipED BELOW 
 
 AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS 
 
 THIS BOOK ON ^HE DATt u pQURTH 
 
 rv^;r^o^-o OK TH%°--" °- 
 
 OVERDUE. 
 
922691 
 
 THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY